WO2020119461A1 - Method and apparatus for configuring logical channel - Google Patents

Method and apparatus for configuring logical channel Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020119461A1
WO2020119461A1 PCT/CN2019/121359 CN2019121359W WO2020119461A1 WO 2020119461 A1 WO2020119461 A1 WO 2020119461A1 CN 2019121359 W CN2019121359 W CN 2019121359W WO 2020119461 A1 WO2020119461 A1 WO 2020119461A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
logical channel
carrier
logical
activated
association relationship
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2019/121359
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
许斌
曹振臻
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020119461A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020119461A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0091Signaling for the administration of the divided path
    • H04L5/0094Indication of how sub-channels of the path are allocated
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource
    • H04W72/0453Resources in frequency domain, e.g. a carrier in FDMA
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a method and device for configuring logical channels.
  • the duplication function of the PDCP layer is introduced in the 5th generation (5G) system.
  • the duplication of the PDCP layer usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into two identical packets (that is, duplicate packets), and then the two data packets are separately delivered to two different radio link controls (RLC)
  • RLC radio link controls
  • the entity transmits, and then transmits to the media access control (MAC) layer through different logical channels.
  • the original data packet and the copied data packet transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted through the same MAC protocol data unit (packet data unit, PDU), because only through different MAC PDU transmission, one of the MAC The loss of PDU will not affect the transmission of another MAC PDU, which is equivalent to double the reliability. Therefore, two data packets can be transmitted to different MAC entities through different logical channels, and finally two MAC PDUs are formed to be transmitted on different carriers.
  • PDU packet data unit
  • the duplication of the PDCP layer is limited to one radio bearer transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two RLC entities and two logical channels.
  • the repeat function of a radio bearer PDCP layer when the repeat function of a radio bearer PDCP layer is activated, data from logical channel 1 can only be transmitted on carrier 1 or carrier 2, and data from logical channel 2 can only be transmitted on carrier 3.
  • only logical channel 1 is still working.
  • the data in logical channel 1 can be performed on all available carriers transmission.
  • the repetition of the PDCP layer is not limited to two RLC entities and two logical channels, how to use it after deactivation is still an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a method and a device for configuring a logical channel, which are used to solve the technical problem of how to allocate carriers corresponding to the logical channel after a logical channel is deactivated.
  • a first method for configuring a logical channel includes: determining indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, where the association relationship is between an activated logical channel and a carrier Relationship, the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three The copies are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels; and send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
  • the method may be performed by a first communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to achieve the functions required by the method, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device.
  • a first communication device such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to achieve the functions required by the method, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the wireless bearer transmits the copied data packet through at least three logical channels, the data packet is copied at the PDCP layer, and the indication information may indicate that the activated logical channel is set according to the first manner and at least The association relationship between one carrier, at least one carrier includes the carrier that the deactivated carrier was associated with before the deactivation, that is, for the case that the radio bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, If a logical channel is deactivated, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. In addition, if a logical channel is activated, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for reallocating a carrier to each activated logical channel.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the All carriers in the activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all except the activation of the terminal device
  • the carrier may include only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and only need to reassign the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before, the number of carriers to be allocated is less, and the workload is less .
  • the carrier may also include all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, which is equivalent to reallocating all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device may also include all carriers that have not been previously connected. Any carrier associated with a logical channel can associate more carriers with the logical channel and improve the transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the carrier may include other carriers that are in an activated state in addition to the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, so that more carriers can be associated with the logical channel, which improves the The transmission quality of the copied data packets.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic
  • the sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier
  • Each carrier of is associated with a
  • the embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways. For example, if the channel quality of some carriers associated with logical channels is relatively good, and the channel quality of some logical channels is relatively poor, it may not be able to play the role of repetition of the PDCP layer.
  • the carrier establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carrier associated with each logical channel can be made more balanced, and the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be improved Transmission quality.
  • the carrier may be associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel, so that there is no need to allocate the carrier among multiple logical channels, and the method is relatively simple.
  • the carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation may be unified to establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel, which is equivalent to allocating with the logical channel as the granularity, which simplifies the allocation process.
  • the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  • the first signaling can directly carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the activated logical channels, then the terminal device can set the corresponding logical channel to the carrier according to the bitmap carried by the first signaling This relationship is simpler and more direct.
  • the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all logical channels, the indication is more clear, or there may be some logical channel and carrier association relationship will not change, then the first signaling only It is enough to carry the bitmap corresponding to the changed logical channel, which helps reduce signaling overhead and also reduces the processing procedure of the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the radio bearer One or more logical channels, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is
  • the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer are the remaining activated logical channels after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first communication device may also carry the bitmap through the second signaling, so that the indication information and the bitmap are relatively independent.
  • the second signaling carries the bitmap
  • the implementation form of the bitmap is similar to the implementation form when the first signaling carries the bitmap.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier,
  • the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier is released, and the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third
  • the carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling may indicate to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, for example, the channel quality of the first carrier is poor, then the first communication device may instruct to release the relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Association relationship to improve the transmission quality of the first logical channel.
  • the first signaling may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, for example, the channel of the carrier associated with the first logical channel The quality is relatively good, the channel quality of the carrier associated with the second logical channel is relatively poor, then the first communication device may instruct to move the second carrier from the first logical channel to the second logical channel to improve the second logical channel The channel quality of the associated carrier, thereby improving the transmission quality of the second logical channel.
  • the first signaling may also indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, which is equivalent to including the carrier that has not previously established the association relationship with the logical channel into the scope of establishing the association relationship, for example, the channel of the third carrier
  • the quality is good, so after establishing an association relationship with the first logical channel, it helps to improve the transmission quality of the first logical channel.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • a second method for configuring a logical channel includes: receiving instruction information from a network device, the instruction information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, and the association relationship is an activated logical channel
  • the relationship between the carrier and the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Copy into at least three copies, and transmit through at least three logical channels respectively; set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner.
  • the method may be performed by a second communication device, such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • a second communication device such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the second communication All carriers in the activated state of the device, all carriers in the activated state of the second communication device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the second communication Carriers of the device that are in an activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, and those of the second communication device that are in an activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel
  • the carrier of includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic
  • the sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier
  • Each carrier of is associated with a
  • the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  • the method further includes: receiving second signaling from the network device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the wireless One or more logical channels carried, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps It is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier,
  • the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third
  • the carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • a third method for configuring a logical channel includes: determining that at least three logical channels are configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device; and sending first indication information to the terminal device, the first indication information is used To indicate that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, wherein the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two copies and respectively pass through the first logical channel And the second logical channel transmission.
  • the method may be performed by a third communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be set in the network device, and the network device is, for example, a base station .
  • a third communication device such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be set in the network device, and the network device is, for example, a base station .
  • the third communication device may configure a plurality of logical channels that can be used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer for a radio bearer. Then, at different moments, two logical channels can be selected from multiple logical channels to transmit the data packets copied at the PDCP layer according to factors such as transmission quality, thereby achieving flexible selection of logical channels, and trying to avoid because the wireless cannot be changed. The situation of poor transmission quality caused by carrying the corresponding logical channel improves the transmission quality of the logical channel.
  • the method further includes: sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the at least three radio bearers are configured Logical channels.
  • the third communication apparatus may also send configuration information to the terminal device to inform the terminal device that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer.
  • the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform One way is to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation
  • the deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels.
  • the third communication device may also instruct the terminal device to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner through the second indication information, so that The flexible change of the carrier associated with the logical channel helps to improve the transmission quality of the logical channel.
  • sending the second indication information to the terminal device includes: sending RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the first Two indication information; or, sending MAC to the terminal device, the MAC including the second indication information; or, sending DCI to the terminal device, the DCI including the second indication information; or, Sending an RLC control PDU to the terminal device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or, sending a PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one or An association relationship is established between two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is channeled according to the carrier The order of quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are established at a time Association relationship; or, the carrier is associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to one, the A carrier is associated with the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, of which one All carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactiv
  • the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel,
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the method further includes: sending third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information further carries the corresponding to the first logical channel bitmap and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the The association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is described.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Manner, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established
  • the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • a fourth method for configuring a logical channel includes: receiving first indication information from a network device; determining, according to the first indication information, a first logical channel through which at least three logical channels are carried by a radio bearer; and The second logical channel is used for transmission, wherein the data packets carried by the radio are duplicated and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
  • the method may be performed by a fourth communication device, such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • a fourth communication device such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device; and determining the at least the configuration of the radio bearer according to the configuration information Three logical channels.
  • the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the network device; determining, according to the second indication information, setting the An association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier, the carrier includes at least three logical channels, except for the one or two activated logical channels The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  • receiving the second indication information from the network device includes: receiving RRC signaling from the network device, where the RRC signaling includes all The second indication information; or, receiving the MAC from the network device CE, the MAC including the second indication information; or, receiving the DCI from the network device, the DCI including the second indication Information; or, receive an RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or, receive a PDCP control PDU from the network device, the PDCP control PDU includes the first Two instructions.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one or An association relationship is established between two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is channeled according to the carrier The order of quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are established at a time Association relationship; or, the carrier is associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to one, the A carrier is associated with the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, of which one All carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactiv
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier includes: setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the second indication information, and/or, According to a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the second indication information, the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is set.
  • the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the network device; according to the third indication information A bitmap bitmap of a logical channel, setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and/or, setting the second according to a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the third indication information Logical channel and carrier association.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Manner, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established
  • the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • a fifth method for configuring a logical channel includes: determining adjustment information, where the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, and the at least one logical channel is a wireless device for a terminal device.
  • the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively; sending first signaling to the terminal device, the first signaling including the adjustment information ,
  • the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling.
  • the adjusting refers to re-updating the association relationship between the carrier and the at least one logical carrier.
  • the method may be performed by a fifth communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device, and the network device such as a base station .
  • a fifth communication device such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device, and the network device such as a base station .
  • the radio bearer needs to be re-established, for example, the establishment process is triggered by RRC signaling.
  • the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling, then the first signaling can be used to flexibly adjust the carrier associated with the logical channel without re-establishing the radio bearer In the case of (or in the case of maintaining the original radio bearer), flexible adjustment of the carrier associated with the logical channel can be achieved.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or, the The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel.
  • Each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels.
  • Two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, where the adjustment mode is used to set between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted Association relationship
  • the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include The at least one logical channel.
  • the association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel before adjustment is not limited in this embodiment.
  • it may be an association relationship established through RRC signaling, or it may be an association relationship that has been adjusted most recently by the method provided in this embodiment.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate information about the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment.
  • the terminal device can adjust the information according to the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel before the adjustment and the adjustment information. Determine how the association between at least one logical channel and carrier should be adjusted.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and the terminal device can adjust the information according to the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel before the adjustment and the adjustment information. Determine how to adjust the association between at least one logical channel and carrier. For example, carrier 1 is associated with the first logical channel before the adjustment.
  • the terminal device can determine that carrier 1 is to be disconnected from the first The association relationship between the logical channels, or determining to release the association relationship between the carrier 1 and the first logical channel, and establishing the association relationship between the carrier 1 and the second logical channel.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate the carrier to be adjusted and the adjustment mode that do not have an association relationship with the two logical channels, and the terminal device can determine how to adjust the association between at least one logical channel and the carrier according to the carrier to be adjusted and the adjustment mode relationship.
  • the way of indicating the adjustment information is not limited to this.
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID Establishing an association relationship between the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted The order of channel quality is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or, The carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel Relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or, Each carrier of the at least one carrier is
  • the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the first For logical channels, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate two logical channels One logical channel, the second signaling further includes a bitmap corresponding to the activated logical channels of the two logical channels, and the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the association between the activated logical channel and the carrier Relationship, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are duplicated and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
  • the activated logical channels of the two logical channels are the activated logical channels of the two logical channels.
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first carrier
  • the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second
  • the logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, respectively, and pass the first logical Channel and the second logical channel transmission; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not connected with the third An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between
  • a sixth method for configuring a logical channel includes: receiving first signaling from a network device, where the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust at least one logical channel.
  • the associated carrier, the at least one logical channel is configured for the radio bearer of the sixth communication device, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel, respectively, the first
  • the signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling; the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel is adjusted according to the adjustment information.
  • the method may be performed by a sixth communication device, for example, a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • a sixth communication device for example, a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
  • adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes: according to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel Adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel after the currently associated carrier and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, according to the at least one The carrier currently associated with each logical channel of a logical channel, and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information, adjusting the at least one logical channel Associated carrier, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Copy into two, and transmit through the two logical channels, respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or, according to the adjustment information, a pending relationship that does not
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID Establishing an association relationship between the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted The order of channel quality is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or, The carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel Relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or, Each carrier of the at least one carrier is
  • adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes:
  • the method further includes: receiving second signaling from the network device; according to the second signaling carried corresponding to the A bitmap of a first logical channel of at least one logical channel, setting an association relationship between the first logical channel and a carrier, and/or, according to the third indication information, a second logic corresponding to the at least one logical channel
  • the bitmap of the channel maps a bitmap to set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first carrier
  • the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second
  • the logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, respectively, and pass the first logical Channel and the second logical channel transmission; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not connected with the third An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between
  • a first communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a network device. among them,
  • the processing module is used to determine indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes deactivation logic
  • the carrier associated with the channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the terminal device All carriers in the activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all of the terminal devices except the Carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, including the The carrier associated with the activated logical channel before deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is sequenced according to the size of the carrier ID and the activation To establish an association relationship between the logical channels of the carrier, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carriers are ordered according to the channel quality of the carrier, and Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time; or, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel Establish an association relationship with one logical channel; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, associate the carrier with the activated logical channel; or, deactivate the carrier according to the corresponding
  • the sequence of the IDs of the logical channels establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical
  • the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, so The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the For one or more logical channels carried wirelessly, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logic corresponding to the one or more bitmaps
  • the channel is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier ,
  • the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier is released, and the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel is established
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or a manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the first
  • the three-carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • a second communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device.
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive indication information from a network device, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, and the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, each passing at least three Logical channel transmission;
  • the processing module is configured to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the communication device's All carriers in an activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the communication device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all except the activation of the communication device Other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the logical channel of the device, other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, including the deactivation The carrier associated with the logical channel before deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is sequenced according to the size of the carrier ID and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic
  • the sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier
  • Each carrier of is associated with a
  • the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to receive second signaling from the network device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the For one or more logical channels carried wirelessly, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logic corresponding to the one or more bitmaps
  • the channel is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier,
  • the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third
  • the carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • a third communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is the third communication device described above.
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a network device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the radio bearer to perform through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels Transmission, in which the data packets carried by the radio are copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the radio bearer is configured. At least three logical channels.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: send second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal
  • the device sets the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier according to the first manner.
  • the carrier includes the at least three logical channels, except for The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation other than the one or two activated logical channels.
  • the transceiver module is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device in the following manner: send RRC signaling to the terminal device.
  • the RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or, sends the MAC to the terminal device, the MAC includes the second indication information; or, sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes all The second indication information; or, send the RLC control PDU to the terminal device, the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or, send the PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, the PDCP control PDU includes all The second instruction information is described.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one Or an association relationship between two activated logical channels, where one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is The order of the channel quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are associated at a time Establish an association relationship; or, establish an association relationship between the carrier and one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, Establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, wherein, All carriers associated with a deactivated logical channels
  • the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: send third indication information to a terminal device, where the third indication information also carries corresponding information corresponding to the first The bitmap of the logical channel and/or the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used To indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Way, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Of the association relationship, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established
  • the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • a fourth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is the fourth communication device described above.
  • the communication device is used to perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive first indication information from a network device
  • the processing module is configured to determine that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, wherein the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two , Respectively, transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive configuration information from the network device;
  • the processing module is further configured to determine the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive second indication information from the network device
  • the processing module is further configured to determine, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner ,
  • the carrier includes a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels, the at least three Logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive second indication information from the network device by receiving RRC signaling from the network device ,
  • the RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or, receives the MAC from the network device CE, the MAC includes the second indication information; or, receives the DCI from the network device, so
  • the DCI includes the second indication information; or, receives the RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or, receives the PDCP control PDU from the network device,
  • the PDCP control PDU includes the second indication information.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one Or an association relationship between two activated logical channels, where one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is The order of the channel quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are associated at a time Establish an association relationship; or, establish an association relationship between the carrier and one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, Establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, wherein, All carriers associated with a
  • the processing module is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that the first logical channel and the Association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the second logical channel and the carrier: setting the first logical channel and the carrier according to a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the second indication information The association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier, and/or based on a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the second indication information.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive third indication information from the network device;
  • the processing module is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the third
  • the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the indication information sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Way, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Of the association relationship, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established
  • the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • a fifth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is the fifth communication device described above.
  • the communication device is used to execute the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a network device. among them,
  • the processing module is configured to determine adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device, and the data packet of the radio bearer Be copied into at least one copy and transmitted through at least one logical channel;
  • the transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is signaling other than RRC signaling.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or, The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels,
  • the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one A logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted and an adjustment mode that are not associated with two logical channels, and the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted
  • the relationship between the two logical channels is configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical
  • the adjustment method includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is in the order of the size of the carrier D, Establishing an association relationship with the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted according to The order of the channel quality of the carrier is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or , Establishing an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel Establishing an association relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and
  • the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel
  • the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the transceiver module is further configured to: send second signaling to a terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate One logical channel of the two logical channels, the second signaling further includes a bitmap corresponding to the activated logical channel of the two logical channels, and the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the activated logical channel
  • the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first An association relationship between carriers, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit copied data packets; or , The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the The second logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies, respectively A logical channel and the second logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is
  • a sixth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device is configured to perform the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other.
  • the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
  • the transceiver module is configured to receive first signaling from a network device, the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is Configured for the radio bearer of the terminal device, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling ;
  • the processing module is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
  • adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes: according to each of the at least one logical channel The carrier currently associated with the logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel; or, according to Adjusting the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information, adjusting the at least one logical channel Carrier associated with the channel, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data of the radio bearer The packet is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels, respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or, according to
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: ordering the carrier to be adjusted according to the size order of the carrier ID, Establishing an association relationship with the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted according to The order of the channel quality of the carrier is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or , Establishing an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel Establishing an association relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between
  • the processing module is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner: according to the The bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and/or corresponding to the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information
  • a bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel of the logical channel sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the transceiver module is also used to receive second signaling from the network device
  • the processing module is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried in the second signaling, and/or, According to the bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the third indication information, the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is set.
  • the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first An association relationship between carriers, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit copied data packets; or , The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the The second logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies, respectively A logical channel and the second logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not An active carrier that establish
  • a seventh communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the first communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • an eighth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the second communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible designs of the second aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the communication
  • the RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
  • a ninth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the third communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible designs of the third aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • a tenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the fourth aspect or various possible designs of the fourth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the communication
  • the RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
  • an eleventh communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the fifth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the fifth aspect or various possible designs of the fifth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a network device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
  • a twelfth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device is, for example, the sixth communication device described above.
  • the communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the sixth aspect or various possible designs of the sixth aspect.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device.
  • the communication device is a terminal device.
  • the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface communicates with the communication
  • the RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
  • a thirteenth communication device may be the first communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the thirteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
  • the thirteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the thirteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a fourteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the second communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fourteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
  • the fourteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna and a codec in the communication device, or, if the fourteenth communication
  • the device is a chip provided in the terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a fifteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the third communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
  • the fifteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device, or, if the fifteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a communication interface which may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device, or, if the fifteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a sixteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the fourth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the sixteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
  • the sixteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna and a codec in the communication device, or, if the sixteenth communication
  • the device is a chip provided in the terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a seventeenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the fifth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a network device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
  • the seventeenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the seventeenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • an eighteenth communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the sixth communication device in the above method design.
  • the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device.
  • the communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory.
  • the program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the eighteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
  • the eighteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device, or, if the eighteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
  • a first communication system may include the first communication apparatus described in the seventh aspect, the seventh communication apparatus described in the thirteenth aspect, or the nineteenth aspect.
  • a second communication system which may include the third communication device described in the ninth aspect, the ninth communication device described in the fifteenth aspect, or the twenty-first aspect The fifteenth kind of communication device, and the fourth kind of communication device according to the tenth aspect, the tenth kind of communication device according to the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth kind of communication device according to the twenty-second aspect.
  • a third communication system which may include the fifth communication device described in the eleventh aspect, the eleventh communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, or the twenty-third aspect The seventeenth communication device described above, and the sixth communication device described in the twelfth aspect, the twelfth communication device described in the eighteenth aspect, or the eighteenth communication device described in the twenty-fourth aspectkinds of communication devices.
  • the first communication system according to the twenty-fifth aspect, the second communication system according to the twenty-sixth aspect, and the third communication system according to the twenty-seventh aspect may be three different communication systems, Or the same communication system, or any two of them are the same communication system, and the other is a different communication system.
  • a computer storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the first aspect or any one of the first aspect The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the second aspect The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect The method described in.
  • a computer storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the fifth aspect or any one of the fifth aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or any one of the first aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, the computer program product storing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the second aspect or any one of the second aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, the computer program product storing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the third aspect or any of the third aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product including instructions is stored in the computer program product, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspects.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the fifth aspect or any one of the fifth aspects The method described in the design.
  • a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects The method described in the design.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel A method of allocating among the remaining activated logical channels.
  • Figure 1 shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of the PDCP layer in the DC scenario
  • Figure 2 shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of the PDCP layer in the CA scenario
  • Figure 3 shows that when two logical channels are configured for a radio bearer, after the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer is deactivated, the corresponding transmission relationship between the logical channel and the carrier in the radio bearer will no longer apply
  • FIG. 4 shows that when multiple logical channels are configured for a radio bearer, after the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer is deactivated, the corresponding transmission relationship between the logical channels and carriers in the radio bearer will no longer apply
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a flowchart of a first method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 8 is a flowchart of a second method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of a third method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic block diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic block diagram of the first network device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 15 is another schematic block diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 16 is a schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 17 is another schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 19 is another schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 20 is a schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 21 is another schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 23 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 24 is yet another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Terminal devices including devices that provide voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, may include handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or processing devices connected to wireless modems.
  • the terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN.
  • the terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote Remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device), etc.
  • a mobile phone or called a “cellular” phone
  • a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in or on-board mobile device, smart wearable device, and the like.
  • PCS personal communication service
  • SIP session initiation protocol
  • WLL wireless local loop
  • PDA personal digital assistants
  • restricted devices such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power. Examples include bar code, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • RFID radio frequency identification
  • GPS global positioning system
  • laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
  • the terminal device may also be a wearable device.
  • Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes.
  • a wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction.
  • Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that do not depend on smartphones, such as: smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry for sign monitoring.
  • Network equipment for example, including access network (AN) equipment.
  • An access network device such as a base station (for example, an access point) may refer to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface in an access network.
  • the network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the network equipment can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), or it may also include a cloud access network (cloud The centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) in the radio access network (CloudRAN) system are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), or it may also include
  • Dual connectivity that is, the terminal device connects two base stations simultaneously.
  • the two base stations connected by the terminal equipment may be base stations under the same wireless access technology, for example, both are base stations in the LTE system or both are base stations in the NR system, or the two base stations connected by the terminal equipment may also be different wireless connections.
  • Base stations under the technology for example, one is a base station in the LTE system and the other is a base station in the NR system.
  • CA Carrier aggregation
  • CC component carriers
  • the logical channel is associated with the carrier, or the logical channel is associated with the carrier, or it may be called that the logical channel and the carrier have a binding relationship or a binding transmission relationship, etc., including but not limited to, if configured in the logical channel Indicates that certain carriers are allowed to be used, it means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on these carriers, or the resources on these carriers can be allocated to the logical channel. In this case, it can be called that the logical channel is associated with these carriers. Further, the data transmitted in the logical channel is not transmitted on a carrier other than the carrier associated with the logical channel.
  • the logical channel corresponding to the data packet copied at the PDCP layer may have an association relationship with the carrier. In some scenarios, if the carrier association relationship is not configured, it means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on any carrier.
  • a parameter can be configured for a logical channel, such as parameter A.
  • the value of parameter A indicates different carriers, indicating that the data transmitted in the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier specified by parameter A.
  • parameter A is configured for logical channel 1
  • parameter A indicates carriers 1 and 2
  • logical channel 1 and carrier 1 and carrier 2 can be said to have an association relationship, which can also be said to be a binding relationship or a mapping relationship.
  • the duplication of the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer means that the PDCP entity copies data packets into multiple copies and submits them to different RLC entities respectively, and then transmits them from the RLC layer to the MAC layer through a logical channel.
  • the activated logical channel refers to a logical channel used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is activated, and/or a logical channel used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is deactivated.
  • the deactivated logical channel refers to a logical channel that is not used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is activated, and/or a logical channel that is not used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is deactivated.
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably.
  • “At least one” means one or more, “multiple” means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the relationship of the related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural.
  • the character “/” generally indicates that the related object is a "or” relationship.
  • At least one of the following” or a similar expression refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items.
  • At least one item (a) in a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be a single or multiple .
  • the embodiments of the present application refer to ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" to distinguish between multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or Importance.
  • first logical channel and the second logical channel are just to distinguish different logical channels, and do not mean that the priority or importance of the two logical channels are different.
  • the duplication of the PDCP layer usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into multiple identical packets (that is, duplicate packets) at the PDCP layer, and then the two data packets are separately delivered to multiple different RLC entities for transmission, and then through Different logical channels are transmitted to the MAC layer.
  • the logical channel is the channel from the RLC layer to the MAC layer.
  • the retransmission generally refers to retransmission, and the repeated transmission in the embodiments of the present application is not retransmission.
  • Retransmission refers to retransmission after the same data packet fails to be sent, or multiple consecutive transmissions of the same data packet, and repeated transmission is to copy one data packet to two data packets and put them on two logical channels respectively.
  • “repeat” can also be understood as "copy”.
  • the original packets and duplicate packets transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted through the same MAC PDU, because only through different MAC PDU transmission, one PDU lost will not affect the transmission of another PDU, equivalent The reliability has doubled.
  • the following describes how to implement the transmission function of the PDCP layer for the DC scenario and the CA scenario.
  • FIG. 1 exemplarily shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of implementing the PDCP layer in the DC scenario.
  • the DC scenario involves the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the network architecture of the primary base station and the secondary base station for a wireless bearer is shown in FIG. 1, and the network architecture of the terminal device for the wireless bearer includes the one shown in FIG. 1.
  • the network architecture of the primary base station and the network architecture of the secondary base station, that is, the terminal device includes one PDCP entity, two RLC entities, and two MAC entities for the radio bearer.
  • Security duplication, segment, automatic repeat-request (ARQ), multiplexing (mutiplexing), hybrid automatic repeat-request (HARQ) in Figure 1 ), and robust header compression (ROHC) are all functions that represent PDCP entities, RLC entities, or MAC entities.
  • the PDCP entity and the PDCP layer can be understood as the same concept.
  • the RLC entity and the RLC layer can be understood as the same concept, and the MAC entity and the MAC layer can be understood as the same concept.
  • the circles in Figure 1 represent the interfaces and/or channels between different layers.
  • the interface is called an inter-layer interface, such as a service access point (service access point, SAP), and the channel may be, for example, a logical channel, which is similar in the following and will not be described in detail.
  • SAP service access point
  • FIG. 1 is only an exemplary framework, and each component in the figure is not an indispensable component of this embodiment.
  • the security module can be omitted as appropriate.
  • a terminal device is connected to two base stations at the same time, that is, the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • a radio bearer is configured with the repeat function of the PDCP layer
  • the two data packets copied at the PDCP layer will be transmitted To two different RLC entities, and transmit to different MAC entities through different logical channels, and finally form two MAC PDUs for transmission on different carriers.
  • This process is the same for both the base station and the terminal equipment.
  • the PDCP layer in the master base station transmits the copied two data packets to two different RLC entities.
  • These two The RLC entities are respectively located in the primary base station and the secondary base station.
  • the RCL entity in the primary base station transmits the received data packet to the MAC entity in the primary base station, and the RCL entity in the secondary base station transmits the received data packet to the secondary base station.
  • MAC entity these two MAC entities will transmit data packets through their respective carriers.
  • the two RCL entities and the two MAC entities are located in the terminal device, and other processes are the same.
  • Fig. 2 for the network architecture involved in implementing the repetition function of the PDCP layer in the CA scenario.
  • the terminal device is connected to a base station, and the network architecture of the base station and the terminal device for a wireless bearer is shown in FIG. 2, that is, the base station and the terminal device for the wireless bearer include a PDCP entity and two RLC entity and two MAC entities.
  • the security, replication, slicing, ARQ, multiplexing, HARQ, and ROHC in FIG. 2 all represent the functions of the PDCP entity, RLC entity, or MAC entity.
  • a terminal device is connected to a base station, and the same base station has more than one carrier serving the terminal device.
  • a radio bearer is configured with the repetition function of the PDCP layer
  • the two copied data packets in the PDCP layer will be transmitted to two different RLC entities, and these two RLC entities will be transmitted to the same through different logical channels.
  • a MAC entity At this time, because the two data packets are transmitted to the same MAC entity, the MAC entity will transmit the two data packets into a MAC PDU for transmission. Therefore, in order to make the two data packets be transmitted through the two MAC PDUs separately, You can configure a parameter for the logical channel, for example, called parameter A.
  • the value of parameter A is used to indicate different carriers, so as to ensure that these two data packets can eventually form two MAC PDUs to be transmitted on different carriers.
  • a parameter A is configured for a logical channel, it means that the data in the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier indicated by the parameter A.
  • the parameter A configured for two logical channels that overlap each other indicates different carriers, then the two data packets that are mutually repeated eventually will be transmitted on different carriers, which can ensure reliability.
  • the repetition function of the PDCP layer may be configured for the radio bearer, or the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer may be deactivated.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier in the radio bearer is also Will no longer apply.
  • the repetition of the PDCP layer is limited to one radio bearer transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels (also commonly known as repeated transmission of two legs).
  • logical channel 1 is allowed to use all active carriers of the terminal device, if carrier 4 is activated, Then logical channel 1 can use carrier 4.
  • carrier 4 is activated, Then logical channel 1 can use carrier 4.
  • the logical channel described here uses a certain carrier, which means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on this carrier.
  • the communication system may subsequently introduce the duplication of the PDCP layer of multiple logical channels, that is, a radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, for example, it may be transmitted at the PDCP layer through three logical channels. Copy the packet.
  • a radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, for example, it may be transmitted at the PDCP layer through three logical channels. Copy the packet.
  • a 5G system may repeat the PDCP layer through three logical channels.
  • a certain radio bearer is configured with three logical channels to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer (also called three legs).
  • the PDCP layer duplicates the data packet in three copies and transmits them in logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, respectively.
  • the data of logical channel 1 can be transmitted on carrier 1, and the data of logical channel 2 can be Carrier 2 is used for transmission, data of logical channel 3 can be transmitted on carrier 3 to carrier 5, and carrier 6 is a carrier that has not been associated with any logical channel.
  • logical channel 3 is deactivated. In order to increase the transmission capacity, carrier 3 to carrier 5 can continue to be used.
  • the activated logical channels include logical channel 1 and logical channel 2. The terminal device cannot determine carrier 3 to Which logical channel should the carrier 5 be associated with?
  • the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels
  • the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner
  • at least One carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before deactivation, that is to say, for the case that the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, then
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. In other words, when the repetition state of the PDCP layer changes, the embodiments of the present application provide a solution for adjusting the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G NR system, or may be applied to an LTE system, or may be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations.
  • the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to CA scenarios, DC scenarios, or other scenarios.
  • FIG. 5 is an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 5 includes network equipment and terminal equipment.
  • the terminal equipment is connected to a network equipment.
  • the number of terminal devices in FIG. 5 is only an example.
  • the network device can provide services for multiple terminal devices, and all terminal devices or some terminal devices in the multiple terminal devices can use the ones provided in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the method adjusts the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • FIG. 6 is another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the scenario shown in FIG. 6 may be understood as a DC scenario.
  • 6 includes two network devices and a terminal device.
  • the two network devices are a first network device and a second network device, respectively.
  • the first network device is, for example, a main network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is a terminal
  • the secondary network device of the device, or the first network device is a secondary network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is the primary network device of the terminal device.
  • the two network devices are base stations
  • the main network device is also the main base station
  • the auxiliary network device is the auxiliary base station.
  • the first network device works, for example, in an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial wireless access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system
  • the second network device works, for example, in an NR system, or the first network device
  • it works in the NR system
  • the second network device works in the E-UTRA system, for example, or both the first network device and the second network device work in the NR system or E-UTRA system, for example.
  • the terminal device is connected to the two network devices at the same time, and the terminal device and the two network devices can communicate.
  • the network device in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 is, for example, a base station.
  • the network device corresponding to the different systems in different devices for example, in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4 th generation, 4G) system
  • the eNB may correspond to, corresponding to the network device 5G 5G system, e.g. gNB.
  • the repeated transmission function of the PDCP layer is simply referred to as a repeated transmission function.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a first method for configuring a logical channel, please refer to FIG. 7, which is a flowchart of the method.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example.
  • the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a first communication device and a second communication device, where the first communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method Communication device, or the first communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the function required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the second communication device.
  • the second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the first communication device may be a network device, the second communication device is a terminal device, or the first communication device and the second communication device are both networks
  • the device, or both the first communication device and the second communication device are terminal devices, or the first communication device is a network device, and the second communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5
  • the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5.
  • Terminal equipment in the network architecture shown or, if this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, where the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes association with a deactivated logical channel Carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
  • the terminal device determines to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, where the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel, and the deactivated logical channel Belong to the same wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into at least three copies, and transmitted through at least three logical channels respectively;
  • the terminal device sets the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode.
  • the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel.
  • the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel herein refers to the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  • the at least three logical channels may include the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel.
  • the number of activated logical channels may be one or more, for example, it may also be understood as at least one activated logical channel.
  • the number of deactivated logical channels may be one or more, for example, it may also be understood as at least one deactivated logical channel.
  • the number of carriers may be one or more, for example, it may be understood as at least one carrier.
  • the carrier may include only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier may include all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, It may include all carriers in the activated state associated with the logical channel of the radio bearer, and may also include all carriers in the activated state that are not associated with any logical channel of the radio bearer, where the terminal device is in the activated state All the carriers of, including the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier may include all other active carriers of the terminal device except the carrier associated with the activated logical channel
  • the carrier in the state, the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel may include the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and of course This includes all carriers that are not activated and associated with any logical channel of the radio bearer.
  • the terminal device determines that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner, and there may be different manners of determining.
  • the network device may send the first signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device.
  • S74 in FIG. 7 because S74 is not required to be executed, so it is drawn as a dotted line.
  • S74 occurs after S71 and before S72, for example.
  • the first signaling includes indication information, and the indication information indicates that the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner.
  • the first signaling can also be used to configure the repeat function of the radio bearer or, the first signaling may also be used to activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device when configuring the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, that is, the first signaling is also used to configure the repeat transmission function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer,
  • the network device may not need to send the indication information again, and the terminal device may determine to set the An association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier.
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, which may be specified by a protocol, and the terminal device can be determined through the protocol without additional notification from the network device, which helps save transmission overhead In this case, the network device does not need to send instruction information, so S71 does not have to be executed.
  • the first signaling is, for example, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, or MAC control element (control element), CE, or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), or RLC control PDU, Or PDCP control PDU, etc.
  • RLC control PDU refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), and is distinguished from RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally, it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the RLC layer. In the embodiments of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the repetitive function of the PDCP layer, including instructions such as activation/deactivation, and/or carrier association. An indication of relationship.
  • PDCP control PDU refers to a type of PDCP PDU that is different from PDCP data PDU (PDCP data PDU), and is distinguished from PDCP data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally, it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the PDCP layer. In the embodiments of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the repetitive function of the PDCP layer, including instructions such as activation/deactivation, and/or carrier association. An indication of relationship.
  • the network device may have determined which logical channels of the radio bearer are to be deactivated, for example, the first signaling is also used to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, or the first signaling is also used
  • both the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel indicated by the indication information may be explicit, for example, the network device instructs to deactivate the radio bearer through the first signaling Logical channel 1, and the radio bearer corresponds to logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, then the activated logical channels indicated by the network device through the indication information are logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, and the deactivated logical channel is logical channel 1.
  • the first signaling is also used to activate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer. This may be the case. If the network device configures the PDCP layer repeat function for the radio bearer in advance, all the logic of the radio bearer The channels are all activated. Later, the network device instructs the terminal device to deactivate a part of the logical channel of the radio bearer. After that, the network device instructs the terminal device to activate the logical channel of the radio bearer. Part or all of the deactivated logical channel, then the signaling used by the network device to instruct the terminal device to activate the logical channel of the radio bearer may be the first signaling.
  • the network device may not yet determine which logical channels of the radio bearer are to be deactivated.
  • the first signaling is a signaling in which the network device configures a repeating function of the PDCP layer for the radio bearer, that is, After the network device sends the first signaling, all logical channels of the radio bearer will be activated. At this time, no logical channels are deactivated.
  • the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel indicated by the indication information may be ambiguous, but it is generally referred to as, if there is a deactivated logical channel later, the deactivated logical channel can be used as The deactivated logical channel, and the remaining activated logical channels except the deactivated logical channel can be used as the activated logical channel.
  • the data packets carried by the radio are copied into at least three copies at the PDCP layer and transmitted through at least three logical channels, that is to say, the same data packets after being copied are transmitted by at least three logical channels.
  • each of the at least three logical channels can transmit one data packet, that is, at least three logical channels transmit at least three data packets, and among the at least three data packets, one data packet may be an original data packet
  • the other data packets are the data packets obtained by copying the original data packet.
  • the at least three data packets are collectively referred to as the copied data packet, or the data packet copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the "replicated data packet" or “replicated data packet at the PDCP layer” described later are the same way of understanding.
  • the first mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
  • Sub-mode 1 Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number (ID), wherein one carrier of the carrier and the activated logical channel are connected at a time A logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
  • Sub-method 2 Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier and one logic of the activated logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
  • Sub-method 3 Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 4 When the number of the activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
  • Sub-mode 5 Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all the deactivated logical channels are associated before deactivation.
  • the carrier is associated with an activated logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 6 Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
  • the carrier may be sequentially associated with the logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, or may be the carrier in the order of the ID of the carrier and the ID of the logical channel
  • an association relationship is sequentially established with the activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the largest ID can also be associated with the corresponding ID
  • the smallest logical channel establishes an association relationship.
  • the carrier is carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and the activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, respectively, then sort the carriers according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small, which should be the carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3, sort the logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID, from logical channel 2>logical channel 1, according to the order of the carrier ID and the order of the logical channel ID , Sequentially associating the carrier with the activated logical channel.
  • carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1
  • carrier 5 can be associated with logical channel 2
  • carrier 6 can be associated with logical channel 1 establishes an association relationship, or it may also establish an association relationship between carrier 3 and logical channel 2, an association relationship between carrier 5 and logical channel 1, and an association relationship between carrier 6 and logical channel 2.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner.
  • another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
  • the method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
  • the number N of the activated logical channels is determined, and then the ID and N of the carrier are newly used to perform a modular operation, and the carrier is associated with the corresponding logical channel according to the operation result. For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
  • the carrier is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels
  • the channel establishes an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle
  • the first and second subsets are called the first subset and the second subset, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point,
  • the ID of the split point is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carriers.
  • the first subset and the second subset are associated with two logical channels, where one subset is associated with one logical channel, and the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may be equal (all The total number of the carriers is an even number), or the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may not be equal (the total number of the carriers is an odd number).
  • the carrier may be sequentially associated with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, or may be the carrier according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, according to The order of the IDs of the logical channels is sequentially associated with the activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality An association relationship can be established with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID.
  • the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of carrier 6, and the channel quality of carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of carrier 5, the activated logic
  • the channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 respectively, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be logical channel 2>logical channel 1. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, the carrier 3 can be associated with the logical channel 1.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions.
  • the embodiment proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete better The task of transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the channel quality of the carrier may be measured by the network device, and after measuring the channel quality of the carrier, the network device may send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, for example, the network device may use the first letter Let the channel quality of the carrier be sent to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling.
  • the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
  • the carrier may be associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel, that is, if there is only one active logical channel, then the carrier’s
  • Each carrier is associated with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, then each carrier of the carrier can be activated with one of the multiple activated logical channels
  • the logical channel establishes an association relationship. If the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally a primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels.
  • the primary logical channel belongs to the activated logical channel, you can choose to connect the carrier to the primary logical channel. Establish an association. For example, a radio bears logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3 for transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer, where logical channel 1 is the main logical channel, for example, logical channel 3 is deactivated and logical channel 3 is deactivated Before activation, there is an association relationship with carrier 3, then carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1. Of course, you can also choose to associate the carrier with the activated logical channel other than the active logical channel except the main logical channel. Continue to use the above example. If logical channel 3 is deactivated, carrier 3 can be activated.
  • the carrier can be associated with any one of the activated logical channels.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first signaling, for example, the first logical channel may be carried in the first signaling ID, so that the terminal device can determine to associate the carrier with the main logical channel of the activated logical channel, or can also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device.
  • the network device may Indicated to the terminal device in the first signaling, for example, the ID of the logical channel to which the association relationship needs to be established may be carried in the first signaling, so that the terminal device may determine to establish the association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel.
  • sub-mode 4 when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier may be associated with this activated logical channel, and when the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, the The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier does not change, that is, for the activated logical channel, the original association relationship with the carrier is maintained, and the deactivated logical channel is deactivated
  • the carriers associated with each other do not establish an association relationship with the activated logical channel. For example, a radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through logical channel 1, logical channel 3, and logical channel 3, where logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1, and logical channel 2 is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • logical channel 3 and carrier 4 are associated, if both logical channel 2 and logical channel 3 are deactivated, then the number of activated logical channels is 1, then logical channel 2 is associated with carrier 2 before deactivation Both carrier 3 and carrier 4 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation can be associated with logical channel 1, or if only logical channel 3 is deactivated, the number of activated logical channels is 2 ,
  • the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier remains unchanged, the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier remains unchanged, logical channel 1 is still only associated with carrier 1, logical channel 2 is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3 Associated. This is done to simplify the implementation.
  • the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, how to allocate associated carriers to the activated logical channels requires certain rules, which may involve modification of the protocol.
  • sub-mode 4 if the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, the association relationship between the logical channels and the carrier may not be changed, so that there is no need to modify the protocol, if the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
  • the carrier is sequentially associated with the activated logical channel according to the size order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, and the carrier may be deactivated according to the corresponding The order of the IDs of the logical channels, in accordance with the order of the IDs of the activated logical channels, sequentially establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channels, wherein the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the largest ID may have the largest ID
  • An association relationship is established between the logical channels of, or a carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the smallest ID can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID.
  • Logical channel 3 and logical channel 4 where carrier 3 is associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation, carrier 4, carrier and carrier 6 are associated with logical channel 4 before deactivation, and the activated logical channels are respectively Logical channel 1 and logical channel 2. Sort the activated logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be logical channel 2> logical channel 1, and sort the deactivated logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small , Should be logical channel 4>logical channel 3. Then, according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, the carrier 3 associated with the logical channel 3 before deactivation may be associated with the logical channel 1.
  • each carrier of the carrier may be associated with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner, that is, the carrier and the activated logical channel are completely randomly established This relationship is relatively simple, without too many rules.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first signaling, and the terminal device may determine that each of the carrier The carrier establishes an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel in the activated logical channels.
  • the first mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first way may be as specified in the agreement. Then, if the number of the above-mentioned sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is greater than 1, it can also indicate to the terminal device which sub-mode is used in conjunction with the signaling of the network device. For example, if the network device sends the first signaling to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, the network device does not need to carry specific information in the first signaling In the first mode, only the identification information of the first mode can be carried, and the identification information of the first mode can be used as the indication information. For example, the identification information of the first mode is the ID of the first mode.
  • the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the first signaling, so that the first signaling can indicate that the activated logical channel and the After receiving the first signaling, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to sub-mode 2 after receiving the first signaling. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device can determine which method is the first method according to the protocol, in this case, the network device does not need to send the first signaling to the terminal device, or, if the first signaling is used for Configure the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, then the first signaling only needs to complete the original task, and there is no need to indicate the setting in the first way
  • the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device uses these multiple sub-modes to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier In this case, the network device may not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, and there is no restriction on the specific.
  • the first method may not be prescribed by agreement.
  • the network device may also carry specific first mode information in the first signaling, and the first mode information may be used as the indication information.
  • the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the first signaling, so that the first signaling may indicate that the activated logical channel and the After the first signaling is received by the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to sub-mode 2 according to the information of sub-mode 2, and determine the sub-mode What kind of method is 2? In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
  • the first mode may include at least one of the foregoing several sub-modes, and other implementation forms. Or it can be understood that the first mode may include other modes in addition to at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modes.
  • the first signaling may also carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the activated logical channels, and a bitmap of each logical channel It can be used to indicate the association between each logical channel and carrier.
  • a bitmap may correspond to an ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the first signaling, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel.
  • the first signaling may carry one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel, which The logical channels corresponding to one or more bitmaps are all or part of the activated logical channels.
  • the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel according to the bitmap carried in the first signaling, or the first method is to set the The manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel.
  • the first signaling is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling may be used to carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all logical channels of the radio bearer, so that the terminal device clarifies each logical channel of the radio bearer Which carriers are associated with each other?
  • the activated logical channel may be all logical channels of the radio bearer used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first signaling may also carry all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer or each logical channel of a part of logical channels The corresponding bitmap.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logical channels after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer through the first signaling.
  • logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5.
  • the network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, then the network device can determine the carrier and logical channel associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation 1 and/or logical channel 2 establishes an association relationship.
  • the carrier associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation may be associated with logical channel 1 or logical channel 2, or logical channel 3 before deactivation.
  • the carrier wave of the system is associated with logical channel 1 and logical channel 2.
  • the network device may generate The bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 are generated.
  • each bitmap can have 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and a bitmap from high to low corresponds to carrier 1 to carrier 5 respectively.
  • carrier each bit of a bitmap corresponds to it can be specified in the protocol in advance, or the network device can configure and notify the terminal device in advance.
  • bitmap corresponding to a logical channel if the value of a certain bit is "1", it indicates that the carrier is associated with the logical channel, and if the value of a certain bit is "0", it indicates that it is not Associate the carrier with the logical channel.
  • the two bitmaps generated by the network device are 5 bits, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 11010, and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 is 00101, which indicates that logical channel 1 should be established with carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 4. Association relationship, and the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier 3, carrier 4 and carrier 5, and logical channel 1 is originally associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, logical channel 2 is originally associated with carrier 3, so The terminal device may determine and then associate the logical channel 1 with the carrier 3, and associate the logical channel 2 with the carrier 4 and the carrier 5.
  • the first signaling carries the bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling may carry the bitmap corresponding to the partial logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling may not carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, but only carry logical channels and carriers The bitmap corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship has changed. In this way, the signaling overhead can be effectively saved, and the workload of the terminal device can also be reduced.
  • logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the wireless bearer namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, among which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5, the network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, then The network device may determine to associate the carrier associated with logical channel 3 with logical channel 1 and/or logical channel 2 before deactivation.
  • the network device determines that the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 associated with the logical channel 3 before deactivation are both associated with the logical channel 2, that is, for the logical channel 1, the association with the carrier does not change of. Then, the network device can generate a bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 without generating a bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1.
  • the bitmap has 5 bits, and each bit represents a carrier. The high to low bits correspond to carrier 1 to carrier 5, respectively.
  • the bitmap can be 00111, which means that logical channel 2 should be combined with carrier 3, carrier 4, and
  • the carrier 5 establishes an association relationship, and the logical channel 2 originally has an association relationship with the carrier 3, so the terminal device can determine that the logical channel 2 is associated with the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 again.
  • the first signaling may also carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, that is, if the remaining The association relationship between all logical channels and carriers of the activated logical channels will change, then the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, and if the remaining activated logical channels The association relationship between some logical channels and carriers will not change, so the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, or may also carry some logic of the remaining activated logical channels The bitmap corresponding to the channel is not limited.
  • the first signaling is used to indicate one or more logical channels that activate the radio bearer, and the first signaling may also carry all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer or each logical channel of the partial logical channels. Bitmap.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be activated logical channels remaining after activating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channels naturally include one or more logics activated through the first signaling channel.
  • the one or more logical channels may have been deactivated before, and then the one or more logical channels are reactivated, then It will involve a change in the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, and the network device may indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier through a bitmap.
  • logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5.
  • the network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 .
  • the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device may restore the original association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, that is, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier 3, and Channel 3 is associated with carrier 4 and carrier 5. Then the network device can carry 3 bitmaps in the first signaling, which correspond to logical channel 1 to logical channel 3, for example, each bitmap has 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and one bitmap corresponds from high bit to low bit. ⁇ carrier1 ⁇ carrier5.
  • the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 11000
  • the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 is 00100
  • the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 3 is 00011.
  • the terminal device can determine how to establish the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier according to these 3 bitmaps connection relation.
  • restoring the original association relationship is just an example, and the network device may redistribute the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier without considering the original association relationship, for example, the network device may establish carrier 1 and logical channel 3 Association relationship, etc.
  • the first signaling carries the bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling may carry the bitmap corresponding to the partial logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling may not carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, but only carry logical channels and carriers The bitmap corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship has changed. In this way, the signaling overhead can be effectively saved, and the workload of the terminal device can also be reduced.
  • logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5.
  • the network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 .
  • the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device determines to establish an association relationship between logical channel 3 and carrier 1, that is, the association between logical channel 1 and logical channel 3 and the carrier will change, but the association between logical channel 2 and carrier will not Changes. Then the network device can carry 2 bitmaps in the first signaling, corresponding to logical channel 1 and logical channel 3, for example, each bitmap has 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and one bitmap corresponds from high to low ⁇ carrier1 ⁇ carrier5.
  • the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 01010
  • the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 3 is 10000
  • the terminal device can determine how to establish the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier according to the two bitmaps. It can be seen that for logical channel 2, the network device may not need to carry the corresponding bitmap in the first signaling, thereby helping to save signaling overhead.
  • the indication information included in the first signaling may also be used to indicate restoration of the original association between the logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier
  • the relationship the so-called original relationship, is the relationship between all logical channels and carriers before the one or more logical channels are deactivated. In this way, the first signaling does not need to carry a bitmap.
  • logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5.
  • the network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 .
  • the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3.
  • the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device may restore the original association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, that is, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier 3, and Channel 3 is associated with carrier 4 and carrier 5. Then the network device only needs to carry the indication information, for example, the indication information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this bit is "1", it indicates that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this bit is 1 "0" means that the original association is not restored.
  • the terminal device may determine to restore the original association relationship, that is, establish the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier 1 and carrier 2, and establish logical channel 2 and carrier 3
  • the association relationship, and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 is established.
  • the original association relationship can be restored through simple indication information, without setting too many rules, and the implementation is relatively simple.
  • the first signaling as described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by carrying a bitmap.
  • the indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information.
  • the first signaling carries the bitmap.
  • the network device may also send second signaling to the terminal device.
  • the second signaling may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of the radio bearer.
  • One or more logical channels the second signaling may carry a bitmap bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the remaining logical channels of the wireless bearer, and the bitmap of each logical channel is used to indicate each logical channel Channel and carrier association.
  • the second signaling carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer,
  • the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer according to the second signaling.
  • the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel according to a bitmap carried by other signaling, or it may be understood that the first method is based on the setting of the bitmap The manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel.
  • the remaining activated logical channels are the remaining ones after activation of the one or more logical channels of the radio bearer according to the second signaling
  • the activated logical channel or, if the second signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels deactivate the radio bearer according to the second signaling Activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels.
  • the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the first signaling including the indication information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through the additional second signaling, so that the indication information and the bitmap can be relatively independent.
  • the first signaling may be a signaling for configuring a repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer
  • the second signaling may be used for activating or deactivating after configuring the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer Signaling of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  • the specific implementation manners of the first signaling and the second signaling are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the bitmap is carried by the second signaling, the implementation of the bitmap, etc., can refer to the introduction to the bitmap carried by the first signaling in the foregoing. Whether the bitmap is carried through the first signaling or the second signaling depends on the specific implementation manner of the network device, or may also be stipulated by a protocol, and the specific is not limited.
  • the first manner may have other implementation forms.
  • the first mode may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
  • the first manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be one of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the indication information.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
  • the first way may be a way to release the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier
  • the at least one logical channel may be one or more of the remaining activated logical channels
  • the corresponding carrier may refer to all carriers or part of carriers associated with the logical channel.
  • the first manner may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to the second carrier Move from the first logical channel to the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel may be two of the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier , And establish an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers are all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, so as to associate the carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve the The transmission quality of the data packets copied by the PDCP layer.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
  • the carriers can be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established.
  • the first method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is in a state where no association relationship is established with all logical channels of the radio bearer
  • the first logical channel is one of the remaining activated logical channels. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, and the network device may indicate the association relationship between the third carrier and the first logical channel through the indication information.
  • the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving The transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel
  • the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
  • the carriers can also be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established, and multiple carriers are not connected to the radio bearer. All the logical channels of the associated carriers are in the active state, and so on.
  • the first manner may be a manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the fourth carrier, the fourth carrier is the carrier indicated by the indication information, and the first logical channel is the activated logical channel one of.
  • the network device may indicate the carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel through the indication information.
  • the carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel may be a Or more, for example, the indication information may include the IDs of these carriers, so that after receiving the first signaling, the terminal device may determine to activate the first logical channel, and associate the carrier corresponding to the ID of the carrier included in the indication information with the first Logical channels establish associations.
  • the fourth carrier is any carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel.
  • the carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel may include at least one carrier that currently has an associated relationship with other activated logical channels and a carrier that does not have an associated relationship with any logical channel.
  • the carrier that establishes the association relationship of a logical channel includes the carrier that currently has an association relationship with other activated logical channels.
  • the terminal device After receiving the first signaling, the terminal device needs to release the association relationship between these carriers and the previously established logical channel, and then Associate these carriers with the first logical channel, and if the carriers that need to be associated with the first logical channel include carriers that are not associated with any logical channel, the terminal device directly establishes these after receiving the first signaling The association relationship between the carrier and the first logical channel is sufficient.
  • the first mode As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the first mode are introduced. As to which one is adopted in the first mode, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by a network device in advance.
  • the wireless bearer used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel.
  • the network device activates the third logical channel through the first signaling instruction.
  • the network device may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and the bitmap corresponding to the third logical channel in the first signaling to indicate the association between the three logical channels and the carrier , So that the terminal device can associate the carrier with the corresponding logical channel according to the 3 bitmaps.
  • the network device may not carry the bitmap of the logical channel that has not changed in the first signaling, thereby The signaling overhead is saved, and the step of processing the first signaling by the terminal device is also reduced.
  • the wireless bearer uses The logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel. For example, the network device activates the third logical channel through the first signaling instruction.
  • the included indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, then the terminal device may also set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode, where the first The mode includes, for example, at least one of sub-mode 1, sub-mode 2, sub-mode 3, sub-mode 4, sub-mode 5, or sub-mode 6 as described above.
  • the radio bearer uses The logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel.
  • the network device uses the first signaling instruction to activate the first logical channel.
  • the indication information included in the first signaling may include the ID of one carrier or the IDs of multiple carriers. The carrier corresponding to the ID of the carrier included in the indication information is required. Carriers that establish an association relationship with the first logical channel, then after receiving the first signaling, the terminal device may establish an association relationship between these carriers and the first logical channel.
  • the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels
  • the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner
  • at least One carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before deactivation, that is to say, for the case that the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, then
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. And the first method can be various, more flexible.
  • the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels, and it is also possible that the wireless bearer will continue to transmit the data copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels. package.
  • the radio bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels
  • the two logical channels corresponding to the radio bearer are configured in advance, and are generally configured after the configuration No change can be made, so no matter whether the transmission quality of the configured logical channel is better or worse, it is still necessary to continue to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through the previously configured logical channel.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a second method for configuring a logical channel.
  • the logical channel corresponding to the radio bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, thereby improving the PDCP The transmission quality of the data packets copied by the layer.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example.
  • the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a third communication device and a fourth communication device, where the third communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method
  • the communication device or the third communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the function required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the fourth communication device.
  • the fourth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the fourth communication device may be a terminal device or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the third communication device may be a network device, the fourth communication device is a terminal device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both networks
  • the device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both terminal devices, or the third communication device is a network device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the third communication device is a network device and the fourth communication device is a terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5
  • the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5.
  • the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines to configure at least three logical channels for the wireless bearer of the terminal device
  • the network device sends first indication information to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device.
  • the first indication information is used to indicate that the wireless bearer passes the at least three logical channels.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted, wherein the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, respectively;
  • the terminal device determines that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, where the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied Divided into two, respectively transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the network device may configure at least three logical channels for the repetitive function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and at one moment, the network device may indicate that the two logical channels are transmitted on the PDCP layer through the first indication information
  • the copied data packet, then the first indication information may be information that the network device originally used to select the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are network devices
  • the logical channel initially selected after configuring at least three logical channels, or the first indication information may also be information that the network device subsequently changes the logical channel, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are the logic that the network device initially selects
  • the logical channel that is changed after the channel, for example, the initially selected logical channel may be the first logical channel and the third logical channel, and then changed to the first logical channel and the second logical channel through the first indication information.
  • the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, so that a logical channel with better communication quality can be selected to transmit the copy at the PDCP layer Data packets to improve transmission quality.
  • the first indication information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
  • the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device in addition to the at least three logical channels configured to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer for the radio bearer, and the configuration information is used to indicate the radio bearer
  • the terminal device After configuring the at least three logical channels, after receiving the configuration information from the network device, the terminal device can determine that the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  • the configuration information and the first indication information can be carried in a signaling, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling can complete several functions, one is for The radio bearer is configured with at least three logical channels, the other is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and the other is used to indicate that transmission through the first logical channel and the second logical channel is replicated at the PDCP layer data pack.
  • the configuration information and the first indication information may also be carried in different signaling, for example, the configuration information is carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information is carried in the activation or deactivation.
  • Activate signaling of a logical channel used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer refers to that the network device previously instructed to deactivate the logical channel, then the logical channel can be instructed to be activated again for deactivation.
  • a logical channel that transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer means that the network device previously instructed to activate the logical channel (for example, it may be activated when the repeated transmission function is activated, or activated after deactivation), then Subsequent instructions can be made to deactivate the logical channel again.
  • the configuration information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may be sent through other signaling.
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may be sent through other signaling.
  • each logical channel of the wireless bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer is specific Which carriers are associated with it is also pre-configured and generally cannot change after configuration, so no matter whether the configured carrier has good or poor transmission quality, it still needs to continue to be transmitted through the pre-configured carrier at the PDCP layer. Copy the packet.
  • This method is also likely to result in poor transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the embodiments of the present application propose that the carrier associated with the logical channel can also be flexibly changed.
  • the terminal device may determine to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, which may be determined in different ways, wherein the carrier Including a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel being a deactivated logical channel except the one or two activated logical channels among the at least three logical channels .
  • the network device determines second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, And the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine to set one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel according to the first mode and the Association relationship between carriers. For example, if the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the second logical channel are deactivated and the first logical channel is the activated logical channel, then the carrier includes the carrier associated with the second logical channel before deactivation.
  • one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel include the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel (that is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel A logical channel and a second logical channel), depending on the activation states of the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • all logical channels except the first logical channel and the second logical channel can be regarded as deactivated logical channels, for example, the network device indicates that the first logical channel
  • the channel and the second logical channel transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, which can be regarded as a logical channel other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel in which at least three logical channels are deactivated.
  • the network device configures at least three logical channels, it can also configure the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least three logical channels. Then, the network device is other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the associated carriers configured by the logical channels are the carriers associated with these logical channels before deactivation.
  • the second indication information can be used to flexibly indicate the association between the activated logical channel and the carrier.
  • the carrier configured for the logical channel is not static, and the network device can flexibly indicate the change, so that it can be changed according to the specific situation.
  • the carrier wave associated with the logical channel helps to improve the transmission quality.
  • the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner, which may be specified by a protocol, for example, a specific
  • the terminal device can be determined through the protocol without additional notification from the network device, which helps to save transmission overhead.
  • the second indication information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
  • signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
  • the network device may have determined which logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel is to be deactivated, for example, signaling carrying the second indication information is also used to deactivate the first logical channel or The second logical channel, or the first signaling is also used to activate the first logical channel or the second logical channel, then the activated logical channel or the deactivated logical channel indicated by the second indication information may be explicit, such as the network
  • the device also instructs to deactivate the first logical channel of the radio bearer through signaling carrying the second indication information, then one or two activated logical channels indicated by the network device through the second indication information is the second logical channel, and deactivates The logical channel is the first logical channel.
  • the network device may not yet determine which logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel is to be deactivated.
  • the signaling that carries the second indication information is that the network device is the wireless
  • the signaling that carries the repetition function of the PDCP layer that is, after the network device sends the signaling that carries the second indication information, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel will be activated, and there is no deactivated logic at this time. channel.
  • the activated logical channel or the deactivated logical channel indicated by the second indication information may be ambiguous, but it is generally referred to as, if there is a deactivated logical channel later, the deactivated logical channel is It can be used as the deactivated logical channel, and the remaining activated logical channels except the deactivated logical channel can be used as the activated logical channel.
  • the configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may be carried in one signaling and sent, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling may complete several Function, the first is to configure at least three logical channels for the radio bearer, the second is to repeat the PDCP layer of the radio bearer function, the third is used to indicate the first logical channel and the second logic The channel transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and the fourth is to indicate the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels and the carrier that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel in the first manner.
  • the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling may complete several Function
  • the first is to configure at least three logical channels for the radio bearer
  • the second is to repeat the PDCP layer of the radio bearer function
  • the third is used to indicate the first logical channel and the second logic
  • the channel transmits the data packet copied at the PD
  • the configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may also be carried in different signalings, where the three pieces of information may be carried in three different signalings, or the three pieces of information, respectively. Part of the information can be carried in one signaling, and the remaining information in the three messages can be carried in another signaling.
  • the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information and the second indication information are carried in a logic used to activate or deactivate the data packet copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the configuration information and the first indication information are carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the second indication information is carried in the PDCP layer for activation or deactivation for transmission.
  • the signaling of a logical channel of the copied data packet, or the configuration information is carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information is carried in the signaling for activating the transmission for being replicated in the PDCP layer
  • the second indication information is carried in signaling for deactivating a logical channel for transmitting a data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and so on.
  • the first mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
  • Sub-method 1 Associate the carrier with one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the carrier's identification number (ID), wherein one carrier of the carrier and the one or One logical channel of two activated logical channels establishes an association relationship; or,
  • Sub-method 2 Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two at a time A logical channel of an activated logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
  • Sub-mode 3 Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
  • Sub-mode 4 When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 5 Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where one deactivated logical channel before deactivation All associated carriers are associated with an activated logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 6 Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner; or,
  • the second indication information includes a first index.
  • the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index.
  • the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different, and the first index belongs to at least two indexes.
  • the carrier may be sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the size order of the carrier ID, or may be the carrier according to the size order of the carrier ID
  • the sequence of the IDs of the logical channels is sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the corresponding ID
  • the largest carrier may also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID.
  • the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and the activated logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, then the carriers are sorted according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small, which should be Carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3, the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be the second logical channel>the first logical channel, according to the order of the carrier ID and the logical channel ID
  • the order of the size is to sequentially associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels.
  • carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel
  • carrier 5 may be associated with the second logical channel.
  • Two logical channels establish an association relationship. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the largest carrier ID is associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID first, or the carrier with the smallest carrier ID is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID , No specific restrictions.
  • another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
  • the method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
  • Modular operation Specifically, determine the number N of the one or two activated logical channels (N is a positive integer less than or equal to 2), and then perform a modular operation with the newly-programmed ID of the carrier and N, and associate the carrier to The corresponding logical channel. For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
  • the carrier is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels
  • the channel establishes an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle
  • the first and second subsets are called the first subset and the second subset, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point,
  • the ID of the split point is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carriers.
  • the first subset and the second subset are associated with two logical channels, where one subset is associated with one logical channel, and the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may be equal (all The total number of the carriers is an even number), or the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may not be equal (the total number of the carriers is an odd number).
  • the carrier may be sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, which may be the preference of the carrier according to the channel quality of the carrier Inferior order, according to the order of the ID of the logical channel, establish an association with the one or two activated logical channels in sequence, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can establish an association with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or The carrier with the worst channel quality can also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID.
  • the carriers are Carrier 3, Carrier 5 and Carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of Carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of Carrier 6, and the channel quality of Carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of Carrier 5, the activated logic
  • the channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels from large to small, which should be second logical channel>first logical channel. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence.
  • carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel Relationship, the carrier 6 is associated with the second logical channel, and the carrier 5 is associated with the first logical channel, or the carrier 3 can be associated with the second logical channel, and the carrier 6 can be associated with the first logical channel Establish an association relationship, and establish an association relationship between the carrier 5 and the second logical channel.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner.
  • the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions. If some logical channel-related carriers have good channel quality, and others have poor channel quality, they may not be able to transmit data packets replicated at the PDCP layer.
  • the example proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete the transmission better The function of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the channel quality of the carrier may be measured by a network device, and after measuring the channel quality of the carrier, the network device may send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, for example, the network device may carry the second The signaling of the indication information sends the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling.
  • the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
  • the carrier may be associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels, that is, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is only One, then each carrier of the carrier can be associated with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of one or two activated logical channels is 2, then each carrier of the carrier can be Each carrier is associated with one of the two activated logical channels. If the number of the activated logical channels is 2, that is, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally one primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels.
  • the carrier may be selected to establish an association relationship with the primary logical channel.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel.
  • the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted through the PDCP layer.
  • the data packet for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively. These two data packets are the data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the first Both a logical channel and a second logical channel are active logical channels.
  • the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, then carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel.
  • carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information, for example, the second indication information may include the main logical channel’s ID, so that the terminal device can determine to associate the carrier with the main logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels, or can also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device.
  • the carrier is associated with any one of the one or two activated logical channels, for example, a randomly selected one of the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels The logical channel establishes an association relationship
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information.
  • the second indication information may carry the ID of the logical channel to be established, so that the terminal device can determine the carrier to The logical channel establishes an association relationship.
  • the carrier may be associated with the activated logical channel, and when the one or two activated logical channels
  • the association relationship between the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier does not change, that is, for the one or two activated logical channels, the original Relationship.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel.
  • the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted through the PDCP layer.
  • the data packet for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both activated logical channels,
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1
  • the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3
  • the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 4.
  • the second logical channel is deactivated, then the one Or the number of two activated logical channels is 1, then the carrier 2 and carrier 3 associated with the second logical channel before deactivation and the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be the same as the first
  • the logical channel establishes an association relationship, or, if the first logical channel or the second logical channel are both activated logical channels, then the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, then the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the association relationship between the two is unchanged, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is also unchanged.
  • the first logical channel is still only associated with carrier 1
  • the second logical channel is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3. This is done to simplify the implementation.
  • the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, how to allocate associated carriers to the one or two activated logical channels requires certain rules. It may involve modifying the protocol, so in sub-mode 4, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, the association between the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier may not be changed In this way, there is no need to modify the protocol. If the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier with this activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
  • the carrier is sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels.
  • the carrier may be correlated according to the corresponding
  • the order of the IDs of the deactivated logical channels is, in accordance with the order of the IDs of the activated logical channels, to establish an association with the one or two activated logical channels in sequence, where the deactivated logical channel with the largest ID corresponds to
  • the carrier of may be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the smallest ID may be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID.
  • the deactivated logical channel here may include at least three logical channels other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and if the first logical channel or the second logical channel is deactivated, Then, the deactivated logical channel may further include the deactivated logical channel in the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, a third logical channel and a fourth logical channel, and the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, for example ,
  • the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, respectively transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both activated logical channels, wherein the first logical The channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 4, and the fourth logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 5 and carrier 6.
  • the order of the deactivated logical channels should be fourth logical channel>third logical channel. Then, according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels, the carriers are sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels.
  • the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be associated with the first
  • An association relationship is established between a logical channel, and the carrier 5 and carrier 6 associated with the fourth logical channel before deactivation are associated with the second logical channel, or the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be established
  • An association relationship is established with the second logical channel, and the carrier 5 and carrier 6 associated with the fourth logical channel before deactivation are associated with the first logical channel.
  • each carrier of the carrier may be associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner, that is, the carrier and the one are completely randomly established Or the association relationship between two activated logical channels, this implementation is relatively simple, without too many rules.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information, and the terminal device may determine to transfer the Each carrier of the carrier is associated with the corresponding logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel may correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different.
  • at least two indexes include index 1 and index 2.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to index 1 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 have Association relationship
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and carrier corresponding to index 2 is that the first logical channel has association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel has association relationship with carrier 2, as can be seen, different indexes
  • the corresponding relationship between the corresponding logical channel and the carrier is different.
  • the terminal device can determine the carrier associated with the first logical channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel according to the first index. If the second indication information includes the corresponding index, the terminal device naturally knows how to set the The carrier associated with a logical channel and the carrier associated with a second logical channel. For example, when the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, and subsequent network devices include the first through the second indication information.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, then the terminal device can also Carrier 2 establishes an association relationship with the first logical channel.
  • the first mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first method may be specified in the protocol. Then, if the number of sub-modes included in the first method specified in the protocol is greater than 1, you can also use the signaling of the network device to indicate to the terminal device which one to use. Or which sub-methods. For example, if the network device sends the second indication information to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, the network device need not carry specific information in the second indication information.
  • the first mode information may only carry the identification information of the first mode, and the identification information of the first mode may be used as the indication information. For example, the identification information of the first mode is the ID of the first mode.
  • the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the second indication information, so that the second indication information may indicate that the one or two activated logics are set according to the first mode
  • the association relationship between the channel and the carrier After receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine, according to the ID of sub-mode 2, that one or two activated logical channels and the carrier are set according to sub-mode 2. Relationship. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device can determine which mode is the first mode according to the protocol, in this case, the network device does not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, for example, signaling carrying the second indication information Is to configure the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or to activate or deactivate one or two logical channels of the radio bearer, then the signaling carrying the second indication information only needs to complete the original task, There is no need to carry second indication information, which helps to save signaling overhead.
  • the terminal device uses these multiple sub-modes to set the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier In this case, the network device may not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, and there is no restriction.
  • the first mode may not be specified by the protocol, then the network device may also carry the specific first mode information in the second indication information.
  • the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the second indication information, so that the second indication information may indicate that the one or two activated logics are set according to the first mode
  • the association relationship between the channel and the carrier After receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine, according to the information of sub-mode 2, that one or two activated logical channels and the carrier are set according to sub-mode 2. The relationship between them, and what kind of sub-method 2 is exactly. In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
  • the first mode may include at least one of the foregoing several sub-modes, and other implementation forms. Or it can be understood that the first mode may include other modes in addition to at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modes.
  • the second indication information may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel (that is, carry a bitmap or corresponding to the first logical channel Bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, or bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel), the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the second The bitmap of the logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • a bitmap may correspond to an ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the second indication information, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel.
  • the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to the bitmap included in the second indication information, or the first method is based on bitmap sets the manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels.
  • the signaling carrying the second indication information is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer.
  • the signaling may be used to carry second indication information, that is, a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the radio bearer, It makes the terminal equipment know exactly which carriers the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively have an associated relationship with.
  • the signaling carrying the second indication information is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel.
  • the signaling carrying the second indication information is used to indicate the deactivation of the first logical channel
  • the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the signaling carrying the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the first logical channel
  • the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the signaling carrying the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier may be It may or may not change.
  • the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and if the second logical channel and the carrier Does not change, the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel to make the indication clearer, or may not carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the second indication information may also be used to indicate the restoration of the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the so-called original association relationship, That is, before the first logical channel is deactivated, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. Since only the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the second indication information can also be regarded as an indication to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and restore The original association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. In this manner, the second indication information may not include bitmap.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel, and the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the radio bearer The data packet is copied into two at the PDCP layer and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively, where the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and the second logical channel has association relationships with carrier 2 and carrier 3,
  • the third logical channel has an association relationship with the carrier 4.
  • the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel through signaling carrying the second indication information
  • the second indication information may indicate to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the terminal device receives the second indication information
  • the association relationship between carrier 1 and the first logical channel may be established again, and the association relationship is restored to that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, and the second logical channel has association relationships with carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • the second indication information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this 1 bit is "1", it means that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this 1 bit is "0", it means no. Restore the original association.
  • the logical channel is deactivated and activated again, the original association relationship can be restored through a simple second indication information, without setting too many rules, and the implementation is relatively simple.
  • the second indication information described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by including a bitmap.
  • the indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information.
  • the second indication information includes a bitmap.
  • the network device may also send third indication information to the terminal device.
  • the signaling carrying the third indication information may be used to indicate activation or deactivation.
  • the third indication information may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the first logical channel
  • the association relationship with the carrier the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to a bitmap carried by other signaling, or it is understood that the first method is A manner of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to a bitmap.
  • the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the second indication information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through the additional third indication information, so that the second indication information and the bitmap can be relatively independent.
  • the implementation of the bitmap, etc. can refer to the previous introduction to the second indication information including the bitmap. Whether the bitmap is included in the second indication information or the third indication information depends on the specific implementation of the network device, or it can also be stipulated in the protocol without specific restrictions.
  • the configuration information, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information may be carried in one signaling, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling
  • the first is to configure at least three logical channels for the radio bearer
  • the second is to repeat the function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer
  • the third is to indicate that the first logic is passed
  • the channel and the second logical channel transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer
  • the fourth is to indicate the association between one or two activated logical channels and the carrier that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel in the first manner relationship.
  • the configuration information, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information may also be carried in different signalings, where the four pieces of information may be carried in four different signalings, respectively, or Part of the four pieces of information can be carried in one signaling, and the remaining information in the four pieces of information can be carried in another signaling.
  • the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are carried in the activation or deactivation for transmission copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the signaling of one logical channel of the data packet, or, the configuration information and the first indication information are carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the activation Or deactivate the signaling used to transmit a logical channel of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, or the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repeat function of the PDCP layer, the first indication information and the second indication
  • the information is carried in the signaling for activating a logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and the third indication information is carried in the logic for deactivating the logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer Channel signaling, etc.
  • the first manner may have other implementation forms.
  • the first mode may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
  • the first manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be an activated logical channel.
  • the second indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the second indication information.
  • the first manner may be a manner of releasing the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier
  • the at least one logical channel may be the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel (That is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel and the second logical channel)
  • the corresponding carrier may refer to the logical channel associated with All or part of the carrier.
  • the first method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and carrier 1, and a method of releasing the association relationship between the second logical channel and carrier 2.
  • the first manner may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to the second carrier Move from the first logical channel to the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel may be activated logical channels.
  • the second indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the connection between the first logical channel and the second carrier The association relationship, and the establishment of the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers is all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to disassociate the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel, thereby associating a carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve transmission the quality of.
  • the carriers can be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established.
  • the association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between the first logical channel and the corresponding carrier can be released to establish the association relationship between the carrier disassociated from the first logical channel and the second logical channel , And, disassociate the second logical channel from the corresponding carrier, establish the association between the carrier disassociated from the second logical channel and the first logical channel, and so on.
  • the first method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, and the third carrier is in a state where the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel is not established.
  • the carrier in the activated state, or the third carrier is the carrier in the activated state that has not been associated with at least three logical channels of the radio bearer. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, or has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the network device may indicate that the third The carrier wave establishes an association relationship with the first logical channel.
  • the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving Transmission quality.
  • the carriers can also be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established.
  • the first mode As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the first mode are introduced. As to which one is adopted in the first mode, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by a network device in advance.
  • the network device may configure at least three logical channels for the repetitive function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and at a moment, the network device may indicate that the two logical channels are transmitted on the PDCP layer through the first indication information
  • the copied data packet for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer and transmitted through two logical channels respectively
  • the first indication information may be that the network device was originally used to select for transmission at the PDCP layer
  • the information of the logical channel of the copied data packet that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are the logical channels originally selected by the network device after configuring at least three logical channels, or the first indication information may also be the follow-up of the network device
  • Information about changing logical channels, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are logical channels that are changed after the network device initially selects the logical channel, for example, the initially selected logical channel may be the first logical channel and the third logical channel , And then change to
  • the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, so that a logical channel with better communication quality can be selected to transmit the copy at the PDCP layer Data packets to improve transmission quality.
  • the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels
  • the logical channel used by the wireless bearer to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer Which carriers are associated with are configured in advance, and generally cannot be changed after configuration, so no matter whether the transmission quality of the configured carrier is good or poor, it is still necessary to continue to transmit through the pre-configured carrier at the PDCP layer. Copy the packet. This way is likely to result in poor transmission quality.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a third method for configuring a logical channel. In this method, the carrier associated with the logical channel can be flexibly changed, thereby improving transmission quality.
  • the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example.
  • the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a fifth communication device and a sixth communication device, where the fifth communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method
  • the communication device or the fifth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the sixth communication device may be performed by two communication devices, such as a fifth communication device and a sixth communication device, where the fifth communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method
  • the communication device or the fifth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the sixth communication device may be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the sixth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to realize the functions required by the method, or the sixth communication device may be a terminal device or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method.
  • the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system.
  • the fifth communication device may be a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a terminal device
  • the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both networks
  • the device, or the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both terminal devices
  • the fifth communication device is a network device
  • the sixth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on.
  • the network device is, for example, a base station.
  • the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the fifth communication device is a network device and the sixth communication device is a terminal device as an example.
  • the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5
  • the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5.
  • the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG.
  • the terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6.
  • the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
  • the network device determines adjustment information.
  • the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel.
  • the at least one logical channel is configured for a wireless bearer of the terminal device, and the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into At least one copy, respectively transmitted through the at least one logical channel;
  • the network device sends first signaling to the terminal device.
  • the terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device.
  • the first signaling includes the adjustment information.
  • the first signaling is except RRC. Signalling other than signaling;
  • the terminal device adjusts the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
  • RRC signaling such as MAC, CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, etc., does not specifically limit.
  • the network device may instruct to adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel through first signaling, and the first signaling is not RRC signaling, so that the network device may dynamically adjust the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier
  • the association relationship can be, for example, logical channels as much as possible to associate carriers with better channel quality to improve transmission quality.
  • the network device needs to instruct the terminal device to re-establish the radio bearer through RRC signaling, which is equivalent to the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier of the new radio bearer.
  • the association relationship is different from the original radio bearer.
  • the network device changes the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier while maintaining the original radio bearer. There is no need to create a new radio bearer. Bring the processing flow.
  • the first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or may also be signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel of the radio bearer, specifically There are no restrictions.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are logical channels configured for the radio bearer to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the at least one logical channel belongs to the first logical channel and the second logical channel,
  • at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel (that is, a first logical channel or a second logical channel, or a first logical channel and a second logical channel).
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct adjustment of the carrier associated with at least one logical channel, and there may be multiple indication manners of the adjustment information.
  • the adjustment information may be used to indicate information about the carrier associated with each logical channel of at least one logical channel after adjustment.
  • the terminal device After receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device knows the adjusted result, and the terminal device according to the carrier currently associated with each channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted and each of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information
  • the carrier associated with the logical channel can adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel.
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1
  • the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, for example, the channel quality of carrier 1 is poor, while the carrier 2 and carrier 3 The channel quality is good.
  • the network device may instruct to change carrier 2 or carrier 3 to be associated with the first logical channel.
  • the adjustment information indicates that the carrier associated with the second logical channel after adjustment is carrier 3.
  • the terminal device can be released.
  • the association relationship between carrier 2 and the second logical channel and the association relationship between carrier 2 and the first logical channel are established, so that the adjusted carrier associated with the second logical channel is carrier 3.
  • the terminal device can disassociate carrier 2 from the first logical channel, and remove carrier 3 from the second logical channel
  • the association relationship and the association relationship between the carrier 3 and the first logical channel are established, so that the adjusted carriers associated with the first logical channel are carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the adjusted carriers associated with the second logical channel are carrier 4.
  • the adjustment information may be used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is a logic of one of the two logical channels
  • the channels have an association relationship.
  • the two logical channels are configured for radio bearers.
  • the two logical channels are used to transmit data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer. For example, the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies and pass through the two The logical channels are transmitted, and the two logical channels include at least one logical channel, and the two logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the terminal device can adjust according to the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information.
  • Carrier associated with at least one logical channel For example, the terminal device may release the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the original logical channel, and establish the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the other logical channel of the two logical channels, or the terminal device may also just The association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the original logical channel is released, and the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the other logical channel of the two logical channels is not established. How to deal with the terminal device can be through a protocol Specified or configured by network equipment.
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1
  • the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, for example, the channel quality of carrier 1 is poor, while the carrier 2 and carrier 3
  • the channel quality is good.
  • the network device may instruct to change carrier 2 or carrier 3 to be associated with the first logical channel.
  • the adjustment information indicates carrier 3
  • the terminal device may disassociate carrier 3 from the second logical channel.
  • the association relationship between the carrier 3 and the first logical channel is established.
  • the first logical channel is associated with carrier 1
  • the second logical channel is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3.
  • the adjustment information may indicate Carrier 3, then the terminal device can disassociate the carrier 3 from the second logical channel.
  • the adjustment information may be used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, where the adjustment mode is used to set at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted
  • the relationship between the two logical channels is configured for radio bearers.
  • the two logical channels are used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the two logical channels include at least one logical channel.
  • the two logical channels are the first One logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the terminal device can set the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode and the carrier to be adjusted, that is, adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel.
  • the adjustment mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
  • Sub-method 1 Associate the carrier to be adjusted with at least one logical channel according to the order of the carrier ID, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of at least one logical channel ;or,
  • Sub-mode 2 Associate the carrier to be adjusted with at least one logical channel according to the channel quality order of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of at least one logical channel are established each time Association; or,
  • Sub-mode 3 Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of at least one logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 4 When the number of at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
  • Sub-mode 5 Associate each carrier of at least one carrier with one logical channel of at least one logical channel in a random manner; or,
  • the adjustment information includes a first index.
  • the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index.
  • the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
  • the carrier to be adjusted may be sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier ID, or may be to be adjusted according to the order of the carrier ID
  • the order of the size of the IDs is sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel, where the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the largest ID can also be associated with
  • the logical channel with the smallest ID establishes an association relationship.
  • the carriers to be adjusted are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and at least one activated logical channel is the first logical channel and the second logical channel. Then, sort the carriers according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small.
  • Carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3 the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, it should be the second logical channel>first logical channel, according to the order of the carrier ID size, and the logical channel In the order of the size of the ID, the carrier to be adjusted is sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel.
  • carrier 3 can be associated with the first logical channel
  • carrier 5 can be associated with the second logical channel.
  • associating the carrier 6 with the first logical channel or alternatively, associating the carrier 3 with the second logical channel, associating the carrier 5 with the first logical channel 1, and associating the carrier 6 with the second logical channel
  • the channel establishes an association relationship.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the largest carrier ID is associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID first, or the carrier with the smallest carrier ID is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID , No specific restrictions.
  • another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
  • the IDs of the sorted carriers are 0, 1, 2, 3, respectively. Etc., or 1, 2, 3 etc. respectively.
  • the method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
  • Modular operation Specifically, determine the number N of at least one logical channel (N is a positive integer less than or equal to 2), and then perform a modular operation with the newly-programmed ID of the carrier and N, and associate the carrier to be adjusted to the corresponding logical channel according to the operation result . For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
  • the carrier to be adjusted is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels are divided Establish an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle and back Two subsets, such as the first and second subsets, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point.
  • the ID of the dot is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carrier waves.
  • the carrier to be adjusted may be sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, which may be the carrier to be adjusted according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier , According to the order of the ID of the logical channel, in order to establish an association relationship with at least one activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the channel with the worst channel quality
  • the carrier may also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID.
  • the carriers to be adjusted are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of carrier 6, and the channel quality of carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of carrier 5, at least one activated
  • the logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels from large to small, which should be the second logical channel>the first logical channel. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with at least one activated logical channel in sequence.
  • carrier 3 can be established with the first logical channel Association relationship, the association relationship between carrier 6 and the second logical channel, and the association relationship between carrier 5 and the first logical channel, or the association relationship between carrier 3 and the second logical channel, and the association between carrier 6 and the first logical channel
  • the channel establishes an association relationship, and associates the carrier 5 with the second logical channel.
  • multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner.
  • the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions. If some logical channel-related carriers have good channel quality, and others have poor channel quality, they may not be able to transmit data packets replicated at the PDCP layer.
  • the example proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete the transmission better The function of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the channel quality of the carrier may be measured by a network device, and after the network device measures the channel quality of the carrier, the channel quality of the carrier may be sent to the terminal device, for example, the network device may carry adjustment information Signaling sends the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling.
  • the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
  • the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with one activated logical channel of at least one activated logical channel, that is, if there is only one number of the at least one activated logical channel, then Associate each carrier to be adjusted with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, that is, the activated logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel , Then each of the carriers to be adjusted can be associated with one of the two activated logical channels. If the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, that is, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • a radio bearer there is generally one primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels. Then, the carrier may be selected to establish an association relationship with the primary logical channel.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
  • the data packets of the radio bearer are duplicated at the PDCP layer and pass through the first logical channel respectively
  • the second logical channel the first logical channel is the main logical channel
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both active logical channels
  • the carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel.
  • the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with any one of the activated logical channels of the at least one activated logical channel.
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information, for example, the adjustment information may include the ID of the main logical channel, thereby The terminal device may determine to establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the main logical channel of the at least one activated logical channel, or may also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device.
  • the carrier to be adjusted is associated with any one of the activated logical channels of the at least one activated logical channel, for example, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with a logical channel randomly selected from the at least one activated logical channel
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information.
  • the adjustment information may carry the ID of the logical channel to which the association relationship needs to be established, so that the terminal device may determine that the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel.
  • sub-mode 4 when the number of at least one activated logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with the activated logical channel, and when the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, at least The association relationship between an activated logical channel and the carrier does not change, that is, for at least one activated logical channel, the original association relationship with the carrier is maintained.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are active Logical channel, wherein the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 has no association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the carrier 4 may be associated with the first logical channel, or, if both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated Logical channel, then the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier remains unchanged, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier remains unchanged, and the first logical channel remains It is only associated with carrier 1, the second logical channel is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 is still not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel. This is done to simplify the implementation.
  • the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, then how to allocate associated carriers to the one or two activated logical channels requires certain rules, which may involve modification Protocol, so in sub-mode 4, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, the association relationship between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier may not be changed, so that there is no need to modify the protocol, if If the number of at least one activated logical channel is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier to be adjusted with this activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
  • each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted may be associated with one logical channel of at least one activated logical channel in a random manner, that is, the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one activated logic are completely randomly established
  • the association relationship between channels is relatively simple, and does not require too many rules.
  • each logical carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with which logical channel of the at least one activated logical channel
  • the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information, and the terminal device may determine each of the carrier to be adjusted
  • the carrier establishes an association relationship with a logical channel corresponding to at least one activated logical channel.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are active Logical channel, wherein the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 has no association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the network device indicates carrier 4 in the adjustment information, indicates that the adjustment mode is sub-mode 5, and indicates the ID of the first logical channel, then the terminal device can determine that the carrier 4 is associated with the first logical channel.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel may correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different.
  • at least two indexes include index 1 and index 2.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and carrier corresponding to index 1 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 have Association relationship
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to index 2 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3
  • the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2, as can be seen, different indexes
  • the corresponding relationship between the corresponding logical channel and the carrier is different.
  • the terminal device can determine the carrier associated with the first logical channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel according to the first index. If the adjustment information includes the corresponding index, the terminal device naturally knows how to set the first logic The carrier associated with the channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel. For example, when the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, and carrier 2 has both the first logical channel and the second logical channel There is no association.
  • the subsequent network device includes the first index through the adjustment information.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 If there is an association relationship, the terminal device may also establish an association relationship between carrier 2 and the first logical channel. Or, when the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3.
  • the subsequent network device includes the first index by adjusting the information.
  • the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel and carrier 2 If there is an association relationship, the terminal device may disassociate the carrier 2 from the first logical channel, establish the association between the carrier 2 and the second logical channel, and disassociate the carrier 3 from the second logical channel, and establish the association between the carrier 3 and the second logical channel.
  • the association relationship of a logical channel is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel and carrier 2 If there is an association relationship, the terminal device may disassociate the carrier 2 from the first logical channel, establish the association between the carrier 2 and the second logical channel, and disassociate the carrier 3 from the second logical channel, and establish the association between the carrier 3 and the second logical channel.
  • the adjustment mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the adjustment method may be specified in the protocol. For example, the number of sub-modes included in the adjustment method specified in the protocol is greater than one. You can also use the signaling of the network device to indicate to the terminal device which type or types to use. Sub mode. For example, if the network device sends the adjustment information to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted is set according to the adjustment method, then the network device does not need to carry a specific adjustment method in the adjustment information
  • the information for example, the identification information of the adjustment method is the ID of the adjustment method.
  • the adjustment mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the adjustment information, so that the adjustment information may indicate the association between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode.
  • Relationship after receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the sub-mode 2 ID according to the sub-mode 2. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead.
  • the adjustment method has been stipulated in the agreement.
  • the adjustment information does not need to carry the adjustment method information (including the identification information of the adjustment method), as long as the network device After sending the adjustment information, the terminal device can adjust the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one logical channel according to the adjustment method specified in the protocol and the information of the carrier to be adjusted included in the adjustment information.
  • the adjustment information can also be Treated as a trigger message.
  • the adjustment method may not be specified by the agreement, then the network device may also carry information about the specific adjustment method in the adjustment information.
  • the adjustment mode includes the above sub-mode 2
  • the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the adjustment information, so that the adjustment information may indicate the association between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode.
  • Relationship after receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between setting at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to sub-mode 2 according to the information of sub-mode 2, and clarify exactly what sub-mode 2 is the way. In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
  • the adjustment method may include at least one of the above several sub-methods, and other implementation forms. Or it may be understood that the adjustment method may include other methods in addition to at least one of the foregoing sub-modes.
  • the adjustment information may further include a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel (that is, carrying a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel or corresponding to the first logical channel A bitmap of two logical channels, or a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel), the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the The bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel.
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel.
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • a bitmap may correspond to the ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the adjustment information, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel.
  • the adjustment method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one activated logical channel according to the bitmap included in the adjustment information, or the adjustment method is to set the carrier to be adjusted and the The manner of association between at least one activated logical channel.
  • the first signaling is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer.
  • the first signaling may carry adjustment information, that is, a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the radio bearer, so that The terminal device clarifies which carriers the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively have an associated relationship with.
  • the first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel.
  • the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel
  • the adjustment information may include a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the first signaling is used to indicate activation of the first logical channel
  • the second indication information may carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the adjustment information may carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier may change or may not Changes, if the association between the second logical channel and the carrier changes, the adjustment information can carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and if the association between the second logical channel and the carrier does not change, then The adjustment information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel to make the indication more clear, or may not carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
  • the adjustment information may also be used to indicate restoration of the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier.
  • the so-called original association relationship that is, Before the first logical channel is deactivated, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. Since data packets copied at the PDCP layer are only transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the adjustment information can also be regarded as an instruction to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and restore the first The original association between the two logical channels and the carrier. In this way, the adjustment information need not include the bitmap.
  • a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, where the first logical channel is associated with carrier 1 and the second logical channel is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3 There is an association relationship. After the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel is instructed to be deactivated. After the first logical channel is deactivated, for example, the association relationship of carrier 1 and the second logical channel is established.
  • the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel through the first signaling
  • the adjustment information may indicate to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the terminal device may reset the carrier 1 to
  • the adjustment information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this bit is "1”, it means that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this bit is "0”, it means that the original value is not restored.
  • the adjustment information described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by including a bitmap.
  • the indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information.
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap.
  • the network device may also send second signaling to the terminal device.
  • the second signaling may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first logical channel or the first Two logical channels.
  • the second signaling may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier.
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the adjustment method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one activated logical channel according to the bitmap carried by other signaling, or it may be understood that the adjustment method is to set the adjustment to be adjusted according to the bitmap The relationship between the carrier and at least one activated logical channel.
  • the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the adjustment information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through additional second signaling, so that the adjustment information and the bitmap can be relatively independent.
  • bitmap is included through the second signaling
  • the implementation of the bitmap, etc. can refer to the previous introduction to the adjustment information including the bitmap. Whether the bitmap is included through the adjustment information or the second signaling depends on the specific implementation of the network device, or it can also be stipulated in the protocol without specific restrictions.
  • the adjustment manner may have other implementation forms.
  • the adjustment method may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
  • the adjustment manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be an activated logical channel.
  • the adjustment information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the adjustment information.
  • the adjustment method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier, and the at least one logical channel may be the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel ( That is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel and the second logical channel), for each logical channel of at least one logical channel, the corresponding carrier may refer to the associated logical channel All carriers or some carriers.
  • the adjustment method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and carrier 1 and a method of releasing the association relationship between the second logical channel and carrier 2.
  • the adjustment method may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to removing the second carrier from The first logical channel moves to the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel may be activated logical channels.
  • the adjustment information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier , And establish an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel.
  • the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers is all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to disassociate the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel, thereby associating a carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve transmission quality.
  • the carriers can be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established.
  • the association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between the first logical channel and the corresponding carrier can be released to establish the association relationship between the carrier disassociated from the first logical channel and the second logical channel , And, disassociate the second logical channel from the corresponding carrier, establish the association between the carrier disassociated from the second logical channel and the first logical channel, and so on.
  • the adjustment method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, and the third carrier is in an active state that has not established an association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel State carrier. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, and the network device may indicate that the third carrier is associated with the first logical channel through adjustment information. For example, the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving Transmission quality.
  • the carriers can also be processed in batches.
  • the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established.
  • adjustment method As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the adjustment method are introduced. As for which adjustment method is adopted, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by the network device in advance.
  • the network device may instruct to adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel through first signaling, and the first signaling is not RRC signaling, so that the network device may dynamically adjust the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier
  • the association relationship can be, for example, logical channels as much as possible to associate carriers with better channel quality to improve transmission quality.
  • the communication device 1000 is, for example, a network device 1000, and the network device 1000 includes:
  • the processing module 1020 is configured to determine indication information used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, where the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes a deactivated logical channel
  • the associated carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
  • the transceiver module 1010 is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
  • the wireless bearer transmits the copied data packet through at least three logical channels
  • the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner.
  • the at least one carrier includes The carrier that the deactivated carrier is associated with before deactivation, that is, for the case where the wireless bearer transmits duplicate data packets through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, the embodiments of the present application provide A method of allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
  • the carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
  • the carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device
  • Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
  • the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated
  • the logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
  • the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps Is the activated logical channel.
  • the transceiver module 1010 includes
  • the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, of which A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier.
  • the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is to deactivate the Activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels carried by radio.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • a method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier and establishing an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
  • a manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • processing module 1020 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1010 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1100.
  • the communication device 1100 is, for example, a network device 1100.
  • the network device 1100 includes a processor 1110, a memory 1120, and a transceiver 1130.
  • the memory 1120 stores instructions. Or a program, the processor 1110 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1120.
  • the processor 1110 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1020 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1130 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1010 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 1000 or the network device 1100 may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the network device 1000 or the network device 1100 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, for the sake of brevity, no further description is provided here.
  • the communication device 1200 is, for example, a terminal device 1200, and the terminal device 1200 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1220 is configured to receive indication information from a network device, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner.
  • the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes The carrier associated with the activated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, each passing at least three logical Channel transmission
  • the processing module 1210 is configured to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner.
  • the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
  • the carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
  • the carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device
  • Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
  • the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated
  • the logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
  • the first signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps Is the activated logical channel.
  • the transceiver module 1220 is also used to:
  • the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer
  • the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, wherein A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier.
  • the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer.
  • the remaining activated logical channel is used for deactivation.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • a method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
  • a manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  • the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
  • processing module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1220 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300.
  • the communication device 1300 is, for example, a terminal device 1300.
  • the terminal device 1300 includes a processor 1310, a memory 1320, and a transceiver 1330, where the memory
  • the instructions or programs are stored in 1320, and the processor 1310 is used to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1320.
  • the processor 1310 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1330 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and for the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1400 is, for example, a network device 1400.
  • the network device 1400 includes:
  • the processing module 1410 is configured to determine that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
  • the transceiver module 1420 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the radio bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, Wherein, the wirelessly carried data packet is copied into two, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
  • the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
  • the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
  • Sending second indication information to the terminal device where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to set one or two activated logics of the first logical channel and the second logical channel in a first manner
  • An association relationship between a channel and a carrier where the carrier includes a carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and the deactivated logical channel is in addition to the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels Logical channel.
  • the transceiver module 1420 is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device in the following manner:
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
  • the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel.
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used In order to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
  • the third indication information further carrying a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the The bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
  • the logical channel is the activated logical channel
  • processing module 1410 in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1420 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500.
  • the communication device 1500 is, for example, a network device 1500.
  • the network device 1500 includes a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a transceiver 1530.
  • the memory 1520 stores instructions. Or a program, the processor 1510 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1520.
  • the processor 1510 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1410 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1530 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1420 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 1400 or the network device 1500 may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the network device 1400 or the network device 1500 And/or functions are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the communication device 1600 is, for example, a terminal device 1600, and the terminal device 1600 includes:
  • the transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device
  • the processing module 1610 is configured to determine that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, and the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two , Respectively, transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  • the transceiver module 1620 is also used to receive configuration information from the network device;
  • the processing module 1610 is further configured to determine the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
  • the transceiver module 1620 is also used to receive second indication information from the network device;
  • the processing module 1610 is further configured to determine, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner,
  • the carrier includes a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels, the at least three The logical channel is configured for the radio bearer.
  • the transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive second indication information from the network device in the following manner:
  • the RLC control PDU including the second indication information
  • the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
  • the processing module 1610 is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that one or two activated ones of the first logical channel and the second logical channel are set according to the first manner according to the following manner Correlation between logical channel and carrier:
  • the transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive third indication information from the network device
  • the processing module 1610 is configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the third indication information
  • the included bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
  • the logical channel is the activated logical channel
  • processing module 1610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1620 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1700.
  • the communication device 1700 is, for example, a terminal device 1700.
  • the terminal device 1700 includes a processor 1710, a memory 1720, and a transceiver 1730, where the memory 1720 stores instructions Or a program, the processor 1710 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1720.
  • the processor 1710 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1730 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1620 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operation of each module in the terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 And/or functions are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 1800 is, for example, a network device 1800, and the network device 1800 includes:
  • the processing module 1810 is configured to determine adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of the terminal device, and the data packet of the radio bearer is Copy into at least one copy and transmit through the at least one logical channel respectively;
  • the transceiver module 1820 is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is signaling other than RRC signaling.
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels,
  • the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one Logical channel; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, and the adjustment mode is used to set an association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted ,
  • the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least A logical channel.
  • the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
  • the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel
  • the adjustment information includes a corresponding In the bitmap of the first logical channel
  • the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel
  • the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the The association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier
  • the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  • the transceiver module 1820 is also used to:
  • the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate one logical channel of the two logical channels, and the second signaling further includes logic corresponding to the activation of the two logical channels
  • a bitmap of the channel, the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer It is copied into two copies and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
  • the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer.
  • the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  • processing module 1810 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1900.
  • the communication device 1900 is, for example, a network device 1900.
  • the network device 1900 includes a processor 1910, a memory 1920, and a transceiver 1930.
  • the memory 1920 stores instructions Or a program
  • the processor 1910 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1920.
  • the processor 1910 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1810 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 1930 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1820 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
  • the communication device 2000 is, for example, a terminal device 2000, and the terminal device 2000 includes:
  • the transceiver module 2020 is configured to receive first signaling from a network device, where the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel.
  • the at least one logical channel is
  • the radio bearer of the terminal device is configured, and the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, which is transmitted through the at least one logical channel, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling ;
  • the processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
  • the processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
  • Adjusting the at least one logic according to the currently associated carrier of each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel The carrier associated with the channel; or,
  • each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the radio bearer
  • the data packet of is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or,
  • the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel Association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively And the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
  • the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
  • the processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
  • the transceiver module 2020 is also used to receive second signaling from the network device;
  • the processing module 2010 is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried by the second signaling, and/or
  • the third indication information includes a bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel, and sets an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
  • the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier.
  • the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer.
  • the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
  • the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel
  • the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  • processing module 2010 in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component
  • transceiver module 2020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2100.
  • the communication device 2100 is, for example, a terminal device 2100.
  • the terminal device 2100 includes a processor 2110, a memory 2120, and a transceiver 2130.
  • the memory The instructions or programs are stored in 2120, and the processor 2110 is used to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 2120.
  • the processor 2110 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 2010 in the foregoing embodiment
  • the transceiver 2130 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 2020 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operation of each module in the terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a circuit.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • FIG. 22 shows a simplified structural diagram of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and convenient to illustrate.
  • the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example.
  • the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and input and output devices.
  • the processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, as well as controlling terminal devices, executing software programs, and processing software program data.
  • the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
  • the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal.
  • the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
  • Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive user input data and output data to the user. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input/output devices.
  • the processor When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
  • the radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal after radio frequency processing, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
  • the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor.
  • the processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data.
  • FIG. 22 only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 22. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium, storage device, or the like.
  • the memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • an antenna and a radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function can be regarded as a transceiver unit of a terminal device, and a processor with a processing function can be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device.
  • the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 2210 and a processing unit 2220.
  • the transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, or the like.
  • the processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like.
  • the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2210 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the transceiver unit 2210 may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2210 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit.
  • the receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit.
  • the sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
  • transceiving unit 2210 is used to perform the above-described method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9.
  • 2220 is used to perform operations other than the transceiver operation on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG.
  • the transceiving unit 2210 is used to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7.
  • the processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S72 and S73 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is used to perform the receiving operation on the terminal device side in S82 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to execute the terminal in the embodiment of the present application Other sending and receiving steps on the device side.
  • the processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S83 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the transceiver unit 2210 is used to perform the receiving operation on the terminal device side in S92 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiver unit 2410 is also used to execute the terminal in the embodiment of the present application Other sending and receiving steps on the device side.
  • the processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S93 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the chip When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit.
  • the transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and a communication interface;
  • the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 1310 in FIG. 13.
  • the device includes a processor 2310, a transmission data processor 2320, and a reception data processor 2330.
  • the processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 1220 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 1710 in FIG. 17.
  • the processing module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 1620 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23.
  • the device can perform functions similar to the processor 2110 in FIG. 21.
  • the processing module 2010 in the above embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions.
  • the transceiver module 2020 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23.
  • channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in FIG. 23, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, but are only schematic.
  • FIG. 24 shows another form of this embodiment.
  • the processing device 2400 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and peripheral subsystems.
  • the communication device in this embodiment can serve as a modulation subsystem therein.
  • the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2403 and an interface 2404.
  • the processor 2403 performs the function of the processing module 1210, and the interface 2404 performs the function of the transceiver module 1220.
  • the processor 2403 completes the functions of the processing module 1610, and the interface 2404 completes the functions of the transceiver module 1620.
  • the processor 2403 completes the functions of the processing module 2010, and the interface 2404 completes the functions of the transceiver module 2020.
  • the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2406, a processor 2403, and a program stored on the memory 2406 and executable on the processor.
  • the processor 2403 executes the program, the method shown in FIG. 7 is implemented.
  • the memory 2406 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 2400, as long as the memory 2406 can be connected to the The processor 2403 is sufficient.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing an instruction, which executes the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 when the instruction is executed.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing an instruction, which executes the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 when the instruction is executed.
  • An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing instructions, which execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 when the instructions are executed.
  • processors mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and special-purpose integrated circuits (DSPs) application, specific, integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc.
  • the general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically Erasable programmable read only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory may be a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • DRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory double data SDRAM, DDR SDRAM
  • enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM
  • serial link DRAM SLDRAM
  • direct RAMbus RAM direct RAMbus RAM
  • the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component
  • the memory storage module
  • the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways.
  • the device embodiments described above are only schematic.
  • the division of the units is only a division of logical functions.
  • there may be other divisions for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented.
  • the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the technical solution of the present application essentially or part of the contribution to the existing technology or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

A method and an apparatus for configuring a logical channel. The method for configuring a logical channel comprises: determining instruction information for instructing an association to be configured in a first manner, the association being a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, the carrier comprising a carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belonging to the same radio bearer, and a data packet of the radio bearer being duplicated into at least three copies respectively transmitted via at least three logical channels; and sending first signaling to a terminal apparatus, the first signaling comprising the instruction information. If a logical channel becomes deactivated in a situation in which a radio bearer has transmitted duplicated data packets via multiple logical channels, embodiments of the present application provide a method used allocate a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel to the remaining activated logical channels.

Description

一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备Method and equipment for configuring logical channel
相关申请的交叉引用Cross-reference of related applications
本申请要求在2018年12月10日提交中国专利局、申请号为201811504295.0、申请名称为“一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application filed on December 10, 2018 in the Chinese Patent Office, with the application number 201811504295.0 and the application name "a method and equipment for configuring logical channels", the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference Applying.
技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular, to a method and device for configuring logical channels.
背景技术Background technique
在第五代移动通信技术(the 5th generation,5G)系统中引入了PDCP层的重复(duplication)功能。PDCP层的重复通常指将无线承载的数据包复制成两个相同的包(也就是重复包),然后这两个数据包分别递交给两个不同的无线链路控制(radio link control,RLC)实体进行传输,进而通过不同的逻辑信道传输到媒体接入控制(media access control,MAC)层。The duplication function of the PDCP layer is introduced in the 5th generation (5G) system. The duplication of the PDCP layer usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into two identical packets (that is, duplicate packets), and then the two data packets are separately delivered to two different radio link controls (RLC) The entity transmits, and then transmits to the media access control (MAC) layer through different logical channels.
为了保证数据传输的可靠性,传输到MAC层的原始数据包和复制的数据包不能通过同一个MAC协议数据单元(packet data unit,PDU)传输,因为只有通过不同的MAC PDU传输,其中一个MAC PDU丢掉才不会影响另外一个MAC PDU的传输,相当于可靠性提高了一倍。因此,可以通过不同的逻辑信道将两个数据包传输到不同的MAC实体中,最终形成两个MAC PDU在不同的载波上进行传输。In order to ensure the reliability of data transmission, the original data packet and the copied data packet transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted through the same MAC protocol data unit (packet data unit, PDU), because only through different MAC PDU transmission, one of the MAC The loss of PDU will not affect the transmission of another MAC PDU, which is equivalent to double the reliability. Therefore, two data packets can be transmitted to different MAC entities through different logical channels, and finally two MAC PDUs are formed to be transmitted on different carriers.
目前,PDCP层的重复只限于一个无线承载通过两个RLC实体和两个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。例如,一个无线承载PDCP层的重复功能被激活时,来自逻辑信道1的数据只能在载波1或载波2上传输,来自逻辑信道2的数据只能在载波3上传输。在某个时刻,该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能被去激活以后,只剩下逻辑信道1还在工作,此时为了提高传输容量,逻辑信道1中的数据可以在所有可用的载波上进行传输。但是当PDCP层的重复不仅限于两个RLC实体和两个逻辑信道的时候,去激活以后如何使用,还是一个亟待解决的问题。At present, the duplication of the PDCP layer is limited to one radio bearer transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two RLC entities and two logical channels. For example, when the repeat function of a radio bearer PDCP layer is activated, data from logical channel 1 can only be transmitted on carrier 1 or carrier 2, and data from logical channel 2 can only be transmitted on carrier 3. At a certain moment, after the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is deactivated, only logical channel 1 is still working. At this time, in order to increase the transmission capacity, the data in logical channel 1 can be performed on all available carriers transmission. However, when the repetition of the PDCP layer is not limited to two RLC entities and two logical channels, how to use it after deactivation is still an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种配置逻辑信道的方法及设备,用于解决在有逻辑信道被去激活后,该逻辑信道对应的载波应如何分配的技术问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a method and a device for configuring a logical channel, which are used to solve the technical problem of how to allocate carriers corresponding to the logical channel after a logical channel is deactivated.
第一方面,提供第一种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述指示信息。In a first aspect, a first method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: determining indication information, where the indication information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, where the association relationship is between an activated logical channel and a carrier Relationship, the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three The copies are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels; and send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
该方法可由第一通信装置执行,第一通信装置例如为网络设备或能够支持网络设备实 现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在网络设备中的芯片。网络设备例如为基站。The method may be performed by a first communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to achieve the functions required by the method, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device. The network device is, for example, a base station.
本申请实施例中,无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道传输被复制的数据包,所述数据包是在PDCP层被复制的,而指示信息可以指示按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与至少一个载波之间的关联关系,至少一个载波包括去激活的载波在去激活之前所关联的载波,也就是说,对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况,如果有逻辑信道被去激活,那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。另外,如果有逻辑信道被激活,那么本申请实施例提供了如何将载波重新分配给各个激活的逻辑信道的方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless bearer transmits the copied data packet through at least three logical channels, the data packet is copied at the PDCP layer, and the indication information may indicate that the activated logical channel is set according to the first manner and at least The association relationship between one carrier, at least one carrier includes the carrier that the deactivated carrier was associated with before the deactivation, that is, for the case that the radio bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, If a logical channel is deactivated, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. In addition, if a logical channel is activated, the embodiments of the present application provide a method for reallocating a carrier to each activated logical channel.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the All carriers in the activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all except the activation of the terminal device The carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the logical channel of the terminal, the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, including the deactivated The carrier associated with the logical channel before deactivation.
所述载波可以仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,只需重新分配去激活的载波之前关联的载波即可,需要分配的载波的数量较少,工作量较少。或者,所述载波也可以包括终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,相当于将终端设备的全部处于激活状态的载波都重新分配,终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,还可以包括之前未与任何一个逻辑信道关联的载波,这样可以将更多的载波与逻辑信道相关联,提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。或者,所述载波可以包括终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,这样可以将更多的载波与逻辑信道相关联,提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。The carrier may include only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and only need to reassign the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before, the number of carriers to be allocated is less, and the workload is less . Alternatively, the carrier may also include all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, which is equivalent to reallocating all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device may also include all carriers that have not been previously connected. Any carrier associated with a logical channel can associate more carriers with the logical channel and improve the transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Alternatively, the carrier may include other carriers that are in an activated state in addition to the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, so that more carriers can be associated with the logical channel, which improves the The transmission quality of the copied data packets.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic The sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier Each carrier of is associated with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
本申请实施例提供了多种方式。例如,如果有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量都比较好,而有的逻辑信道所关联的信道质量都比较差,则可能无法起到PDCP层的重复的作用,本申请实施例提出可以将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以尽量使得各个逻辑信道所关联的载波的信道质量较为均衡,提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。或者,可以将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信 道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,这样无需将所述载波在多个逻辑信道之间分配,方式较为简单。或者,也可以将一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,统一与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,相当于以逻辑信道为粒度进行分配,简化了分配过程。The embodiments of the present application provide multiple ways. For example, if the channel quality of some carriers associated with logical channels is relatively good, and the channel quality of some logical channels is relatively poor, it may not be able to play the role of repetition of the PDCP layer. The carrier establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carrier associated with each logical channel can be made more balanced, and the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be improved Transmission quality. Alternatively, the carrier may be associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel, so that there is no need to allocate the carrier among multiple logical channels, and the method is relatively simple. Alternatively, the carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation may be unified to establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel, which is equivalent to allocating with the logical channel as the granularity, which simplifies the allocation process.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
第一信令可以直接携带所述激活的逻辑信道的全部或者部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap,那么终端设备根据第一信令携带的bitmap就可以设置相应的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,这种方式更为简单直接。例如,第一信令可以携带全部逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap,指示更为明确,或者,可能有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不会发生改变,那么第一信令只需携带发生了改变的逻辑信道对应的bitmap即可,有助于减小信令开销,也减少了终端设备的处理过程。The first signaling can directly carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the activated logical channels, then the terminal device can set the corresponding logical channel to the carrier according to the bitmap carried by the first signaling This relationship is simpler and more direct. For example, the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all logical channels, the indication is more clear, or there may be some logical channel and carrier association relationship will not change, then the first signaling only It is enough to carry the bitmap corresponding to the changed logical channel, which helps reduce signaling overhead and also reduces the processing procedure of the terminal device.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the radio bearer One or more logical channels, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is The remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer are the remaining activated logical channels after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
第一通信装置也可以通过第二信令携带bitmap,使得指示信息和bitmap相对独立。而第二信令携带bitmap时,bitmap的实现形式与第一信令携带bitmap时的实现形式是类似的。The first communication device may also carry the bitmap through the second signaling, so that the indication information and the bitmap are relatively independent. When the second signaling carries the bitmap, the implementation form of the bitmap is similar to the implementation form when the first signaling carries the bitmap.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, The first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier is released, and the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third The carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
第一信令可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,例如第一载波的信道质量较差,那么第一通信装置可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以提高第一逻辑信道的传输质量。或者,第一信令可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,例如第一逻辑信道所关联的载波的信道质量都比较好,第二逻辑信道所关联的载波的信道质量都比较差,那么第一通信装置可以指示将第二载波从第一逻辑信道移动到第二逻辑信道,以提高第二逻辑信道所关联的载波的信道质量,从而提高第二逻辑信道的传输质量。或者,第一信令也可以指示建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,相当于将之前未与逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波纳入建立关联关系的范围,例如第三载波的信道质量较好,那么将其与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系后,有助于提高第一逻辑信道的传输质量。The first signaling may indicate to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, for example, the channel quality of the first carrier is poor, then the first communication device may instruct to release the relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Association relationship to improve the transmission quality of the first logical channel. Alternatively, the first signaling may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, for example, the channel of the carrier associated with the first logical channel The quality is relatively good, the channel quality of the carrier associated with the second logical channel is relatively poor, then the first communication device may instruct to move the second carrier from the first logical channel to the second logical channel to improve the second logical channel The channel quality of the associated carrier, thereby improving the transmission quality of the second logical channel. Alternatively, the first signaling may also indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, which is equivalent to including the carrier that has not previously established the association relationship with the logical channel into the scope of establishing the association relationship, for example, the channel of the third carrier The quality is good, so after establishing an association relationship with the first logical channel, it helps to improve the transmission quality of the first logical channel.
结合第一方面,在第一方面的一种可能的实现方式中,第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。With reference to the first aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the first aspect, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
这只是对第一信令的几种示例,具体的对于第一信令的实现方式不做限制。This is just a few examples of the first signaling, and specifically, there is no limitation on the implementation manner of the first signaling.
第二方面,提供第二种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;按照所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。In a second aspect, a second method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: receiving instruction information from a network device, the instruction information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, and the association relationship is an activated logical channel The relationship between the carrier and the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Copy into at least three copies, and transmit through at least three logical channels respectively; set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner.
该方法可由第二通信装置执行,第二通信装置例如为终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在终端设备中的芯片。The method may be performed by a second communication device, such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述第二通信装置的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述第二通信装置的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述第二通信装置的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述第二通信装置的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the second communication All carriers in the activated state of the device, all carriers in the activated state of the second communication device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the second communication Carriers of the device that are in an activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, and those of the second communication device that are in an activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel The carrier of includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic The sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier Each carrier of is associated with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the method further includes: receiving second signaling from the network device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the wireless One or more logical channels carried, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps It is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第 二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, The first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third The carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
结合第二方面,在第二方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。With reference to the second aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the second aspect, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
关于第二方面或第二方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供第三种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。In a third aspect, a third method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: determining that at least three logical channels are configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device; and sending first indication information to the terminal device, the first indication information is used To indicate that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, wherein the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two copies and respectively pass through the first logical channel And the second logical channel transmission.
该方法可由第三通信装置执行,第三通信装置例如为网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在网络设备中的芯片,网络设备例如为基站。The method may be performed by a third communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be set in the network device, and the network device is, for example, a base station .
本申请实施例中,第三通信装置可以为一个无线承载配置多个能够用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道。那么在不同的时刻,都可以根据传输质量等因素从多个逻辑信道选择两个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,从而实现了对于逻辑信道的灵活选择,尽量避免因为无法变更无线承载对应的逻辑信道而导致的传输质量较差的情况出现,提高了逻辑信道的传输质量。In the embodiment of the present application, the third communication device may configure a plurality of logical channels that can be used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer for a radio bearer. Then, at different moments, two logical channels can be selected from multiple logical channels to transmit the data packets copied at the PDCP layer according to factors such as transmission quality, thereby achieving flexible selection of logical channels, and trying to avoid because the wireless cannot be changed. The situation of poor transmission quality caused by carrying the corresponding logical channel improves the transmission quality of the logical channel.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示为所述无线承载配置所述至少三个逻辑信道。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the at least three radio bearers are configured Logical channels.
第三通信装置在为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道后,还可以向终端设备发送配置信息,以告知终端设备,为该无线承载配置了至少三个逻辑信道。After configuring at least three logical channels for the wireless bearer of the terminal device, the third communication apparatus may also send configuration information to the terminal device to inform the terminal device that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to perform One way is to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation The deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels.
在本申请实施例中,除了逻辑信道可以灵活变更之外,第三通信装置还可以通过第二指示信息指示终端设备按照第一方式设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,从而可以实现逻辑信道所关联的载波的灵活变更,有助于提高逻辑信道的传输质量。In the embodiment of the present application, in addition to the flexible change of the logical channel, the third communication device may also instruct the terminal device to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner through the second indication information, so that The flexible change of the carrier associated with the logical channel helps to improve the transmission quality of the logical channel.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,包括:向所述终端设备发送RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, sending the second indication information to the terminal device includes: sending RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the first Two indication information; or, sending MAC to the terminal device, the MAC including the second indication information; or, sending DCI to the terminal device, the DCI including the second indication information; or, Sending an RLC control PDU to the terminal device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or, sending a PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
如上只是对第二指示信息的几种示例,本申请实施例不限制第二指示信息具体是通过什么信令发送。The above are just a few examples of the second indication information, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit the specific signaling through which the second indication information is sent.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one or An association relationship is established between two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is channeled according to the carrier The order of quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are established at a time Association relationship; or, the carrier is associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to one, the A carrier is associated with the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, of which one All carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first manner is corresponding to the first index Way, the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier; or, each carrier of the carrier is established in a random manner with one of the one or two activated logical channels connection relation.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the method further includes: sending third indication information to the terminal device, where the third indication information further carries the corresponding to the first logical channel bitmap and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the The association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is described.
结合第三方面,在第三方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。With reference to the third aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the third aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Manner, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established In an association relationship manner, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established In this manner, the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
关于这几种实现方式的有益效果,可参考对于第一方面的相应的实现方式的有益效果的介绍。For the beneficial effects of these several implementations, please refer to the introduction of the beneficial effects of the corresponding implementations of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供第四种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息;根据所述第一指示信息确定无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。In a fourth aspect, a fourth method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: receiving first indication information from a network device; determining, according to the first indication information, a first logical channel through which at least three logical channels are carried by a radio bearer; and The second logical channel is used for transmission, wherein the data packets carried by the radio are duplicated and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
该方法可由第四通信装置执行,第四通信装置例如为终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在终端设备中的芯片。The method may be performed by a fourth communication device, such as a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息;根据所述配置信息确定为所述无线承载配置的所述至少三个逻辑 信道。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving configuration information from the network device; and determining the at least the configuration of the radio bearer according to the configuration information Three logical channels.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息;根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括至少三个逻辑信道,除了所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之外的去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述至少三个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving second indication information from the network device; determining, according to the second indication information, setting the An association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier, the carrier includes at least three logical channels, except for the one or two activated logical channels The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,包括:接收来自所述网络设备的RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, receiving the second indication information from the network device includes: receiving RRC signaling from the network device, where the RRC signaling includes all The second indication information; or, receiving the MAC from the network device CE, the MAC including the second indication information; or, receiving the DCI from the network device, the DCI including the second indication Information; or, receive an RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or, receive a PDCP control PDU from the network device, the PDCP control PDU includes the first Two instructions.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one or An association relationship is established between two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is channeled according to the carrier The order of quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are established at a time Association relationship; or, the carrier is associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to one, the A carrier is associated with the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, of which one All carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first manner is corresponding to the first index Way, the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier; or, each carrier of the carrier is established in a random manner with one of the one or two activated logical channels connection relation.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,包括:根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, it is determined according to the second indication information that one or two activations of the first logical channel and the second logical channel are set according to the first manner The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier includes: setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the second indication information, and/or, According to a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the second indication information, the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is set.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息;根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the method further includes: receiving third indication information from the network device; according to the third indication information A bitmap bitmap of a logical channel, setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and/or, setting the second according to a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the third indication information Logical channel and carrier association.
结合第四方面,在第四方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三 载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。With reference to the fourth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Manner, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established In an association relationship manner, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established In this manner, the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
关于第四方面或第四方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
第五方面,提供第五种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输;向所述终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令。包括而不限定的,所述调整是指重新更新所述载波和所述至少一个逻辑载波的关联关系。According to a fifth aspect, a fifth method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: determining adjustment information, where the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, and the at least one logical channel is a wireless device for a terminal device. In the bearer configuration, the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively; sending first signaling to the terminal device, the first signaling including the adjustment information , The first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling. Including but not limited to, the adjusting refers to re-updating the association relationship between the carrier and the at least one logical carrier.
该方法可由第五通信装置执行,第五通信装置例如为网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在网络设备中的芯片,网络设备例如为基站。The method may be performed by a fifth communication device, such as a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the network device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the network device, and the network device such as a base station .
通常,在为逻辑信道设置所关联的载波后,是无法再调整的。如果需要调整,那么需要重新建立无线承载,如通过RRC信令触发建立流程。而本申请的实施例中,第一信令是除了RRC信令之外的其他信令,那么通过第一信令就可以实现对于逻辑信道所关联的载波的灵活调整,在无需重新建立无线承载的情况下(或者说,在维持原无线承载的情况下)就能实现对于逻辑信道所关联的载波的灵活调整。Generally, after setting the associated carrier for the logical channel, it can no longer be adjusted. If adjustment is required, the radio bearer needs to be re-established, for example, the establishment process is triggered by RRC signaling. In the embodiment of the present application, the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling, then the first signaling can be used to flexibly adjust the carrier associated with the logical channel without re-establishing the radio bearer In the case of (or in the case of maintaining the original radio bearer), flexible adjustment of the carrier associated with the logical channel can be achieved.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整信息用于指示调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息;或,所述调整信息用于指示所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,所述调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or, the The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel. Each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels. Two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel Or, the adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, where the adjustment mode is used to set between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted Association relationship, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include The at least one logical channel.
对于调整之前的载波与逻辑信道的关联关系,本实施例不做限定。举例而言,可以是通过RRC信令建立的关联关系,或者,也可以是通过本实施例提供的方式在最近一次调整后的关联关系。The association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel before adjustment is not limited in this embodiment. For example, it may be an association relationship established through RRC signaling, or it may be an association relationship that has been adjusted most recently by the method provided in this embodiment.
例如,调整信息用于指示调整后与至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息,终端设备根据调整前与至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波以及该调整信息,就可以确定应该如何调整至少一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。或者,调整信息用于指示至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,终端设备根据调整前与至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波以及该调整信息,就可以确定应该如何调整至少一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,例如载波1在调整前是与第一逻辑信道关联,调整信息指示了载波1,那么终端设备就可以确定要解除载波1与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系,或者确定解除载波1与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系,以及建立载波1与第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系。或者,调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调 整的载波以及调整方式,终端设备根据待调整的载波以及调整方式就可以确定如何调整至少一个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。当然,调整信息的指示方式不限于此。For example, the adjustment information is used to indicate information about the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment. The terminal device can adjust the information according to the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel before the adjustment and the adjustment information. Determine how the association between at least one logical channel and carrier should be adjusted. Alternatively, the adjustment information is used to indicate the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and the terminal device can adjust the information according to the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel before the adjustment and the adjustment information. Determine how to adjust the association between at least one logical channel and carrier. For example, carrier 1 is associated with the first logical channel before the adjustment. If the adjustment information indicates carrier 1, then the terminal device can determine that carrier 1 is to be disconnected from the first The association relationship between the logical channels, or determining to release the association relationship between the carrier 1 and the first logical channel, and establishing the association relationship between the carrier 1 and the second logical channel. Alternatively, the adjustment information is used to indicate the carrier to be adjusted and the adjustment mode that do not have an association relationship with the two logical channels, and the terminal device can determine how to adjust the association between at least one logical channel and the carrier according to the carrier to be adjusted and the adjustment mode relationship. Of course, the way of indicating the adjustment information is not limited to this.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID Establishing an association relationship between the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted The order of channel quality is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or, The carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel Relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or, Each carrier of the at least one carrier is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第一逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the first For logical channels, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:向终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活或去激活两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还包括对应于所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道的bitmap,所述激活的逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述激活的逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate two logical channels One logical channel, the second signaling further includes a bitmap corresponding to the activated logical channels of the two logical channels, and the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the association between the activated logical channel and the carrier Relationship, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are duplicated and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
其中,所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道,也就是所述两个逻辑信道中的激活的逻辑信道。Wherein, the activated logical channels of the two logical channels are the activated logical channels of the two logical channels.
结合第五方面,在第五方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first carrier The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or, The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, respectively, and pass the first logical Channel and the second logical channel transmission; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not connected with the third An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between the logical channel and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Duplicate into two, and transmit through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
关于这几种实现方式的有益效果,可以参考对于第一方面的相应实现方式的有益效果的介绍。For the beneficial effects of these several implementations, please refer to the introduction of the beneficial effects of the corresponding implementations of the first aspect.
第六方面,提供第六种配置逻辑信道的方法,该方法包括:接收来自网络设备的第一信令,所述第一信令包括调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为第六通信装置的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。According to a sixth aspect, a sixth method for configuring a logical channel is provided. The method includes: receiving first signaling from a network device, where the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust at least one logical channel. The associated carrier, the at least one logical channel is configured for the radio bearer of the sixth communication device, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel, respectively, the first The signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling; the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel is adjusted according to the adjustment information.
该方法可由第六通信装置执行,第六通信装置例如为终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者例如为能够设置在终端设备中的芯片。The method may be performed by a sixth communication device, for example, a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, or, for example, a chip that can be provided in the terminal device.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,包括:根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波;或,根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,根据所述调整信息指示的与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes: according to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel Adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel after the currently associated carrier and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, according to the at least one The carrier currently associated with each logical channel of a logical channel, and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information, adjusting the at least one logical channel Associated carrier, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Copy into two, and transmit through the two logical channels, respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or, according to the adjustment information, a pending relationship that does not have an association relationship with the two logical channels An adjusted carrier and an adjustment mode to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel, the adjustment mode is used to set an association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted, the two logics The channel is configured for the wireless bearer, the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID Establishing an association relationship between the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted The order of channel quality is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or, The carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel Relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or, Each carrier of the at least one carrier is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,包括:With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes:
根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, and/or according to the corresponding A bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and setting an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括:接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令;根据所述第二信令携带的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一 逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method further includes: receiving second signaling from the network device; according to the second signaling carried corresponding to the A bitmap of a first logical channel of at least one logical channel, setting an association relationship between the first logical channel and a carrier, and/or, according to the third indication information, a second logic corresponding to the at least one logical channel The bitmap of the channel maps a bitmap to set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第六方面,在第六方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first carrier The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or, The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, respectively, and pass the first logical Channel and the second logical channel transmission; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not connected with the third An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between the logical channel and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Duplicate into two, and transmit through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
关于第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fifth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect.
第七方面,提供第一种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第一通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为网络设备。其中,According to a seventh aspect, a first communication device is provided. For example, the communication device is the first communication device described above. The communication device is used to execute the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. among them,
所述处理模块,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;The processing module is used to determine indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes deactivation logic The carrier associated with the channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
所述收发模块,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述指示信息。The transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to a terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the terminal device All carriers in the activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all of the terminal devices except the Carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, including the The carrier associated with the activated logical channel before deactivation.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当 所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is sequenced according to the size of the carrier ID and the activation To establish an association relationship between the logical channels of the carrier, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carriers are ordered according to the channel quality of the carrier, and Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time; or, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel Establish an association relationship with one logical channel; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, associate the carrier with the activated logical channel; or, deactivate the carrier according to the corresponding The sequence of the IDs of the logical channels establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the Each carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, so The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to send second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the For one or more logical channels carried wirelessly, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logic corresponding to the one or more bitmaps The channel is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier , The first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier is released, and the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel is established In a manner of relationship, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or a manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the first The three-carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
结合第七方面,在第七方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。With reference to the seventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
关于第七方面或第七方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the seventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the seventh aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the first aspect or various possible implementation manners of the first aspect.
第八方面,提供第二种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。所述通信设备用于执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信设备可以包括用于执行第二方面或第二方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为终端设备。其中,According to an eighth aspect, a second communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the aforementioned second communication device. The communication device is used to execute the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;The transceiver module is configured to receive indication information from a network device, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, and the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, each passing at least three Logical channel transmission;
所述处理模块,用于按照所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。The processing module is configured to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述通信设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述通信设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,所述载波包括所述通信设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波 之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述通信设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes the communication device's All carriers in an activated state, all carriers in the activated state of the communication device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier includes all except the activation of the communication device Other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the logical channel of the device, other carriers in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, including the deactivation The carrier associated with the logical channel before deactivation.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is sequenced according to the size of the carrier ID and the activated Establishing an association relationship between logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with all Establishing an association relationship between the activated logical channels, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel; or, the carrier is associated with one of the activated logical channels Establishing an association relationship between logical channels; or, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, according to the corresponding deactivation logic The sequence of channel IDs establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the carrier Each carrier of is associated with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to receive second signaling from the network device, where the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the For one or more logical channels carried wirelessly, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between one logical channel and carrier, and the logic corresponding to the one or more bitmaps The channel is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: a manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, The first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Way, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are two of the activated logical channels; or, a way of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, the third The carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is one of the activated logical channels.
结合第八方面,在第八方面的一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。With reference to the eighth aspect, in a possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC, CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
对于第八方面或第八方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the eighth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the eighth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the second aspect or various possible implementation manners of the second aspect.
第九方面,提供第三种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第三通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第三方面或第三方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为网络设备。其中,In a ninth aspect, a third communication device is provided. For example, the communication device is the third communication device described above. The communication device is used to execute the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. among them,
所述处理模块,用于确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;The processing module is configured to determine that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
所述收发模块,用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The transceiver module is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the radio bearer to perform through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels Transmission, in which the data packets carried by the radio are copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示为所述无线承载配置所述至少三个逻辑信道。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to send configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the radio bearer is configured. At least three logical channels.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于:向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括所述至少三个逻辑信道,除了所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之外的去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to: send second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to indicate the terminal The device sets the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier according to the first manner. The carrier includes the at least three logical channels, except for The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation other than the one or two activated logical channels.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块用于通过如下方式向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息:向所述终端设备发送RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,向所述终端设备发送PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver module is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device in the following manner: send RRC signaling to the terminal device. The RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or, sends the MAC to the terminal device, the MAC includes the second indication information; or, sends the DCI to the terminal device, the DCI includes all The second indication information; or, send the RLC control PDU to the terminal device, the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or, send the PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, the PDCP control PDU includes all The second instruction information is described.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one Or an association relationship between two activated logical channels, where one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is The order of the channel quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are associated at a time Establish an association relationship; or, establish an association relationship between the carrier and one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, Establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, wherein, All carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first method is based on the first index. Correspondingly, the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier; or, each carrier of the carrier is randomized to one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels Establish an association.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于:向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波 的关联关系。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to: send third indication information to a terminal device, where the third indication information also carries corresponding information corresponding to the first The bitmap of the logical channel and/or the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used To indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第九方面,在第九方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。With reference to the ninth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Way, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Of the association relationship, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established The third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
对于第九方面或第九方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the ninth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the ninth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the third aspect or various possible implementation manners of the third aspect.
第十方面,提供第四种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第四通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第四方面或第四方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为终端设备。其中,According to a tenth aspect, a fourth communication device is provided. For example, the communication device is the fourth communication device described above. The communication device is used to perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息;The transceiver module is configured to receive first indication information from a network device;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述第一指示信息确定无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The processing module is configured to determine that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, wherein the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two , Respectively, transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect,
所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息;The transceiver module is also used to receive configuration information from the network device;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述配置信息确定为所述无线承载配置的所述至少三个逻辑信道。The processing module is further configured to determine the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect,
所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息;The transceiver module is also used to receive second indication information from the network device;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道,所述至少三个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的。The processing module is further configured to determine, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner , The carrier includes a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels, the at least three Logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块用于通过如下方式接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息:接收来自所述网络设备的RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,接收来自所述网络设备的PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the transceiver module is configured to receive second indication information from the network device by receiving RRC signaling from the network device , The RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or, receives the MAC from the network device CE, the MAC includes the second indication information; or, receives the DCI from the network device, so The DCI includes the second indication information; or, receives the RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or, receives the PDCP control PDU from the network device, The PDCP control PDU includes the second indication information.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信 道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier is ordered according to the size of the carrier ID, and the one Or an association relationship between two activated logical channels, where one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels at a time; or, the carrier is The order of the channel quality is associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels are associated at a time Establish an association relationship; or, establish an association relationship between the carrier and one of the one or two activated logical channels; or, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, Establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or, establishing an association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, wherein, All carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation establish an association relationship with an activated logical channel; or, the second indication information includes a first index, and the first method is based on the first index. Correspondingly, the first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier; or, each carrier of the carrier is randomized to one logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels Establish an association.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系:根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the processing module is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that the first logical channel and the Association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the second logical channel and the carrier: setting the first logical channel and the carrier according to a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the second indication information The association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier, and/or based on a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the second indication information.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect,
所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息;The transceiver module is also used to receive third indication information from the network device;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processing module is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the third The bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel included in the indication information sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第十方面,在第十方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。With reference to the tenth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, the first manner includes one or any combination of the following: releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier Way, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier is released, and the relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel is established Of the association relationship, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels; or, the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier is established The third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association with the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
对于第十方面或第十方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the tenth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the tenth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the fourth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the fourth aspect.
第十一方面,提供第五种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第五通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第五方面或第五方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为网络设备。其中,According to an eleventh aspect, a fifth communication device is provided. For example, the communication device is the fifth communication device described above. The communication device is used to execute the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. among them,
所述处理模块,用于确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过至少一个逻辑信道传输;The processing module is configured to determine adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device, and the data packet of the radio bearer Be copied into at least one copy and transmitted through at least one logical channel;
所述收发模块,用于向所述终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息, 所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令。The transceiver module is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is signaling other than RRC signaling.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整信息用于指示调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息;或,所述调整信息用于指示所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,所述调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or, The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one A logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted and an adjustment mode that are not associated with two logical channels, and the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted The relationship between the two logical channels is configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels The channel includes the at least one logical channel.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述待调整的载波按照载波的D的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the adjustment method includes one or any combination of the following: the carrier to be adjusted is in the order of the size of the carrier D, Establishing an association relationship with the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted according to The order of the channel quality of the carrier is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or , Establishing an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel Establishing an association relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or , Each carrier of the at least one carrier is associated with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第一逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the In the first logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述收发模块还用于:向终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活或去激活两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还包括对应于所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道的bitmap,所述激活的逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述激活的逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the transceiver module is further configured to: send second signaling to a terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate One logical channel of the two logical channels, the second signaling further includes a bitmap corresponding to the activated logical channel of the two logical channels, and the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the activated logical channel In relation to the carrier, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
结合第十一方面,在第十一方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二 逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。With reference to the eleventh aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first An association relationship between carriers, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit copied data packets; or , The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the The second logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies, respectively A logical channel and the second logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data of the radio bearer The packet is copied into two, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
对于第十一方面或第十一方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the eleventh aspect or any possible implementation manner of the eleventh aspect, reference may be made to the introduction of the fifth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect.
第十二方面,提供第六种通信装置,例如该通信装置为如前所述的第六通信装置。所述通信装置用于执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法。具体地,所述通信装置可以包括用于执行第六方面或第六方面的任一可能的实现方式中的方法的模块,例如包括相互耦合的处理模块和收发模块。示例性地,所述通信装置为终端设备。其中,According to a twelfth aspect, a sixth communication device is provided. For example, the communication device is the sixth communication device described above. The communication device is configured to perform the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect. Specifically, the communication device may include a module for performing the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect, for example, including a processing module and a transceiver module that are coupled to each other. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. among them,
所述收发模块,用于接收来自网络设备的第一信令,所述第一信令包括调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;The transceiver module is configured to receive first signaling from a network device, the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is Configured for the radio bearer of the terminal device, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, and transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling ;
所述处理模块,用于根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。The processing module is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,包括:根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波;或,根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,根据所述调整信息指示的与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes: according to each of the at least one logical channel The carrier currently associated with the logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel; or, according to Adjusting the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information, adjusting the at least one logical channel Carrier associated with the channel, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data of the radio bearer The packet is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels, respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or, according to the adjustment information, there is no association with the two logical channels The carrier to be adjusted and the adjustment mode to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel, the adjustment mode is used to set the association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted, the two One logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,所述调整信息包括 第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: ordering the carrier to be adjusted according to the size order of the carrier ID, Establishing an association relationship with the at least one logical channel, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, the carrier to be adjusted according to The order of the channel quality of the carrier is associated with the at least one logical channel, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel at a time; or , Establishing an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or, when the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel Establishing an association relationship; or, the adjustment information includes a first index, the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or , Each carrier of the at least one carrier is associated with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述处理模块用于通过如下方式根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波:根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the processing module is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner: according to the The bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and/or corresponding to the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information A bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel of the logical channel sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect,
所述收发模块,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令;The transceiver module is also used to receive second signaling from the network device;
所述处理模块,还用于根据所述第二信令携带的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processing module is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried in the second signaling, and/or, According to the bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the third indication information, the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is set.
结合第十二方面,在第十二方面的第一种可能的实现方式中,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。With reference to the twelfth aspect, in a first possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, the adjustment manner includes one or any combination of the following: the adjustment information is used to instruct to release the first logical channel and the first An association relationship between carriers, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is used to transmit copied data packets; or , The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the The second logical channel is an activated logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies, respectively A logical channel and the second logical channel; or, the adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of the association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, the third carrier is not An active carrier that establishes an association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data of the radio bearer The packet is copied into two, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
对于第十二方面或第十二方面的任一种可能的实现方式的技术效果,可参考对第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的实现方式的介绍。For the technical effect of the twelfth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the twelfth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the sixth aspect or various possible implementation manners of the sixth aspect.
第十三方面,提供第七种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第一通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第一方面或第一方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为网络设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。According to a thirteenth aspect, a seventh communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the first communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the first aspect or various possible designs of the first aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, a codec in the communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
第十四方面,提供第八种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第二通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第二方面或第二方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。According to a fourteenth aspect, an eighth communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the second communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the second aspect or various possible designs of the second aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the communication The RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
第十五方面,提供第九种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第三通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第三方面或第三方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为网络设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。According to a fifteenth aspect, a ninth communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the third communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the third aspect or various possible designs of the third aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
第十六方面,提供第十种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第四通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第四方面或第四方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。In a sixteenth aspect, a tenth communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the fourth communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the fourth aspect or various possible designs of the fourth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, which communicates with the communication The RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
第十七方面,提供第十一种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第五通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第五方面或第五方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为网络设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。According to a seventeenth aspect, an eleventh communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the fifth communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the fifth aspect or various possible designs of the fifth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a network device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in a communication device, or, if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface It is connected with the radio frequency transceiver component in the communication device to realize the transmission and reception of information through the radio frequency transceiver component.
第十八方面,提供第十二种通信装置,该通信装置例如为如前所述的第六通信装置。该通信装置包括处理器和收发器,用于实现上述第六方面或第六方面的各种可能的设计所描述的方法。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片。示例性的,所述通信设备为终端设备。其中,收发器例如通过通信设备中的天线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果所述通信装置为设置在通信设备中的芯片,那么收发器例如为芯片中的通信接口,该通信接口与通信设备中的射频收发组件连接,以通过射频收发组件实现信息的收发。According to an eighteenth aspect, a twelfth communication device is provided. The communication device is, for example, the sixth communication device described above. The communication device includes a processor and a transceiver for implementing the method described in the sixth aspect or various possible designs of the sixth aspect. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a communication device. Exemplarily, the communication device is a terminal device. Wherein, the transceiver is realized by, for example, an antenna and a codec in a communication device, or if the communication device is a chip provided in the communication device, the transceiver is, for example, a communication interface in the chip, and the communication interface communicates with the communication The RF transceiver component in the device is connected to realize the sending and receiving of information through the RF transceiver component.
第十九方面,提供第十三种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第一通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十三种通信装置执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a thirteenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the first communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a network device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the thirteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the first aspect or any possible implementation manner of the first aspect.
其中,第十三种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十三种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the thirteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the thirteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十方面,提供第十四种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第二通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十四种通信装置执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In a twentieth aspect, a fourteenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the second communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fourteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the second aspect or any possible implementation manner of the second aspect.
其中,第十四种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十四种通信装置为 设置在终端设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the fourteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna and a codec in the communication device, or, if the fourteenth communication The device is a chip provided in the terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十一方面,提供第十五种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第三通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十五种通信装置执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In the twenty-first aspect, a fifteenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the third communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a network device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the third aspect or any possible implementation manner of the third aspect.
其中,第十五种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十五种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the fifteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, which may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device, or, if the fifteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十二方面,提供第十六种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第四通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十六种通信装置执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In the twenty-second aspect, a sixteenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the fourth communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the sixteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the fourth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fourth aspect.
其中,第十六种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十六种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the sixteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna and a codec in the communication device, or, if the sixteenth communication The device is a chip provided in the terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十三方面,提供第十七种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第五通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十五种通信装置执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In the twenty-third aspect, a seventeenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the fifth communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a network device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the fifteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the fifth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the fifth aspect.
其中,第十七种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是网络设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十七种通信装置为设置在网络设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the seventeenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in a network device, for example, implemented through an antenna, feeder, and codec in the communication device, or, if the seventeenth A communication device is a chip provided in a network device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十四方面,提供第十八种通信装置。该通信装置可以为上述方法设计中的第六通信装置。示例性地,所述通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片。该通信装置包括:存储器,用于存储计算机可执行程序代码;以及处理器,处理器与存储器耦合。其中存储器所存储的程序代码包括指令,当处理器执行所述指令时,使第十八种通信装置执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的实施方式中的方法。In the twenty-fourth aspect, an eighteenth communication device is provided. The communication device may be the sixth communication device in the above method design. Exemplarily, the communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device. The communication device includes: a memory for storing computer executable program code; and a processor coupled with the memory. The program code stored in the memory includes instructions, and when the processor executes the instructions, the eighteenth communication device is caused to perform the method in the sixth aspect or any possible implementation manner of the sixth aspect.
其中,第十八种通信装置还可以包括通信接口,该通信接口可以是终端设备中的收发器,例如通过所述通信装置中的天线、馈线和编解码器等实现,或者,如果第十八种通信装置为设置在终端设备中的芯片,则通信接口可以是该芯片的输入/输出接口,例如输入/输出管脚等。Among them, the eighteenth communication device may further include a communication interface, and the communication interface may be a transceiver in the terminal device, for example, through an antenna, a feeder, and a codec in the communication device, or, if the eighteenth A communication device is a chip provided in a terminal device, and the communication interface may be an input/output interface of the chip, such as input/output pins.
第二十五方面,提供第一种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第七方面所述的第一种通信装置、第十三方面所述的第七种通信装置或第十九方面所述的第十三种通信装置,以及 包括第八方面所述的第二种通信装置、第十四方面所述的第八种通信装置或第二十方面所述的第十四种通信装置。In a twenty-fifth aspect, a first communication system is provided. The communication system may include the first communication apparatus described in the seventh aspect, the seventh communication apparatus described in the thirteenth aspect, or the nineteenth aspect. The thirteenth communication device, and the second communication device according to the eighth aspect, the eighth communication device according to the fourteenth aspect, or the fourteenth communication device according to the twentieth aspect.
第二十六方面,提供第二种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第九方面所述的第三种通信装置、第十五方面所述的第九种通信装置或第二十一方面所述的第十五种通信装置,以及包括第十方面所述的第四种通信装置、第十六方面所述的第十种通信装置或第二十二方面所述的第十六种通信装置。In a twenty-sixth aspect, a second communication system is provided, which may include the third communication device described in the ninth aspect, the ninth communication device described in the fifteenth aspect, or the twenty-first aspect The fifteenth kind of communication device, and the fourth kind of communication device according to the tenth aspect, the tenth kind of communication device according to the sixteenth aspect or the sixteenth kind of communication device according to the twenty-second aspect.
第二十七方面,提供第三种通信系统,该通信系统可以包括第十一方面所述的第五种通信装置、第十七方面所述的第十一种通信装置或第二十三方面所述的第十七种通信装置,以及包括第十二方面所述的第六种通信装置、第十八方面所述的第十二种通信装置或第二十四方面所述的第十八种通信装置。In a twenty-seventh aspect, a third communication system is provided, which may include the fifth communication device described in the eleventh aspect, the eleventh communication device described in the seventeenth aspect, or the twenty-third aspect The seventeenth communication device described above, and the sixth communication device described in the twelfth aspect, the twelfth communication device described in the eighteenth aspect, or the eighteenth communication device described in the twenty-fourth aspect Kinds of communication devices.
其中,第二十五方面所述的第一通信系统、第二十六方面所述的第二通信系统和第二十七方面所述的第三通信系统,可以是三个不同的通信系统,或者是同一个通信系统,或者其中有任意两个是同一个通信系统,另一个是不同的通信系统。Among them, the first communication system according to the twenty-fifth aspect, the second communication system according to the twenty-sixth aspect, and the third communication system according to the twenty-seventh aspect may be three different communication systems, Or the same communication system, or any two of them are the same communication system, and the other is a different communication system.
第二十八方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a twenty-eighth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the first aspect or any one of the first aspect The method described in the design.
第二十九方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a twenty-ninth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the second aspect or any one of the second aspect The method described in the design.
第三十方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a thirtieth aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the third aspect or any possible design of the third aspect The method described in.
第三十一方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a thirty-first aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to execute the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspects The method described in the design.
第三十二方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a thirty-second aspect, a computer storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the fifth aspect or any one of the fifth aspects The method described in the design.
第三十三方面,提供一种计算机存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a thirty-third aspect, a computer storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects The method described in the design.
第三十七方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第一方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a thirty-seventh aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the first aspect or any one of the first aspects The method described in the design.
第三十八方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第二方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a thirty-eighth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, the computer program product storing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the second aspect or any one of the second aspects The method described in the design.
第三十九方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第三方面或第三方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。In a thirty-ninth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, the computer program product storing instructions, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the third aspect or any of the third aspects The method described in the design.
第四十方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第四方面或第四方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a fortieth aspect, a computer program product including instructions is stored in the computer program product, which when executed on a computer, causes the computer to perform the fourth aspect or any one of the fourth aspects. The method described in the design.
第四十一方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第五方面或第五方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a forty-first aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions that, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the fifth aspect or any one of the fifth aspects The method described in the design.
第四十二方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第六方面或第六方面的任意一种可能的设计中所述的方法。According to a forty-second aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions, where the computer program product stores instructions which, when run on a computer, cause the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects The method described in the design.
简言之,对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况,如果有逻辑信道被去激活,那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。In short, for the case where a wireless bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, the embodiments of the present application provide carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel A method of allocating among the remaining activated logical channels.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为DC场景下实现PDCP层的重复过程所涉及的网络架构;Figure 1 shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of the PDCP layer in the DC scenario;
图2为CA场景下实现PDCP层的重复过程所涉及的网络架构;Figure 2 shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of the PDCP layer in the CA scenario;
图3为在为一个无线承载配置两个逻辑信道时,该无线承载配置的PDCP层的重复功能被去激活以后,该无线承载中的逻辑信道和载波之间的对应传输关系也将不再适用的示意图;Figure 3 shows that when two logical channels are configured for a radio bearer, after the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer is deactivated, the corresponding transmission relationship between the logical channel and the carrier in the radio bearer will no longer apply Schematic diagram of
图4为在为一个无线承载配置多个逻辑信道时,该无线承载配置的PDCP层的重复功能被去激活以后,该无线承载中的逻辑信道和载波之间的对应传输关系也将不再适用的示意图;FIG. 4 shows that when multiple logical channels are configured for a radio bearer, after the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer is deactivated, the corresponding transmission relationship between the logical channels and carriers in the radio bearer will no longer apply Schematic diagram of
图5为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of another application scenario according to an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的第一种配置逻辑信道的方法的流程图;7 is a flowchart of a first method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的第二种配置逻辑信道的方法的流程图;8 is a flowchart of a second method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的第三种配置逻辑信道的方法的流程图;9 is a flowchart of a third method for configuring a logical channel provided by an embodiment of this application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的第一种网络设备的示意性框图;10 is a schematic block diagram of a first network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的第一种网络设备的另一示意性框图;11 is another schematic block diagram of the first network device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的示意性框图;12 is a schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的第一种终端设备的另一示意性框图;13 is another schematic block diagram of a first terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的第二种网络设备的示意性框图;14 is a schematic block diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图15为本申请实施例提供的第二种网络设备的另一示意性框图;15 is another schematic block diagram of a second network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图16为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的示意性框图;16 is a schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图17为本申请实施例提供的第二种终端设备的另一示意性框图;17 is another schematic block diagram of a second terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图18为本申请实施例提供的第三种网络设备的示意性框图;18 is a schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图19为本申请实施例提供的第三种网络设备的另一示意性框图;19 is another schematic block diagram of a third network device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图20为本申请实施例提供的第三种终端设备的示意性框图;20 is a schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图21为本申请实施例提供的第三种终端设备的另一示意性框图;21 is another schematic block diagram of a third terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图22为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的示意性框图;22 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图23为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的另一示意性框图;23 is another schematic block diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图24为本申请实施例提供的通信装置的再一示意性框图。FIG. 24 is yet another schematic block diagram of the communication device provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步地详细描述。In order to make the objectives, technical solutions, and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be described in further detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Hereinafter, some terms in the embodiments of the present application will be explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
1)终端设备,包括向用户提供语音和/或数据连通性的设备,例如可以包括具有无线连接功能的手持式设备、或连接到无线调制解调器的处理设备。该终端设备可以经无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)与核心网进行通信,与RAN交换语音和/或数据。该终端设备可以包括用户设备(user equipment,UE)、无线终端设备、移动终端设备、订户单元(subscriber unit)、订户站(subscriber station),移动站(mobile station)、移动台(mobile)、远程站(remote station)、接入点(access point,AP)、远程终端设备(remote terminal)、接入终端设备(access terminal)、用户终端设备(user terminal)、用户代理(user agent)、或用户装备(user device)等。例如,可以包括移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话),具有移动终端设备的计算机,便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置,智能穿戴式设备等。例如,个人通信业务(personal communication service,PCS)电话、无绳电话、会话发起协议(session initiation protocol,SIP)话机、无线本地环路(wireless local loop,WLL)站、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、等设备。还包括受限设备,例如功耗较低的设备,或存储能力有限的设备,或计算能力有限的设备等。例如包括条码、射频识别(radio frequency identification,RFID)、传感器、全球定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)、激光扫描器等信息传感设备。1) Terminal devices, including devices that provide voice and/or data connectivity to users, for example, may include handheld devices with wireless connection capabilities, or processing devices connected to wireless modems. The terminal device can communicate with the core network via a radio access network (RAN) and exchange voice and/or data with the RAN. The terminal equipment may include user equipment (user equipment, UE), wireless terminal equipment, mobile terminal equipment, subscriber unit (subscriber unit), subscriber station (subscriber station), mobile station (mobile station), mobile station (mobile), remote Remote station, access point (AP), remote terminal equipment (remote terminal), access terminal equipment (access terminal), user terminal equipment (user terminal), user agent (user agent), or user Equipment (user device), etc. For example, it may include a mobile phone (or called a “cellular” phone), a computer with a mobile terminal device, a portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in or on-board mobile device, smart wearable device, and the like. For example, personal communication service (PCS) telephones, cordless phones, session initiation protocol (SIP) phones, wireless local loop (wireless local loop (WLL) stations, personal digital assistants (personal digital assistants, PDA), and other equipment. It also includes restricted devices, such as devices with low power consumption, or devices with limited storage capacity, or devices with limited computing power. Examples include bar code, radio frequency identification (RFID), sensors, global positioning system (GPS), laser scanners and other information sensing equipment.
作为示例而非限定,在本申请实施例中,该终端设备还可以是可穿戴设备。可穿戴设备也可以称为穿戴式智能设备,是应用穿戴式技术对日常穿戴进行智能化设计、开发出可以穿戴的设备的总称,如眼镜、手套、手表、服饰及鞋等。可穿戴设备即直接穿在身上,或是整合到用户的衣服或配件的一种便携式设备。可穿戴设备不仅仅是一种硬件设备,更是通过软件支持以及数据交互、云端交互来实现强大的功能。广义穿戴式智能设备包括功能全、尺寸大、可不依赖智能手机实现完整或者部分的功能,例如:智能手表或智能眼镜等,以及只专注于某一类应用功能,需要和其它设备如智能手机配合使用,如各类进行体征监测的智能手环、智能头盔、智能首饰等。As an example and not a limitation, in the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device may also be a wearable device. Wearable devices can also be referred to as wearable smart devices. It is a general term for applying wearable technology to intelligently design everyday wear and develop wearable devices, such as glasses, gloves, watches, clothing and shoes. A wearable device is a portable device that is worn directly on the body or integrated into the user's clothes or accessories. Wearable devices are not only a hardware device, but also realize powerful functions through software support, data interaction, and cloud interaction. Generalized wearable smart devices include full-featured, large-sized, complete or partial functions that do not depend on smartphones, such as: smart watches or smart glasses, and only focus on a certain type of application functions, and need to cooperate with other devices such as smartphones Use, such as all kinds of smart bracelets, smart helmets, smart jewelry for sign monitoring.
2)网络设备,例如包括接入网(access network,AN)设备。接入网设备例如基站(例如,接入点),可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个小区与无线终端设备通信的设备。网络设备可用于将收到的空中帧与网际协议(IP)分组进行相互转换,作为终端设备与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括IP网络。网络设备还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,网络设备可以包括长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统或演进的LTE系统(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),或者也可以包括第五代移动通信技术(the fifth generation,5G)新无线(new radio,NR)系统中的下一代节点B(next generation node B,gNB),或者也可以包括云接入网(cloud radio access network,CloudRAN)系统中的集中式单元(centralized unit,CU)和分布式单元(distributed unit,DU),本申请实施例并不限定。2) Network equipment, for example, including access network (AN) equipment. An access network device such as a base station (for example, an access point) may refer to a device that communicates with a wireless terminal device through one or more cells on an air interface in an access network. The network device can be used to convert received air frames and Internet Protocol (IP) packets to each other as a router between the terminal device and the rest of the access network, where the rest of the access network can include an IP network. The network equipment can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the network equipment may include an evolved base station (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B) in a long term evolution (LTE) system or an evolved LTE system (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A), or It may also include the fifth generation mobile communication technology (the fifth generation, 5G) new radio (NR) system, the next generation node B (next generation node B, gNB), or it may also include a cloud access network (cloud The centralized unit (CU) and distributed unit (DU) in the radio access network (CloudRAN) system are not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
3)双连接(dual connectivity,DC),也就是终端设备同时连接两个基站。终端设备连接的两个基站可以是同一无线接入技术下的基站,例如都是LTE系统中的基站或都是NR系统中的基站,或者终端设备连接的两个基站也可以是不同的无线接入技术下的基站,例如一个是LTE系统中的基站,另一个是NR系统中的基站。3) Dual connectivity (DC), that is, the terminal device connects two base stations simultaneously. The two base stations connected by the terminal equipment may be base stations under the same wireless access technology, for example, both are base stations in the LTE system or both are base stations in the NR system, or the two base stations connected by the terminal equipment may also be different wireless connections. Base stations under the technology, for example, one is a base station in the LTE system and the other is a base station in the NR system.
4)载波聚合(carrier aggregation,CA),CA技术可以将多个成员载波(component carrier,CC)聚合在一起为一个终端设备提供服务,实现更大的传输带宽,有效提高了上下行传输速率。4) Carrier aggregation (CA), CA technology can aggregate multiple component carriers (CC) to provide services for a terminal device, achieve a larger transmission bandwidth, and effectively improve the upstream and downstream transmission rates.
5)逻辑信道与载波关联,或者说逻辑信道与载波具有关联关系,或者也可以称为逻辑信道与载波具有绑定关系或绑定传输关系等,包括而不限定为,如果在逻辑信道的配置中指示了某些载波允许使用,则表示该逻辑信道中传输的数据可以在这些载波上传输,或者这些载波上的资源可以分配给该逻辑信道,此时可以称为逻辑信道与这些载波关联。进一步的,逻辑信道中传输的数据不在与逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的载波上传输。在PDCP层复制的数据包对应的逻辑信道可以与载波具有关联关系。在一些场景中,如果没有配置载波关联关系,就说明该逻辑信道中传输的数据可以在任意载波上进行传输。5) The logical channel is associated with the carrier, or the logical channel is associated with the carrier, or it may be called that the logical channel and the carrier have a binding relationship or a binding transmission relationship, etc., including but not limited to, if configured in the logical channel Indicates that certain carriers are allowed to be used, it means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on these carriers, or the resources on these carriers can be allocated to the logical channel. In this case, it can be called that the logical channel is associated with these carriers. Further, the data transmitted in the logical channel is not transmitted on a carrier other than the carrier associated with the logical channel. The logical channel corresponding to the data packet copied at the PDCP layer may have an association relationship with the carrier. In some scenarios, if the carrier association relationship is not configured, it means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on any carrier.
例如,可以为逻辑信道配置一个参数,例如称为参数A,通过参数A的取值来指示不同的载波,表示该逻辑信道中传输的数据只能在参数A指定的载波上进行传输。例如为逻辑信道1配置了参数A,参数A指示载波1和2,那么就表明该逻辑信道,中的数据只能在参数载波1和2上传输。这样,逻辑信道1和载波1以及载波2就可以称为是具有关联关系,也可以说是绑定关系或者映射关系。For example, a parameter can be configured for a logical channel, such as parameter A. The value of parameter A indicates different carriers, indicating that the data transmitted in the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier specified by parameter A. For example, parameter A is configured for logical channel 1, parameter A indicates carriers 1 and 2, then it indicates that the data in the logical channel can only be transmitted on parameter carriers 1 and 2. In this way, logical channel 1 and carrier 1 and carrier 2 can be said to have an association relationship, which can also be said to be a binding relationship or a mapping relationship.
6)分组数据汇聚协议(packet data convergence protocol,PDCP)层的重复是指,PDCP实体将数据包复制成多份并分别递交到不同RLC实体,进而通过逻辑信道从RLC层传送到MAC层。激活的逻辑信道是指,激活了PDCP层的重复时所使用的逻辑信道,和/或,去激活了PDCP层的重复时所使用的逻辑信道。去激活的逻辑信道是指,激活了PDCP层的重复时没有被使用的逻辑信道,和/或,去激活了PDCP层的重复时没有被使用的逻辑信道。6) The duplication of the packet data convergence protocol (packet data convergence protocol, PDCP) layer means that the PDCP entity copies data packets into multiple copies and submits them to different RLC entities respectively, and then transmits them from the RLC layer to the MAC layer through a logical channel. The activated logical channel refers to a logical channel used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is activated, and/or a logical channel used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is deactivated. The deactivated logical channel refers to a logical channel that is not used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is activated, and/or a logical channel that is not used when the repetition of the PDCP layer is deactivated.
7)本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”可被互换使用。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),可以表示:a,b,c,a-b,a-c,b-c,或a-b-c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。7) The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application may be used interchangeably. "At least one" means one or more, "multiple" means two or more. "And/or" describes the relationship of the related objects, indicating that there can be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, B exists alone, where A, B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the related object is a "or" relationship. "At least one of the following" or a similar expression refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of a single item or a plurality of items. For example, at least one item (a) in a, b, or c can represent: a, b, c, ab, ac, bc, or abc, where a, b, c can be a single or multiple .
以及,除非有相反的说明,本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度。例如,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,只是为了区分不同的逻辑信道,并不是表示这两种逻辑信道的优先级或者重要程度等的不同。And, unless stated to the contrary, the embodiments of the present application refer to ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" to distinguish between multiple objects, and are not used to limit the order, timing, priority, or Importance. For example, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are just to distinguish different logical channels, and do not mean that the priority or importance of the two logical channels are different.
如上介绍了本申请实施例涉及的一些概念,下面介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。The above describes some concepts involved in the embodiments of the present application, and the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application are described below.
PDCP层的重复,通常指将无线承载的数据包在PDCP层复制成多个相同的包(也就是重复包),然后这两个数据包分别递交给多个不同的RLC实体进行传输,进而通过不同的逻辑信道传输到MAC层。其中,逻辑信道是RLC层到MAC层之间的信道。需要注意 的是,通常所说的重传是指重新传输(retransmission),而本申请实施例中的重复传输并不是重新传输。重新发送是指同一个数据包发送失败后的再次发送,或者是同一个数据包的连续多次发送,而重复传输是将一个数据包复制两个数据包,分别放到两个逻辑信道上传输,这里的“重复”,也可以理解为“复制”。The duplication of the PDCP layer usually refers to copying the data packets carried by the radio into multiple identical packets (that is, duplicate packets) at the PDCP layer, and then the two data packets are separately delivered to multiple different RLC entities for transmission, and then through Different logical channels are transmitted to the MAC layer. Among them, the logical channel is the channel from the RLC layer to the MAC layer. It should be noted that the retransmission generally refers to retransmission, and the repeated transmission in the embodiments of the present application is not retransmission. Retransmission refers to retransmission after the same data packet fails to be sent, or multiple consecutive transmissions of the same data packet, and repeated transmission is to copy one data packet to two data packets and put them on two logical channels respectively. Here, "repeat" can also be understood as "copy".
为了保证数据传输的可靠性,传输到MAC层的原始包和重复包不能通过同一个MAC PDU传输,因为只有通过不同的MAC PDU传输,其中一个PDU丢掉才不会影响另外一个PDU的传输,相当于可靠性提高了一倍。In order to ensure the reliability of data transmission, the original packets and duplicate packets transmitted to the MAC layer cannot be transmitted through the same MAC PDU, because only through different MAC PDU transmission, one PDU lost will not affect the transmission of another PDU, equivalent The reliability has doubled.
下面针对DC场景和CA场景,分别介绍PDCP层的传输功能如何实现。The following describes how to implement the transmission function of the PDCP layer for the DC scenario and the CA scenario.
请参见图1,示例性示出了DC场景下实现PDCP层的重复过程涉及的网络架构。对于基站来讲,DC场景涉及到主基站和辅基站,则主基站和辅基站针对一个无线承载的网络架构如图1所示,而终端设备针对该无线承载的网络架构,包括图1所示的主基站的网络架构和辅基站的网络架构,也就是,终端设备针对该无线承载,包括一个PDCP实体、两个RLC实体和两个MAC实体。图1中的安全(security)、复制(duplication)、切片(segment)、自动重传请求(automatic repeat-request,ARQ)、多路(mutiplexing)、混合自动重传请求(hybrid automatic repeat request,HARQ)、以及健壮性包头压缩(robust header compression,ROHC)等都是表示PDCP实体、RLC实体或MAC实体的功能。其中,PDCP实体与PDCP层可理解为同一概念,同理,RLC实体与RLC层可理解为同一概念,MAC实体与MAC层可理解为同一概念。图1中的圆圈表示不同层之间的接口和/或通道。接口称为层间接口,例如服务接入点(service access point,SAP),通道例如可以是逻辑信道,下文中也是类似的,不再赘述。需要注意的,图1只是示例性的构架,图中的各个组件并不是本实施例必不可少的组件。如安全模块可以视情况省略。Please refer to FIG. 1, which exemplarily shows the network architecture involved in the repetition process of implementing the PDCP layer in the DC scenario. For the base station, the DC scenario involves the primary base station and the secondary base station. The network architecture of the primary base station and the secondary base station for a wireless bearer is shown in FIG. 1, and the network architecture of the terminal device for the wireless bearer includes the one shown in FIG. 1. The network architecture of the primary base station and the network architecture of the secondary base station, that is, the terminal device includes one PDCP entity, two RLC entities, and two MAC entities for the radio bearer. Security, duplication, segment, automatic repeat-request (ARQ), multiplexing (mutiplexing), hybrid automatic repeat-request (HARQ) in Figure 1 ), and robust header compression (ROHC) are all functions that represent PDCP entities, RLC entities, or MAC entities. Among them, the PDCP entity and the PDCP layer can be understood as the same concept. Similarly, the RLC entity and the RLC layer can be understood as the same concept, and the MAC entity and the MAC layer can be understood as the same concept. The circles in Figure 1 represent the interfaces and/or channels between different layers. The interface is called an inter-layer interface, such as a service access point (service access point, SAP), and the channel may be, for example, a logical channel, which is similar in the following and will not be described in detail. It should be noted that FIG. 1 is only an exemplary framework, and each component in the figure is not an indispensable component of this embodiment. The security module can be omitted as appropriate.
在DC场景下,一个终端设备同时连接两个基站,也就是主基站和辅基站,如果为某个无线承载配置了PDCP层的重复功能,那么在PDCP层经过复制的两个数据包将被传输给不同的两个RLC实体,并通过不同的逻辑信道传输给不同的MAC实体,最终形成两个MAC PDU在不同的载波上进行传输。这个过程对于基站和终端设备来说都是一样的,不同的是,对于基站来说,主基站中的PDCP层会将经过复制的两个数据包传输给不同的两个RLC实体,这两个RLC实体分别位于主基站和辅基站中,之后,主基站中的RCL实体将接收的数据包传输给主基站中的MAC实体,辅基站中的RCL实体将接收的数据包传输给辅基站中的MAC实体,这两个MAC实体会通过各自的载波传输数据包。而对于终端设备来说,两个RCL实体和两个MAC实体都位于该终端设备中,其他过程都是一样的。In the DC scenario, a terminal device is connected to two base stations at the same time, that is, the primary base station and the secondary base station. If a radio bearer is configured with the repeat function of the PDCP layer, the two data packets copied at the PDCP layer will be transmitted To two different RLC entities, and transmit to different MAC entities through different logical channels, and finally form two MAC PDUs for transmission on different carriers. This process is the same for both the base station and the terminal equipment. The difference is that for the base station, the PDCP layer in the master base station transmits the copied two data packets to two different RLC entities. These two The RLC entities are respectively located in the primary base station and the secondary base station. After that, the RCL entity in the primary base station transmits the received data packet to the MAC entity in the primary base station, and the RCL entity in the secondary base station transmits the received data packet to the secondary base station. MAC entity, these two MAC entities will transmit data packets through their respective carriers. For the terminal device, the two RCL entities and the two MAC entities are located in the terminal device, and other processes are the same.
请参见图2,为CA场景下实现PDCP层的重复功能所涉及的网络架构。在CA场景下,终端设备连接到一个基站,基站和终端设备针对一个无线承载的网络架构都如图2所示,也就是,基站和终端设备针对该无线承载,都包括一个PDCP实体、两个RLC实体和两个MAC实体。图2中的安全、复制、切片、ARQ、多路、HARQ、以及ROHC等都是表示PDCP实体、RLC实体或MAC实体的功能。Please refer to Fig. 2 for the network architecture involved in implementing the repetition function of the PDCP layer in the CA scenario. In the CA scenario, the terminal device is connected to a base station, and the network architecture of the base station and the terminal device for a wireless bearer is shown in FIG. 2, that is, the base station and the terminal device for the wireless bearer include a PDCP entity and two RLC entity and two MAC entities. The security, replication, slicing, ARQ, multiplexing, HARQ, and ROHC in FIG. 2 all represent the functions of the PDCP entity, RLC entity, or MAC entity.
在CA场景中,一个终端设备连接一个基站,同一个基站有多于一个载波为该终端设备服务。假设某个无线承载配置了PDCP层的重复功能,那么在PDCP层经过复制的两个数据包将被传输给不同的两个RLC实体,并由这两个RLC实体通过不同的逻辑信道传输给同一个MAC实体。这时候,由于两个数据包传输到了同一个MAC实体中,MAC实体会将这两个数据包放到一个MAC PDU中传输,因此,为了使得这两个数据包通过两个 MAC PDU分别传输,可以为逻辑信道配置一个参数,例如称为参数A,通过参数A的取值来指示不同的载波,从而保证这两个数据包最终能形成两个MAC PDU在不同的载波上传输。In the CA scenario, a terminal device is connected to a base station, and the same base station has more than one carrier serving the terminal device. Assuming that a radio bearer is configured with the repetition function of the PDCP layer, the two copied data packets in the PDCP layer will be transmitted to two different RLC entities, and these two RLC entities will be transmitted to the same through different logical channels. A MAC entity. At this time, because the two data packets are transmitted to the same MAC entity, the MAC entity will transmit the two data packets into a MAC PDU for transmission. Therefore, in order to make the two data packets be transmitted through the two MAC PDUs separately, You can configure a parameter for the logical channel, for example, called parameter A. The value of parameter A is used to indicate different carriers, so as to ensure that these two data packets can eventually form two MAC PDUs to be transmitted on different carriers.
例如为某个逻辑信道配置了参数A,那么就表明该逻辑信道对应的RLC实体中的数据只能在参数A所指示的载波上传输。这样,如果为互为重复的两个逻辑信道配置的参数A指示的是不同的载波,那么最终互为重复的两个数据包就会在不同的载波上传输,能够保证可靠性。For example, if a parameter A is configured for a logical channel, it means that the data in the RLC entity corresponding to the logical channel can only be transmitted on the carrier indicated by the parameter A. In this way, if the parameter A configured for two logical channels that overlap each other indicates different carriers, then the two data packets that are mutually repeated eventually will be transmitted on different carriers, which can ensure reliability.
在通信系统中,可以为无线承载配置PDCP层的重复功能,也可以去激活为无线承载配置的PDCP层的重复功能。在CA场景下,当为一个无线承载配置的PDCP层的重复功能被去激活(或者称为,PDCP层的重复被去激活)以后,该无线承载中的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系也将不再适用。目前,PDCP层的重复只限于一个无线承载通过两个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包(也俗称,两条腿(leg)的重复传输),可参考图3,假设PDCP层的重复功能激活(或者称为,PDCP层的重复被激活)时,来自逻辑信道1的数据只能在载波1或者载波2上传输,来自逻辑信道2的数据只能在载波3上传输。在某个时刻,PDCP层的重复功能被去激活,则只剩下逻辑信道1还在工作,此时为了提高传输容量,逻辑信道1所配置的载波绑定关系不再适用,即允许逻辑信道1使用终端设备的所有可用(处于激活状态的)载波。从图3中可以看到,载波4是之前未与任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波,那么如果允许逻辑信道1使用终端设备的所有处于激活状态的载波,则,如果载波4处于激活状态,那么逻辑信道1就可以使用载波4。这里所述的逻辑信道使用某个载波,就是指逻辑信道中传输的数据可以在这个载波上传输。In the communication system, the repetition function of the PDCP layer may be configured for the radio bearer, or the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for the radio bearer may be deactivated. In the CA scenario, when the repetition function of the PDCP layer configured for a radio bearer is deactivated (or, the repetition of the PDCP layer is deactivated), the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier in the radio bearer is also Will no longer apply. At present, the repetition of the PDCP layer is limited to one radio bearer transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels (also commonly known as repeated transmission of two legs). Refer to FIG. 3, assuming that the PDCP layer When the repetition function is activated (or, the repetition of the PDCP layer is activated), data from logical channel 1 can only be transmitted on carrier 1 or carrier 2, and data from logical channel 2 can only be transmitted on carrier 3. At a certain moment, the repetition function of the PDCP layer is deactivated, and only logical channel 1 is still working. At this time, in order to increase the transmission capacity, the carrier bonding relationship configured for logical channel 1 is no longer applicable, that is, logical channels are allowed. 1 Use all available (active) carriers of the terminal equipment. It can be seen from FIG. 3 that carrier 4 is a carrier that has not previously been associated with any logical channel. If logical channel 1 is allowed to use all active carriers of the terminal device, if carrier 4 is activated, Then logical channel 1 can use carrier 4. The logical channel described here uses a certain carrier, which means that the data transmitted in the logical channel can be transmitted on this carrier.
通信系统后续可能会引入多个逻辑信道的PDCP层的重复,也就是一个无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如可能通过三个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。在这种情况下,如果该无线承载下有逻辑信道被去激活,剩余的激活的逻辑信道可能还有多个,那么该逻辑信道对应的载波应如何在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间分配,就成为了亟待解决的问题。The communication system may subsequently introduce the duplication of the PDCP layer of multiple logical channels, that is, a radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, for example, it may be transmitted at the PDCP layer through three logical channels. Copy the packet. In this case, if a logical channel is deactivated under the radio bearer, and there may be multiple remaining activated logical channels, how should the carrier corresponding to the logical channel be distributed among the remaining activated logical channels, then Has become an urgent problem to be solved.
例如,5G系统可能通过三个逻辑信道来进行PDCP层的重复,可参考图4,假设某个无线承载配置了三个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包(也可以称为,三条腿的重复传输),PDCP层将数据包复制三份,分别在逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3中传输,其中逻辑信道1的数据可以在载波1上进行传输,逻辑信道2的数据可以在载波2上进行传输,逻辑信道3的数据可以在载波3~载波5上进行传输,而载波6是未与任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波。在某个时刻,逻辑信道3被去激活,那么为了提高传输容量,载波3~载波5可以继续利用,而此时激活的逻辑信道有逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2,终端设备无法确定载波3~载波5究竟应该跟哪个逻辑信道建立关联关系。For example, a 5G system may repeat the PDCP layer through three logical channels. Refer to FIG. 4, assuming that a certain radio bearer is configured with three logical channels to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer (also called three legs). Repeated transmission), the PDCP layer duplicates the data packet in three copies and transmits them in logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, respectively. The data of logical channel 1 can be transmitted on carrier 1, and the data of logical channel 2 can be Carrier 2 is used for transmission, data of logical channel 3 can be transmitted on carrier 3 to carrier 5, and carrier 6 is a carrier that has not been associated with any logical channel. At a certain moment, logical channel 3 is deactivated. In order to increase the transmission capacity, carrier 3 to carrier 5 can continue to be used. At this time, the activated logical channels include logical channel 1 and logical channel 2. The terminal device cannot determine carrier 3 to Which logical channel should the carrier 5 be associated with?
鉴于此,提供本申请实施例的技术方案。本申请实施例中,无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,而指示信息可以指示按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与至少一个载波之间的关联关系,至少一个载波包括去激活的载波在去激活之前所关联的载波,也就是说,对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况,如果有逻辑信道被去激活,那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。或者说,PDCP层的重复状态发生改变的时候,本申请实施例提供了调整逻辑信道与载波的关联关系的方案。In view of this, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application are provided. In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels, and the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner, at least One carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before deactivation, that is to say, for the case that the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, then The embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. In other words, when the repetition state of the PDCP layer changes, the embodiments of the present application provide a solution for adjusting the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于5G NR系统,或者可以应用于LTE系统,或者可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,具体的不做限制。另外,本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于CA场景,也可以应用于DC场景,或者可以应用于其他场景。The technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application may be applied to a 5G NR system, or may be applied to an LTE system, or may be applied to a next-generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, without specific limitations. In addition, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application may be applied to CA scenarios, DC scenarios, or other scenarios.
请参考图5,为本申请实施例的一种应用场景。图5中包括网络设备和终端设备,终端设备与一个网络设备连接。当然图5中的终端设备的数量只是举例,在实际应用中,网络设备可以为多个终端设备提供服务,多个终端设备中的全部终端设备或者部分终端设备都可以采用本申请实施例提供的方法调整逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. Figure 5 includes network equipment and terminal equipment. The terminal equipment is connected to a network equipment. Of course, the number of terminal devices in FIG. 5 is only an example. In practical applications, the network device can provide services for multiple terminal devices, and all terminal devices or some terminal devices in the multiple terminal devices can use the ones provided in the embodiments of the present application. The method adjusts the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
请参见图6,为本申请实施例的另一种应用场景,图6所示的场景可理解为DC场景。在图6中包括两个网络设备以及一个终端设备,这两个网络设备分别为第一网络设备和第二网络设备,第一网络设备例如为终端设备的主网络设备,第二网络设备是终端设备的辅网络设备,或者,第一网络设备是终端设备的辅网络设备,第二网络设备是终端设备的主网络设备。这两个网络设备例如均为基站,那么主网络设备也就是主基站,辅网络设备也就是辅基站。其中,第一网络设备例如工作在演进的通用移动通信系统陆地无线接入(evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access,E-UTRA)系统中,第二网络设备例如工作在NR系统中,或者,第一网络设备例如工作在NR系统中,第二网络设备例如工作在E-UTRA系统中,或者,第一网络设备和第二网络设备例如都工作在NR系统中或E-UTRA系统中。其中,终端设备同时连接到这两个网络设备,终端设备与这两个网络设备均可以通信。Please refer to FIG. 6, which is another application scenario of the embodiment of the present application. The scenario shown in FIG. 6 may be understood as a DC scenario. 6 includes two network devices and a terminal device. The two network devices are a first network device and a second network device, respectively. The first network device is, for example, a main network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is a terminal The secondary network device of the device, or the first network device is a secondary network device of the terminal device, and the second network device is the primary network device of the terminal device. For example, if the two network devices are base stations, the main network device is also the main base station, and the auxiliary network device is the auxiliary base station. Among them, the first network device works, for example, in an evolved universal mobile communication system terrestrial wireless access (evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access, E-UTRA) system, and the second network device works, for example, in an NR system, or the first network device For example, it works in the NR system, and the second network device works in the E-UTRA system, for example, or both the first network device and the second network device work in the NR system or E-UTRA system, for example. The terminal device is connected to the two network devices at the same time, and the terminal device and the two network devices can communicate.
图5或图6中的网络设备例如为基站。其中,网络设备在不同的系统对应不同的设备,例如在第四代移动通信技术(the 4 th generation,4G)系统中可以对应eNB,在5G系统中对应5G中的网络设备,例如gNB。 The network device in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 is, for example, a base station. Wherein the network device corresponding to the different systems in different devices, for example, in the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4 th generation, 4G) system, the eNB may correspond to, corresponding to the network device 5G 5G system, e.g. gNB.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例提供的技术方案。另外在下文中,将PDCP层的重复传输功能简称为重复传输功能。The technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described below with reference to the drawings. In addition, in the following, the repeated transmission function of the PDCP layer is simply referred to as a repeated transmission function.
本申请实施例提供第一种配置逻辑信道的方法,请参见图7,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图5或图6所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第一通信装置和第二通信装置,其中,第一通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第一通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。对于第二通信装置也是同样,第二通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第二通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。且对于第一通信装置和第二通信装置的实现方式均不做限制,例如第一通信装置可以是网络设备,第二通信装置是终端设备,或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是网络设备,或者第一通信装置和第二通信装置都是终端设备,或者第一通信装置是网络设备,第二通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。其中,网络设备例如为基站。The embodiment of the present application provides a first method for configuring a logical channel, please refer to FIG. 7, which is a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example. In addition, the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a first communication device and a second communication device, where the first communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method Communication device, or the first communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the function required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the second communication device. The second communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the second communication device may be a terminal device or capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. Of course, the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. There is no limitation on the implementation manner of the first communication device and the second communication device, for example, the first communication device may be a network device, the second communication device is a terminal device, or the first communication device and the second communication device are both networks The device, or both the first communication device and the second communication device are terminal devices, or the first communication device is a network device, and the second communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on. The network device is, for example, a base station.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第一通信装置是网络设备、第二通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者,如果将本实施例应 用在图6所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中,主要以将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the first communication device is a network device and the second communication device is a terminal device as an example. If this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5. Terminal equipment in the network architecture shown. Or, if this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. The terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6. In the following introduction, the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
S71、网络设备确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;S71. The network device determines indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, where the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes association with a deactivated logical channel Carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
S72、终端设备确定按照第一方式设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;S72. The terminal device determines to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, where the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel, the activated logical channel, and the deactivated logical channel Belong to the same wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into at least three copies, and transmitted through at least three logical channels respectively;
S73、终端设备根据所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。S73. The terminal device sets the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode.
其中,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,这里所述的去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,是指去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel. The carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel herein refers to the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
其中,所述的至少三个逻辑信道,可以包括所述的激活的逻辑信道和所述的去激活的逻辑信道。激活的逻辑信道的数量可以是一个或多个,例如也可以理解为是至少一个激活的逻辑信道。去激活的逻辑信道的数量可以是一个或多个,例如也可以理解为是至少一个去激活的逻辑信道。载波的数量可以是一个或多个,例如也可以理解为是至少一个载波。Wherein, the at least three logical channels may include the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel. The number of activated logical channels may be one or more, for example, it may also be understood as at least one activated logical channel. The number of deactivated logical channels may be one or more, for example, it may also be understood as at least one deactivated logical channel. The number of carriers may be one or more, for example, it may be understood as at least one carrier.
所述载波可以仅包括所述的去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波;或者,所述载波可以包括终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,可以包括与该无线承载的逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波,还可以包括未与该无线承载的任一个逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波,其中,终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波;或者,所述载波可以包括终端设备的除了所述的激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,可以包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波,当然还可以包括未与该无线承载的任一个逻辑信道相关联的全部处于激活状态的载波。The carrier may include only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier may include all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, It may include all carriers in the activated state associated with the logical channel of the radio bearer, and may also include all carriers in the activated state that are not associated with any logical channel of the radio bearer, where the terminal device is in the activated state All the carriers of, including the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or, the carrier may include all other active carriers of the terminal device except the carrier associated with the activated logical channel The carrier in the state, the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel, may include the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and of course This includes all carriers that are not activated and associated with any logical channel of the radio bearer.
终端设备确定按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,可以有不同的确定方式。例如网络设备可以向终端设备发送第一信令,终端设备接收来自网络设备的第一信令,可参考图7中的S74,因为S74不是必须执行的,因此画为虚线。另外,S74如果执行,则S74例如发生在S71之后以及S72之前。第一信令中就包括指示信息,指示信息就指示了按照第一方式设置所述的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,第一信令还可以用于配置该无线承载的重复功能,或者,第一信令还可以用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道。例如,网络设备是在配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能时一并向终端设备发送了该指示信息,也就是,第一信令还用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复传输功能,而后续如果网络设备再指示激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,网络设备可以不必再次发送该指示信息,则终端设备根据之前接收的指示信息就可以确定按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。或者,按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,这可以是协议规定的, 终端设备通过协议就可以确定,无需网络设备额外通知,有助于节省传输开销,在这种情况下,网络设备无需发送指示信息,那么S71就可以不必执行。其中,第一信令例如为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)信令,或者为MAC控制元素(control element,CE),或者下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI),或者RLC控制PDU,或者PDCP控制PDU,等等。The terminal device determines that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner, and there may be different manners of determining. For example, the network device may send the first signaling to the terminal device, and the terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device. Refer to S74 in FIG. 7 because S74 is not required to be executed, so it is drawn as a dotted line. In addition, if S74 is executed, S74 occurs after S71 and before S72, for example. The first signaling includes indication information, and the indication information indicates that the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner. The first signaling can also be used to configure the repeat function of the radio bearer Or, the first signaling may also be used to activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer. For example, the network device sends the indication information to the terminal device when configuring the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, that is, the first signaling is also used to configure the repeat transmission function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, However, if the network device then instructs to activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the network device may not need to send the indication information again, and the terminal device may determine to set the An association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier. Alternatively, the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, which may be specified by a protocol, and the terminal device can be determined through the protocol without additional notification from the network device, which helps save transmission overhead In this case, the network device does not need to send instruction information, so S71 does not have to be executed. Wherein, the first signaling is, for example, radio resource control (radio resource control, RRC) signaling, or MAC control element (control element), CE, or downlink control information (downlink control information, DCI), or RLC control PDU, Or PDCP control PDU, etc.
其中,RLC控制PDU(RLC control PDU)是指不同于RLC数据PDU(RLC data PDU)的一种RLC PDU,通过包头的指示信息与RLC data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递RLC层的控制信息或者反馈信息,在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP层的重复功能相关的控制信息,包含激活/去激活等指示,和/或载波关联关系的指示。Among them, RLC control PDU (RLC control PDU) refers to a type of RLC PDU that is different from RLC data PDU (RLC data PDU), and is distinguished from RLC data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally, it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the RLC layer. In the embodiments of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the repetitive function of the PDCP layer, including instructions such as activation/deactivation, and/or carrier association. An indication of relationship.
PDCP控制PDU(PDCP control PDU)是指不同于PDCP数据PDU(PDCP data PDU)的一种PDCP PDU,通过包头的指示信息与PDCP data PDU进行区分。一般来说是用于传递PDCP层的控制信息或者反馈信息,在本申请实施例中可以用来传输与PDCP层的重复功能相关的控制信息,包含激活/去激活等指示,和/或载波关联关系的指示。PDCP control PDU (PDCP control PDU) refers to a type of PDCP PDU that is different from PDCP data PDU (PDCP data PDU), and is distinguished from PDCP data PDU by the indication information in the packet header. Generally, it is used to transfer control information or feedback information of the PDCP layer. In the embodiments of the present application, it can be used to transmit control information related to the repetitive function of the PDCP layer, including instructions such as activation/deactivation, and/or carrier association. An indication of relationship.
网络设备在确定指示信息时,可能已经确定将要去激活该无线承载的哪些逻辑信道,例如第一信令还用于去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,或者第一信令还用于激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么指示信息所指示的激活的逻辑信道和去激活的逻辑信道都可以是明确的,例如网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活该无线承载的逻辑信道1,而该无线承载对应逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,那么网络设备通过指示信息指示的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,而去激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1。其中,第一信令还用于激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,可能是这种情况,网络设备事先为该无线承载配置了PDCP层的重复功能,则该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都被激活,后来网络设备指示该终端设备去激活了该无线承载的一部分逻辑信道,之后,网络设备又指示该终端设备激活该无线承载的逻辑信道,此时指示激活的逻辑信道,是之前被去激活的逻辑信道的部分或全部,那么,网络设备用于指示该终端设备激活该无线承载的逻辑信道的信令,就可以是第一信令。When determining the indication information, the network device may have determined which logical channels of the radio bearer are to be deactivated, for example, the first signaling is also used to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, or the first signaling is also used In order to activate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, both the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel indicated by the indication information may be explicit, for example, the network device instructs to deactivate the radio bearer through the first signaling Logical channel 1, and the radio bearer corresponds to logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, then the activated logical channels indicated by the network device through the indication information are logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, and the deactivated logical channel is logical channel 1. The first signaling is also used to activate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer. This may be the case. If the network device configures the PDCP layer repeat function for the radio bearer in advance, all the logic of the radio bearer The channels are all activated. Later, the network device instructs the terminal device to deactivate a part of the logical channel of the radio bearer. After that, the network device instructs the terminal device to activate the logical channel of the radio bearer. Part or all of the deactivated logical channel, then the signaling used by the network device to instruct the terminal device to activate the logical channel of the radio bearer may be the first signaling.
或者,网络设备在确定指示信息时,也可能尚未确定将要去激活该无线承载的哪些逻辑信道,例如,第一信令是网络设备为该无线承载配置PDCP层的重复功能的信令,也就是,网络设备发送第一信令后,该无线承载的所有的逻辑信道都会被激活,此时并没有被去激活的逻辑信道。那么,指示信息所指示的激活的逻辑信道和去激活的逻辑信道可以是不明确的,只是泛指,是指,如果之后有被去激活的逻辑信道,那么被去激活的逻辑信道就可以作为去激活的逻辑信道,而除了被去激活的逻辑信道之外的剩余的激活的逻辑信道就可以作为激活的逻辑信道。Or, when the network device determines the indication information, it may not yet determine which logical channels of the radio bearer are to be deactivated. For example, the first signaling is a signaling in which the network device configures a repeating function of the PDCP layer for the radio bearer, that is, After the network device sends the first signaling, all logical channels of the radio bearer will be activated. At this time, no logical channels are deactivated. Then, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel indicated by the indication information may be ambiguous, but it is generally referred to as, if there is a deactivated logical channel later, the deactivated logical channel can be used as The deactivated logical channel, and the remaining activated logical channels except the deactivated logical channel can be used as the activated logical channel.
另外,无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输,也就是说,至少三个逻辑信道传输的是被复制后的相同的数据包。其中,至少三个逻辑信道中的每个逻辑信道可以传输一个数据包,也就是至少三个逻辑信道传输至少三个数据包,这至少三个数据包中,可能有一个数据包是原始数据包,其他的数据包是将该原始数据包进行复制后得到的数据包,总之,这至少三个数据包统称为被复制的数据包,或者称为在PDCP层被复制的数据包。后文中所述的“被复制的数据包”或“在PDCP层被复制的数据包”,均是相同的理解方式。In addition, the data packets carried by the radio are copied into at least three copies at the PDCP layer and transmitted through at least three logical channels, that is to say, the same data packets after being copied are transmitted by at least three logical channels. Among them, each of the at least three logical channels can transmit one data packet, that is, at least three logical channels transmit at least three data packets, and among the at least three data packets, one data packet may be an original data packet The other data packets are the data packets obtained by copying the original data packet. In short, the at least three data packets are collectively referred to as the copied data packet, or the data packet copied at the PDCP layer. The "replicated data packet" or "replicated data packet at the PDCP layer" described later are the same way of understanding.
在本申请实施例中,第一方式可以包括如下子方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合:In the embodiments of the present application, the first mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
子方式1、将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号(ID)的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 1. Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number (ID), wherein one carrier of the carrier and the activated logical channel are connected at a time A logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
子方式2、将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-method 2: Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier and one logic of the activated logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
子方式3、将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-method 3: Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
子方式4、当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 4. When the number of the activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
子方式5、将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 5. Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all the deactivated logical channels are associated before deactivation. The carrier is associated with an activated logical channel; or,
子方式6、将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Sub-mode 6. Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
在子方式1下,可以将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,对应的ID最大的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,对应的ID最大的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,所述激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2,那么按照载波的ID从大到小的顺序对载波排序,应该是载波6>载波5>载波3,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1,按照载波的ID的大小顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,将载波5与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,以及将载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,或者,也可以将载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,将载波5与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,以及将载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将载波的ID最大的载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将载波的ID最小的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。In sub-mode 1, the carrier may be sequentially associated with the logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, or may be the carrier in the order of the ID of the carrier and the ID of the logical channel In order of size, an association relationship is sequentially established with the activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the largest ID can also be associated with the corresponding ID The smallest logical channel establishes an association relationship. For example, the carrier is carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and the activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, respectively, then sort the carriers according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small, which should be the carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3, sort the logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID, from logical channel 2>logical channel 1, according to the order of the carrier ID and the order of the logical channel ID , Sequentially associating the carrier with the activated logical channel. Specifically, carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1, carrier 5 can be associated with logical channel 2, and carrier 6 can be associated with logical channel 1 establishes an association relationship, or it may also establish an association relationship between carrier 3 and logical channel 2, an association relationship between carrier 5 and logical channel 1, and an association relationship between carrier 6 and logical channel 2. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the largest carrier ID is associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID first, or the carrier with the smallest carrier ID is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID , No specific restrictions.
值得注意的是,与子方式1类似,另外一种可能的实现方式,可以包含以下步骤中的一个或者多个(例如可以包含以下步骤中的a和c,或者包含以下步骤中的b和c,或者包含以下步骤中的a、b和c):It is worth noting that, similar to sub-mode 1, another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
a、将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的载波依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的载波的ID分别为0,1,2,3等,或者分别为1,2,3等。a. Sort the carriers according to the size of the carrier ID, and assign new IDs to the sorted carriers starting from 0 or 1 again. For example, the IDs of the sorted carriers are 0, 1, 2, 3, etc. , Or 1, 2, 3, etc. respectively.
b、将所述激活的逻辑信道按照逻辑信道的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的逻辑信道依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的逻辑信道的ID分别为0,1,2,3等,或者分别为1,2,3等。b. Sort the activated logical channels according to the size of the logical channel ID, and assign new IDs to the sorted logical channels starting from 0 or 1, for example, the IDs of the sorted logical channels are 0, 1, 2, 3, etc., or 1, 2, 3, etc. respectively.
c、确定所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的映射关系。c. Determine the mapping relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel.
确定映射关系的方式除了子方式1中所描述的之外,还可能是下面的一种方式:The method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
模运算。具体的,确定所述激活的逻辑信道的数目N,然后用载波新编的ID与N进行模运算,根据运算结果将载波关联到相应的逻辑信道。例如N为2,则,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为0,则将该载波与新的ID为0的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为1,则将该载波与新的ID为1的逻辑信道建立关联关系。Modular operation. Specifically, the number N of the activated logical channels is determined, and then the ID and N of the carrier are newly used to perform a modular operation, and the carrier is associated with the corresponding logical channel according to the operation result. For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
划分子集。如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数目为2,则按照载波的ID奇偶(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID)将所述载波分成两个子集,将这两个子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或者,将按照载波的ID的大小排好顺序的载波(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID),从中间分成前后两个子集,例如称为第一子集和第二子集,其中,第一子集是指切分点前的ID的集合,第二子集是指切分点后的ID的集合,切分点这个ID例如为所述载波的ID中的取值居中的ID。将第一子集和第二子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目可能相等(所述载波的总数为偶数),或者第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目也可能不相等(所述载波的总数为奇数)。Divide the subset. If the number of the activated logical channels is 2, the carrier is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels The channel establishes an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle The first and second subsets are called the first subset and the second subset, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point, The ID of the split point is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carriers. The first subset and the second subset are associated with two logical channels, where one subset is associated with one logical channel, and the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may be equal (all The total number of the carriers is an even number), or the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may not be equal (the total number of the carriers is an odd number).
在子方式2下,可以将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,依次与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,信道质量最好的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,信道质量最差的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,其中,载波3的信道质量优于载波6的信道质量,载波6的信道质量又优于载波5的信道质量,所述激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1。那么按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,将载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,以及将载波5与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,或者,可以将载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,将载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,以及将载波5与逻辑信道2建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将信道质量最好载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将信道质量最差的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。如果有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较好,还有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较差,可能无法起到较好地传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的作用,那么本申请实施例提出按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序依次与逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以使得各个逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量相差不太多,各个逻辑信道的传输质量较为均衡,以较好地完成传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的任务。其中,所述载波的信道质量可以是由网络设备测量得到的,网络设备测量得到所述载波的信道质量后,可以将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,例如网络设备可以通过第一信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,或者网络设备也可以通过其他信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备。另外载波的信道质量也可以由终端设备或者网络设备根据某一载波上数据传输的成功率 (例如收到/发送的肯定应答(ACK)的比例)确定出来。In sub-mode 2, the carrier may be sequentially associated with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, or may be the carrier according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, according to The order of the IDs of the logical channels is sequentially associated with the activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality An association relationship can be established with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID. For example, the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of carrier 6, and the channel quality of carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of carrier 5, the activated logic The channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2 respectively, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be logical channel 2>logical channel 1. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, the carrier 3 can be associated with the logical channel 1. , Associate carrier 6 with logical channel 2, and associate carrier 5 with logical channel 1, or you can associate carrier 3 with logical channel 2, and associate carrier 6 with logical channel 1, and Associate carrier 5 with logical channel 2. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions. If some logical channel-related carriers have good channel quality and others have poor channel quality, they may not be able to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer better, so this application The embodiment proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete better The task of transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Wherein, the channel quality of the carrier may be measured by the network device, and after measuring the channel quality of the carrier, the network device may send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, for example, the network device may use the first letter Let the channel quality of the carrier be sent to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling. In addition, the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
在子方式3下,可以将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是说,所述激活的逻辑信道的数量如果只有一个,那么就可以将所述载波的每个载波都与这一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而所述激活的逻辑信道的数量如果大于1,那么可以将所述载波的每个载波都与这多个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1,那么究竟选择哪个激活的逻辑信道,本申请实施例不做限制。例如对于一个无线承载来说,一般会有一个主逻辑信道,其余的逻辑信道均为辅逻辑信道,那么如果主逻辑信道属于所述激活的逻辑信道,就可以选择将所述载波与主逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如一个无线承载有逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,其中逻辑信道1为主逻辑信道,例如逻辑信道3被去激活,逻辑信道3被去激活之前与载波3具有关联关系,那么可以将载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系。当然也可以选择将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的除了主逻辑信道之外的其他的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,继续沿用上例,如果逻辑信道3被去激活,可以将载波3与逻辑信道1或逻辑信道2建立关联关系。因此可以认为,是可以将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的任意一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,如果将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在第一信令中指示给终端设备,例如可以在第一信令中携带主逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以通过协议规定,无需网络设备额外指示。而如果将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的任意一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,例如是将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道中随机选择的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在第一信令中指示给终端设备,例如可以在第一信令中携带需建立关联关系的逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 3, the carrier may be associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel, that is, if there is only one active logical channel, then the carrier’s Each carrier is associated with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, then each carrier of the carrier can be activated with one of the multiple activated logical channels The logical channel establishes an association relationship. If the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally a primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels. If the primary logical channel belongs to the activated logical channel, you can choose to connect the carrier to the primary logical channel. Establish an association. For example, a radio bears logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3 for transmitting data packets copied at the PDCP layer, where logical channel 1 is the main logical channel, for example, logical channel 3 is deactivated and logical channel 3 is deactivated Before activation, there is an association relationship with carrier 3, then carrier 3 can be associated with logical channel 1. Of course, you can also choose to associate the carrier with the activated logical channel other than the active logical channel except the main logical channel. Continue to use the above example. If logical channel 3 is deactivated, carrier 3 can be activated. Establish an association relationship with logical channel 1 or logical channel 2. Therefore, it can be considered that the carrier can be associated with any one of the activated logical channels. Wherein, if the carrier is associated with the main logical channel of the activated logical channel, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first signaling, for example, the first logical channel may be carried in the first signaling ID, so that the terminal device can determine to associate the carrier with the main logical channel of the activated logical channel, or can also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device. If the carrier is associated with any one of the activated logical channels, for example, if the carrier is associated with a randomly selected logical channel from the activated logical channels, the network device may Indicated to the terminal device in the first signaling, for example, the ID of the logical channel to which the association relationship needs to be established may be carried in the first signaling, so that the terminal device may determine to establish the association relationship between the carrier and the logical channel.
在子方式4下,当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,可以将所述载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1时,所述激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不做改变,也就是对于所述激活的逻辑信道来说,保持原有的与载波之间的关联关系,所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活之间所关联的载波,不与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,一个无线承载通过逻辑信道1、逻辑信道3和逻辑信道3进行传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,其中逻辑信道1与载波1具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4具有关联关系,如果逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3都被去激活,那么所述激活的逻辑信道的数量就是1,则逻辑信道2在去激活之前所关联的载波2和载波3,以及逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波4,都可以与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,或者,如果只有逻辑信道3被去激活,那么所述激活的逻辑信道的数量是2,则逻辑信道1与载波之间的关联关系不变,逻辑信道2与载波之间的关联关系也不变,逻辑信道1依然只是与载波1关联,逻辑信道2依然只是与载波2和载波3关联。这样做是为了简化实现方式,例如,所述激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1,则如何为所述激活的逻辑信道分配相关联的载波,需要有一定的规则,可能涉及到修改协议,因此在子方式4下,如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数量大于1,则可以不改变所述的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,这样也无需修改协议,如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1,则直接将所述载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系即可,较为简单。In sub-mode 4, when the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier may be associated with this activated logical channel, and when the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, the The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier does not change, that is, for the activated logical channel, the original association relationship with the carrier is maintained, and the deactivated logical channel is deactivated The carriers associated with each other do not establish an association relationship with the activated logical channel. For example, a radio bearer transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer through logical channel 1, logical channel 3, and logical channel 3, where logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1, and logical channel 2 is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3. Relationship, logical channel 3 and carrier 4 are associated, if both logical channel 2 and logical channel 3 are deactivated, then the number of activated logical channels is 1, then logical channel 2 is associated with carrier 2 before deactivation Both carrier 3 and carrier 4 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation can be associated with logical channel 1, or if only logical channel 3 is deactivated, the number of activated logical channels is 2 , The association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier remains unchanged, the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier remains unchanged, logical channel 1 is still only associated with carrier 1, logical channel 2 is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3 Associated. This is done to simplify the implementation. For example, if the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, how to allocate associated carriers to the activated logical channels requires certain rules, which may involve modification of the protocol. In sub-mode 4, if the number of activated logical channels is greater than 1, the association relationship between the logical channels and the carrier may not be changed, so that there is no need to modify the protocol, if the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
在子方式5下,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次 与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,按照激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,ID最大的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,ID最小的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系。逻辑信道3和逻辑信道4,其中载波3是与去激活前的逻辑信道3关联的,载波4、载波和载波6是与去激活前的逻辑信道4关联的,所述激活的逻辑信道分别为逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2。按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述激活的逻辑信道排序,应该是逻辑信道2>逻辑信道1,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述去激活的逻辑信道排序,应该是逻辑信道4>逻辑信道3。那么按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将与逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波3与逻辑信道1建立关联关系,将与逻辑信道4在去激活之前关联的载波4、载波5和载波6与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,或者,可以将与逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波3与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,将与逻辑信道4在去激活之前关联的载波4、载波5和载波6与逻辑信道1建立关联关系。这种方式相较于将载波依次关联的子方式1、2来说,实现更为简单。In sub-mode 5, the carrier is sequentially associated with the activated logical channel according to the size order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, and the carrier may be deactivated according to the corresponding The order of the IDs of the logical channels, in accordance with the order of the IDs of the activated logical channels, sequentially establishes an association relationship with the activated logical channels, wherein the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the largest ID may have the largest ID An association relationship is established between the logical channels of, or a carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the smallest ID can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID. Logical channel 3 and logical channel 4, where carrier 3 is associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation, carrier 4, carrier and carrier 6 are associated with logical channel 4 before deactivation, and the activated logical channels are respectively Logical channel 1 and logical channel 2. Sort the activated logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be logical channel 2> logical channel 1, and sort the deactivated logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small , Should be logical channel 4>logical channel 3. Then, according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, the carrier 3 associated with the logical channel 3 before deactivation may be associated with the logical channel 1. , Associate the carrier 4, carrier 5, and carrier 6 associated with the logical channel 4 before the deactivation with the logical channel 2, or you can associate the carrier 3 associated with the logical channel 3 before the deactivation with the logical channel 2 Relationship, the carrier 4, carrier 5, and carrier 6 associated with the logical channel 4 before deactivation are associated with the logical channel 1. This method is simpler to implement than sub-methods 1 and 2 that sequentially associate carriers.
在子方式6下,可以将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是,完全随机建立所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系,这种实现方式较为简单,无需过多的规则。其中,所述载波的每个载波究竟与所述激活的逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道建立关联关系,网络设备可以在第一信令中指示给终端设备,终端设备可以确定将所述载波的每个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道中相应的逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 6, each carrier of the carrier may be associated with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner, that is, the carrier and the activated logical channel are completely randomly established This relationship is relatively simple, without too many rules. Wherein each logical carrier of the carrier is associated with which logical channel of the activated logical channel, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the first signaling, and the terminal device may determine that each of the carrier The carrier establishes an association relationship with the corresponding logical channel in the activated logical channels.
当然,第一方式除了可以包括如上的子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系的方式,本申请实施例不做限制。Of course, in addition to at least one of the above sub-modes, the first mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
第一方式可以是协议中规定好的。那么,如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量大于1,则还可以配合网络设备的信令来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种子方式。例如,通过网络设备发送第一信令的方式向终端设备指示按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,则,网络设备在第一信令中无需携带具体的第一方式,而可以只携带第一方式的标识信息,第一方式的标识信息就可以作为指示信息,例如第一方式的标识信息为第一方式的ID。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在第一信令中携带子方式2的ID,从而通过第一信令可以指示按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收第一信令后,根据子方式2的ID就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。这种方式有助于减小信令开销。而如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量等于1,也就是协议中规定的第一方式就是一种子方式,那么也可以无需配合网络设备的信令来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种子方式,终端设备根据协议就可以确定第一方式究竟是何种方式,在这种情况下,网络设备无需向终端设备发送第一信令,或者,如果第一信令是用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能,或者用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么第一信令只需完成原本的任务即可,无需指示按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,有助于节省信令开销。当然,即使协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量大于1,那么也可能是规定终端设备采用这多种子方 式来设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,在这种情况下,网络设备也可以无需向终端设备发送第二指示信息,具体的不做限制。The first way may be as specified in the agreement. Then, if the number of the above-mentioned sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is greater than 1, it can also indicate to the terminal device which sub-mode is used in conjunction with the signaling of the network device. For example, if the network device sends the first signaling to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, the network device does not need to carry specific information in the first signaling In the first mode, only the identification information of the first mode can be carried, and the identification information of the first mode can be used as the indication information. For example, the identification information of the first mode is the ID of the first mode. For example, the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2, then the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the first signaling, so that the first signaling can indicate that the activated logical channel and the After receiving the first signaling, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to sub-mode 2 after receiving the first signaling. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead. However, if the number of sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is equal to 1, that is, the first mode specified in the protocol is a sub-mode, then it is possible to indicate to the terminal device without the need for signaling with the network device Which sub-method is used, the terminal device can determine which method is the first method according to the protocol, in this case, the network device does not need to send the first signaling to the terminal device, or, if the first signaling is used for Configure the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or activate or deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, then the first signaling only needs to complete the original task, and there is no need to indicate the setting in the first way The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier helps to save signaling overhead. Of course, even if the number of sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is greater than 1, it may be specified that the terminal device uses these multiple sub-modes to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier In this case, the network device may not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, and there is no restriction on the specific.
或者,第一方式也可以不通过协议规定。那么网络设备也可以在第一信令中携带具体的第一方式的信息,第一方式的信息就可以作为指示信息。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在第一信令中携带子方式2的信息,从而通过第一信令可以指示按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收第一信令后,根据子方式2的信息就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,以及明确子方式2究竟是何种方式。这种方式可以使得终端设备获得较为明确的信息。Alternatively, the first method may not be prescribed by agreement. Then, the network device may also carry specific first mode information in the first signaling, and the first mode information may be used as the indication information. For example, the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2, the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the first signaling, so that the first signaling may indicate that the activated logical channel and the After the first signaling is received by the terminal device, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to sub-mode 2 according to the information of sub-mode 2, and determine the sub-mode What kind of method is 2? In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种,这种实现形式之外,还可以有其他的实现形式。或者也可以理解为,第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的方式。The first mode may include at least one of the foregoing several sub-modes, and other implementation forms. Or it can be understood that the first mode may include other modes in addition to at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modes.
作为第一方式的一种实施方式,第一信令还可以携带所述激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道或部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的比特映射(bitmap),每个逻辑信道的bitmap可以用于指示每个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。其中,一个bitmap可以对应一个逻辑信道的ID,例如这种对应关系也可以携带在第一信令中,从而使得终端设备可以明确bitmap与逻辑信道之间的对应关系。或者说,第一信令可以携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,这一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道,这一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道中的全部或部分。在这种情况下,第一方式可以是根据第一信令携带的bitmap设置所述载波和所述激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者说,第一方式是根据bitmap设置所述载波和所述激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。As an implementation manner of the first mode, the first signaling may also carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the activated logical channels, and a bitmap of each logical channel It can be used to indicate the association between each logical channel and carrier. Among them, a bitmap may correspond to an ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the first signaling, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel. In other words, the first signaling may carry one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel, which The logical channels corresponding to one or more bitmaps are all or part of the activated logical channels. In this case, the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel according to the bitmap carried in the first signaling, or the first method is to set the The manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel.
例如,第一信令为用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能的信令。例如,在配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能时,可以通过第一信令携带该无线承载的全部逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap,使得终端设备明确该无线承载的每个逻辑信道究竟与哪些载波具有关联关系,在这种情况下,所述激活的逻辑信道可以是该无线承载的全部用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道。For example, the first signaling is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer. For example, when configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, the first signaling may be used to carry a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all logical channels of the radio bearer, so that the terminal device clarifies each logical channel of the radio bearer Which carriers are associated with each other? In this case, the activated logical channel may be all logical channels of the radio bearer used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer.
或者,第一信令例如为用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道的信令。Alternatively, the first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
例如,第一信令用于指示去激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,第一信令还可以携带该无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道或部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap。所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,可以是通过第一信令去激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。For example, the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first signaling may also carry all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer or each logical channel of a part of logical channels The corresponding bitmap. The remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logical channels after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer through the first signaling.
例如,无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能对应的逻辑信道有3个,分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系。网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活逻辑信道3,则剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2,那么网络设备可以确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道1和/或逻辑信道2建立关联关系,具体的,可以将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道1或逻辑信道2建立关联关系,或者将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2建立关联关系。例如网络设备确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波4与 逻辑信道1建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波5与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以生成逻辑信道1对应的bitmap,以及生成逻辑信道2对应的bitmap。例如因为逻辑信道1~逻辑信道3原本一共关联了载波1~载波5,那么每个bitmap可以有5位,每一位就代表一个载波,一个bitmap从高位到低位分别对应于载波1~载波5,对于一个bitmap的每一位究竟对应于哪个载波,可以是协议预先规定,或者由网络设备事先配置并通知终端设备。对于某个逻辑信道对应的bitmap来说,如果某一位的取值为“1”,表明将该载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系,而如果某一位的取值为“0”,表明不将该载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如网络设备生成的两个bitmap都是5位,逻辑信道1对应的bitmap为11010,逻辑信道2对应的bitmap为00101,这就表明,要将逻辑信道1与载波1、载波2和载波4建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道2与载波3、载波4和载波5建立关联关系,而逻辑信道1原本就与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2原本就与载波3具有关联关系,因此终端设备可以确定再将逻辑信道1和载波3建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道2和载波4及载波5建立关联关系即可。For example, there are three logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer, namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5. The network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, then the network device can determine the carrier and logical channel associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation 1 and/or logical channel 2 establishes an association relationship. Specifically, the carrier associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation may be associated with logical channel 1 or logical channel 2, or logical channel 3 before deactivation. The carrier wave of the system is associated with logical channel 1 and logical channel 2. For example, if the network device determines that the carrier 4 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation is associated with logical channel 1, and the carrier 5 associated with logical channel 3 before deactivation is associated with logical channel 2, then the network device may generate The bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 are generated. For example, because logical channel 1 to logical channel 3 were originally associated with carrier 1 to carrier 5, then each bitmap can have 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and a bitmap from high to low corresponds to carrier 1 to carrier 5 respectively. For which carrier each bit of a bitmap corresponds to, it can be specified in the protocol in advance, or the network device can configure and notify the terminal device in advance. For a bitmap corresponding to a logical channel, if the value of a certain bit is "1", it indicates that the carrier is associated with the logical channel, and if the value of a certain bit is "0", it indicates that it is not Associate the carrier with the logical channel. For example, the two bitmaps generated by the network device are 5 bits, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 11010, and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 is 00101, which indicates that logical channel 1 should be established with carrier 1, carrier 2, and carrier 4. Association relationship, and the association relationship between logical channel 2 and carrier 3, carrier 4 and carrier 5, and logical channel 1 is originally associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, logical channel 2 is originally associated with carrier 3, so The terminal device may determine and then associate the logical channel 1 with the carrier 3, and associate the logical channel 2 with the carrier 4 and the carrier 5.
在上面的示例中,第一信令携带了剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap,还有一种情况,第一信令可以携带剩余的激活的逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道对应的bitmap。例如对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说,可能有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是不发生变化的,那么第一信令可以不携带这些逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而只携带逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道对应的bitmap,通过这种方式可以有效节省信令开销,也减小终端设备的工作量。例如,无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能对应的逻辑信道有3个,分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系,网络设备通过第一信令指示去激活逻辑信道3,则剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1和逻辑信道2,那么网络设备可以确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波与逻辑信道1和/或逻辑信道2建立关联关系。例如网络设备确定将逻辑信道3在去激活之前关联的载波4和载波5均与逻辑信道2建立关联关系,也就是说,对于逻辑信道1来说,与载波之间的关联关系是不发生变化的。那么网络设备可以生成逻辑信道2对应的bitmap,而无需生成逻辑信道1对应的bitmap。例如该bitmap有5位,每一位就代表一个载波,从高位到低位分别对应于载波1~载波5,该bitmap可以是00111,这就表明,要将逻辑信道2与载波3、载波4和载波5建立关联关系,而逻辑信道2原本就与载波3具有关联关系,因此终端设备可以确定再将逻辑信道2和载波4及载波5建立关联关系即可。In the above example, the first signaling carries the bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels. In another case, the first signaling may carry the bitmap corresponding to the partial logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels. . For example, for the remaining activated logical channels, there may be some logical channel and carrier relationship does not change, then the first signaling may not carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, but only carry logical channels and carriers The bitmap corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship has changed. In this way, the signaling overhead can be effectively saved, and the workload of the terminal device can also be reduced. For example, there are three logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the wireless bearer, namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, among which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5, the network device instructs to deactivate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, then the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1 and logical channel 2, then The network device may determine to associate the carrier associated with logical channel 3 with logical channel 1 and/or logical channel 2 before deactivation. For example, the network device determines that the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 associated with the logical channel 3 before deactivation are both associated with the logical channel 2, that is, for the logical channel 1, the association with the carrier does not change of. Then, the network device can generate a bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 without generating a bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1. For example, the bitmap has 5 bits, and each bit represents a carrier. The high to low bits correspond to carrier 1 to carrier 5, respectively. The bitmap can be 00111, which means that logical channel 2 should be combined with carrier 3, carrier 4, and The carrier 5 establishes an association relationship, and the logical channel 2 originally has an association relationship with the carrier 3, so the terminal device can determine that the logical channel 2 is associated with the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 again.
当然,对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说,即使有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化,在第一信令中也可以携带这些逻辑信道对应的bitmap,也就是说,如果剩余的激活的逻辑信道的所有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系都会发生变化,那么第一信令可以携带剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而如果剩余的激活的逻辑信道中有的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不会发生变化,则第一信令可以携带剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap,或者也可以携带剩余的激活的逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道对应的bitmap,具体的不做限制。Of course, for the remaining activated logical channels, even if the association between some logical channels and the carrier does not change, the first signaling may also carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, that is, if the remaining The association relationship between all logical channels and carriers of the activated logical channels will change, then the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, and if the remaining activated logical channels The association relationship between some logical channels and carriers will not change, so the first signaling may carry a bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels, or may also carry some logic of the remaining activated logical channels The bitmap corresponding to the channel is not limited.
再例如,第一信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,第一信令还可以携带无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道或者部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对 应的bitmap。所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,可以是激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道,剩余的激活的逻辑信道自然包括通过第一信令激活的一个或多个逻辑信道。如果第一信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么这一个或多个逻辑信道之前可能是被去激活,此时再重新将这一个或多个逻辑信道进行激活,就会涉及到逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系发生变化,网络设备可以通过bitmap的方式来指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。For another example, the first signaling is used to indicate one or more logical channels that activate the radio bearer, and the first signaling may also carry all logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels of the radio bearer or each logical channel of the partial logical channels. Bitmap. The remaining activated logical channels may be activated logical channels remaining after activating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channels naturally include one or more logics activated through the first signaling channel. If the first signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, then the one or more logical channels may have been deactivated before, and then the one or more logical channels are reactivated, then It will involve a change in the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, and the network device may indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier through a bitmap.
例如,无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能对应的逻辑信道有3个,分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系。网络设备之前去激活了逻辑信道3,在去激活逻辑信道3后,逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波4与逻辑信道1建立了关联关系,以及载波5与逻辑信道2建立了关联关系。之后,网络设备又通过第一信令指示激活逻辑信道3,则剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,那么网络设备可以重新分配逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。例如,网络设备可以恢复原有的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,也就是,将逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2建立关联关系,将逻辑信道2与载波3建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5建立关联关系。那么网络设备可以在第一信令中携带3个bitmap,分别对应于逻辑信道1~逻辑信道3,例如每个bitmap有5位,每一位就代表一个载波,一个bitmap从高位到低位分别对应于载波1~载波5。例如对应于逻辑信道1的bitmap为11000,对应于逻辑信道2的bitmap为00100,对应于逻辑信道3的bitmap为00011,终端设备根据这3个bitmap就可以确定如何建立逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。当然,恢复原有的关联关系只是一种示例,网络设备也可以无需考虑原有的关联关系,而重新分配逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,例如网络设备可以将载波1与逻辑信道3建立关联关系等。For example, there are three logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer, namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5. The network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 . After that, the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3. Then, the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device may restore the original association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, that is, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier 3, and Channel 3 is associated with carrier 4 and carrier 5. Then the network device can carry 3 bitmaps in the first signaling, which correspond to logical channel 1 to logical channel 3, for example, each bitmap has 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and one bitmap corresponds from high bit to low bit.于carrier1~carrier5. For example, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 11000, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 2 is 00100, and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 3 is 00011. The terminal device can determine how to establish the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier according to these 3 bitmaps connection relation. Of course, restoring the original association relationship is just an example, and the network device may redistribute the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier without considering the original association relationship, for example, the network device may establish carrier 1 and logical channel 3 Association relationship, etc.
在上面的示例中,第一信令携带了剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部逻辑信道对应的bitmap,还有一种情况,第一信令可以携带剩余的激活的逻辑信道的部分逻辑信道对应的bitmap。例如对于剩余的激活的逻辑信道来说,可能有些逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系是不发生变化的,那么第一信令可以不携带这些逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而只携带逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化的逻辑信道对应的bitmap,通过这种方式可以有效节省信令开销,也减小终端设备的工作量。In the above example, the first signaling carries the bitmap corresponding to all the logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels. In another case, the first signaling may carry the bitmap corresponding to the partial logical channels of the remaining activated logical channels. . For example, for the remaining activated logical channels, there may be some logical channel and carrier relationship does not change, then the first signaling may not carry the bitmap corresponding to these logical channels, but only carry logical channels and carriers The bitmap corresponding to the logical channel whose association relationship has changed. In this way, the signaling overhead can be effectively saved, and the workload of the terminal device can also be reduced.
例如,无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能对应的逻辑信道有3个,分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系。网络设备之前去激活了逻辑信道3,在去激活逻辑信道3后,逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波4与逻辑信道1建立了关联关系,以及载波5与逻辑信道2建立了关联关系。之后,网络设备又通过第一信令指示激活逻辑信道3,则剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,那么网络设备可以重新分配逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。例如,网络设备确定将逻辑信道3与载波1建立关联关系,也就是,逻辑信道1和逻辑信道3与载波之间的关联关系都会发生变化,而逻辑信道2和载波之间的关联关系不会发生变化。那么网络设备可以在第一信令中携带2个bitmap,分别对应于逻辑信道1和逻辑信道3,例如每个bitmap有5位,每一位就代表一个载波,一个bitmap从高位到低位分别对应于载波1~载波5。例如对应于逻辑信道1的bitmap为01010,对应于逻辑信道3的bitmap为10000, 终端设备根据这2个bitmap就可以确定如何建立逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。可以看到,对于逻辑信道2,网络设备可以无需在第一信令中携带对应的bitmap,从而有助于节省信令开销。For example, there are three logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer, namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5. The network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 . After that, the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3. Then, the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device determines to establish an association relationship between logical channel 3 and carrier 1, that is, the association between logical channel 1 and logical channel 3 and the carrier will change, but the association between logical channel 2 and carrier will not Changes. Then the network device can carry 2 bitmaps in the first signaling, corresponding to logical channel 1 and logical channel 3, for example, each bitmap has 5 bits, each bit represents a carrier, and one bitmap corresponds from high to low于carrier1~carrier5. For example, the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 1 is 01010, and the bitmap corresponding to logical channel 3 is 10000, and the terminal device can determine how to establish the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier according to the two bitmaps. It can be seen that for logical channel 2, the network device may not need to carry the corresponding bitmap in the first signaling, thereby helping to save signaling overhead.
或者,如果之前的信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,则第一信令包括的指示信息也可以用于指示恢复无线承载的逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,所谓的原有的关联关系,也就是所述的一个或多个逻辑信道在被去激活之前,所有的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。在这种方式下,第一信令可以无需携带bitmap。Or, if the previous signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the indication information included in the first signaling may also be used to indicate restoration of the original association between the logical channel of the radio bearer and the carrier The relationship, the so-called original relationship, is the relationship between all logical channels and carriers before the one or more logical channels are deactivated. In this way, the first signaling does not need to carry a bitmap.
例如,无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能对应的逻辑信道有3个,分别为逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,其中逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,逻辑信道2与载波3具有关联关系,逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5具有关联关系。网络设备之前去激活了逻辑信道3,在去激活逻辑信道3后,逻辑信道3在去激活之前所关联的载波4与逻辑信道1建立了关联关系,以及载波5与逻辑信道2建立了关联关系。之后,网络设备又通过第一信令指示激活逻辑信道3,则剩余的激活的逻辑信道就是逻辑信道1、逻辑信道2和逻辑信道3,那么网络设备可以重新分配逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。例如,网络设备可以恢复原有的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,也就是,将逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2建立关联关系,将逻辑信道2与载波3建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5建立关联关系。那么网络设备只需携带指示信息,例如指示信息可以占用1个比特(bit),如果这1比特的取值为“1”,就表明恢复原有的关联关系,如果这1比特的取值为“0”,就表明不恢复原有的关联关系。以这1比特取值是“1”为例,则终端设备可以确定恢复原有的关联关系,也就是,将逻辑信道1与载波1和载波2建立关联关系,将逻辑信道2与载波3建立关联关系,以及将逻辑信道3与载波4和载波5建立关联关系。在逻辑信道被去激活又被激活之后,通过简单的指示信息就能恢复原有的关联关系,无需设置过多的规则,实现较为简单。For example, there are three logical channels corresponding to the repeat function of the PDCP layer on the radio bearer, namely logical channel 1, logical channel 2 and logical channel 3, of which logical channel 1 is associated with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and logical channel 2 is associated with Carrier 3 has an association relationship, and logical channel 3 has an association relationship with carrier 4 and carrier 5. The network device previously deactivated logical channel 3, after deactivating logical channel 3, the associated carrier 4 of logical channel 3 before deactivation established an association relationship with logical channel 1, and carrier 5 associated with logical channel 2 . After that, the network device instructs to activate logical channel 3 through the first signaling, and the remaining activated logical channels are logical channel 1, logical channel 2, and logical channel 3. Then, the network device can redistribute the association between the logical channel and the carrier relationship. For example, the network device may restore the original association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier, that is, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 1 and the carrier 1 and the carrier 2, establish the association relationship between the logical channel 2 and the carrier 3, and Channel 3 is associated with carrier 4 and carrier 5. Then the network device only needs to carry the indication information, for example, the indication information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this bit is "1", it indicates that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this bit is 1 "0" means that the original association is not restored. Taking the value of this 1 bit as "1" as an example, the terminal device may determine to restore the original association relationship, that is, establish the association relationship between logical channel 1 and carrier 1 and carrier 2, and establish logical channel 2 and carrier 3 The association relationship, and the association relationship between the logical channel 3 and the carrier 4 and the carrier 5 is established. After the logical channel is deactivated and activated again, the original association relationship can be restored through simple indication information, without setting too many rules, and the implementation is relatively simple.
如上所介绍的第一信令通过携带bitmap的方式来指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,指示方式较为明确简单,便于终端设备根据指示信息进行设置。另外在如上介绍的方式中,是第一信令携带bitmap,还有一种情况,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第二信令,第二信令可以用于指示激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,第二信令可以携带无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道的全部或者部分逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的比特映射bitmap,每个逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示每个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。或者说,第二信令携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,这一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为根据第二信令去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。在这种情况下,第一方式可以是根据其他的信令携带的bitmap设置所述载波和所述激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者理解为,第一方式是根据bitmap设置所述载波和所述激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。如果第二信令用于指示激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道为根据第二信令激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道,或者,如果第二信令用于指示去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道为根据第二信令去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。在这种情况下,网络设备不通过包括了指示信息的第一信令向终端设备发送bitmap,而是通过额外的第二 信令向终端设备发送bitmap,使得指示信息和bitmap能够相对独立。例如,第一信令可以是用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能的信令,第二信令可以用于在配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能之后,用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道的信令。当然对于第一信令和第二信令的具体实现方式,本申请实施例不做限制。而如果通过第二信令携带bitmap,则bitmap的实现方式等,均可参考前文中对于第一信令携带bitmap的介绍。究竟是通过第一信令还是第二信令携带bitmap,取决于网络设备的具体实现方式,或者也可以通过协议规定,具体的不做限制。The first signaling as described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by carrying a bitmap. The indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information. In addition, in the method described above, the first signaling carries the bitmap. In another case, the network device may also send second signaling to the terminal device. The second signaling may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of the radio bearer. One or more logical channels, the second signaling may carry a bitmap bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of all or part of the remaining logical channels of the wireless bearer, and the bitmap of each logical channel is used to indicate each logical channel Channel and carrier association. In other words, the second signaling carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and the carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, The remaining activated logical channel is the remaining activated logical channel after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer according to the second signaling. In this case, the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel according to a bitmap carried by other signaling, or it may be understood that the first method is based on the setting of the bitmap The manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel. If the second signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels are the remaining ones after activation of the one or more logical channels of the radio bearer according to the second signaling The activated logical channel, or, if the second signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels deactivate the radio bearer according to the second signaling Activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels. In this case, the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the first signaling including the indication information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through the additional second signaling, so that the indication information and the bitmap can be relatively independent. For example, the first signaling may be a signaling for configuring a repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and the second signaling may be used for activating or deactivating after configuring the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer Signaling of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer. Of course, the specific implementation manners of the first signaling and the second signaling are not limited in the embodiments of the present application. However, if the bitmap is carried by the second signaling, the implementation of the bitmap, etc., can refer to the introduction to the bitmap carried by the first signaling in the foregoing. Whether the bitmap is carried through the first signaling or the second signaling depends on the specific implementation manner of the network device, or may also be stipulated by a protocol, and the specific is not limited.
另外,除了以上所介绍的第一方式的实现形式之外,第一方式还可以有其他的实现形式。或者说,除了以上所介绍的方式之外,第一方式还可以包括以下的几种实施方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合。In addition, in addition to the implementation form of the first manner described above, the first manner may have other implementation forms. In other words, in addition to the modes described above, the first mode may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
作为一种实施方式,第一方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,第一逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个。在这种方式下,指示信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID以及第一载波的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。例如,对于第一逻辑信道来说,与多个载波之间具有关联关系,而第一载波的信道质量较差,对于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包来说第一载波的作用不大,因此网络设备可以通过指示信息指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。其中,如果第一信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道,而如果第一信令用于指示去激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在去激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。As an implementation manner, the first manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be one of the remaining activated logical channels. In this manner, the indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. For example, for the first logical channel, there is an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the first carrier is poor, and the first carrier has little effect on the transmission of data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Therefore, the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the indication information. Wherein, if the first signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel, and if the first signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
或者对于这种实施方式也可以理解为,第一方式可以是解除至少一个逻辑信道和相应的载波之间的关联关系的方式,至少一个逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个或多个逻辑信道,对于至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道来说,相应的载波可以是指该逻辑信道所关联的全部的载波或者部分载波。Or for this embodiment, it can also be understood that the first way may be a way to release the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier, and the at least one logical channel may be one or more of the remaining activated logical channels For a logical channel, for each logical channel of at least one logical channel, the corresponding carrier may refer to all carriers or part of carriers associated with the logical channel.
作为另一种实施方式,第一方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,相当于,将第二载波从第一逻辑信道移到第二逻辑信道。第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道可以是剩余的激活的逻辑信道的两个。在这种方式下,指示信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID、第二载波的ID以及第二逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系。例如,第一逻辑信道与多个载波之间具有关联关系,且多个载波的信道质量都较好,而与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能都不是很好,那么网络设备可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,从而为第二逻辑信道关联信道质量较好的载波,以提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。其中,如果第一信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道,而如果第一信令用于指示去激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在去激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。As another implementation manner, the first manner may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to the second carrier Move from the first logical channel to the second logical channel. The first logical channel and the second logical channel may be two of the remaining activated logical channels. In this manner, the indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier , And establish an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel. For example, the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers are all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, so as to associate the carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve the The transmission quality of the data packets copied by the PDCP layer. Wherein, if the first signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel, and if the first signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以解除第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,以及建立多个载波的每个载波与一 个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,或者可以解除多个逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系,以及建立解除关联关系的载波与一个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established. The association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between multiple logical channels and the corresponding carrier, and the association relationship between the carrier and the one or more logical channels that establish the disassociation relationship, etc. Wait.
作为再一种实施方式,第一方式也可以是建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与该无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,第一逻辑信道为剩余的激活的逻辑信道的一个。也就是,第三载波之前未与该无线承载的任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,而网络设备可以通过指示信息指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,与第一逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能不是很好,而第三载波的信道质量较好,则网络设备可以指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,从而提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。其中,如果第一信令用于指示激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道,而如果第一信令用于指示去激活无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,那么所述的剩余的激活的逻辑信道,就可以是在去激活这一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。As yet another embodiment, the first method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is in a state where no association relationship is established with all logical channels of the radio bearer For the carrier in the activated state, the first logical channel is one of the remaining activated logical channels. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, and the network device may indicate the association relationship between the third carrier and the first logical channel through the indication information. For example, the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving The transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Wherein, if the first signaling is used to indicate activation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining activated logic after activating the one or more logical channels Channel, and if the first signaling is used to indicate the deactivation of one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the remaining activated logical channels may be the remaining ones after deactivating the one or more logical channels Active logical channel.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以建立第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,多个载波都是未与该无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can also be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established, and multiple carriers are not connected to the radio bearer. All the logical channels of the associated carriers are in the active state, and so on.
还有一种实施方式,第一方式可以是建立第一逻辑信道和第四载波之间的关联关系的方式,第四载波是指示信息所指示的载波,第一逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。例如,网络设备通过第一信令指示激活第一逻辑信道,那么网络设备可以通过指示信息指示需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波,需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波可能是一个或多个,例如指示信息中可以包括这些载波的ID,从而终端设备接收第一信令后,就可以确定激活第一逻辑信道,以及将指示信息所包括的载波的ID对应的载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,第四载波是需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波的任意一个。需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波,可以包括当前与其他激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波、以及包括未与任何逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波的至少一种,那么,如果需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波包括当前与其他激活的逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波,则终端设备接收第一信令后,需要解除这些载波与之前建立了关联关系的逻辑信道的关联关系,再将这些载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,而如果需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波包括未与任何逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波,则终端设备接收第一信令后,直接建立这些载波与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系即可。There is another implementation manner. The first manner may be a manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the fourth carrier, the fourth carrier is the carrier indicated by the indication information, and the first logical channel is the activated logical channel one of. For example, if the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel through the first signaling, the network device may indicate the carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel through the indication information. The carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel may be a Or more, for example, the indication information may include the IDs of these carriers, so that after receiving the first signaling, the terminal device may determine to activate the first logical channel, and associate the carrier corresponding to the ID of the carrier included in the indication information with the first Logical channels establish associations. The fourth carrier is any carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel. The carrier that needs to be associated with the first logical channel may include at least one carrier that currently has an associated relationship with other activated logical channels and a carrier that does not have an associated relationship with any logical channel. The carrier that establishes the association relationship of a logical channel includes the carrier that currently has an association relationship with other activated logical channels. After receiving the first signaling, the terminal device needs to release the association relationship between these carriers and the previously established logical channel, and then Associate these carriers with the first logical channel, and if the carriers that need to be associated with the first logical channel include carriers that are not associated with any logical channel, the terminal device directly establishes these after receiving the first signaling The association relationship between the carrier and the first logical channel is sufficient.
如上介绍了第一方式的多种实现形式,至于第一方式究竟采用哪一种,可以通过协议规定,或者由网络设备事先配置。As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the first mode are introduced. As to which one is adopted in the first mode, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by a network device in advance.
举例来讲,如果一个无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,之后网络设备又指示激活第三逻辑信道,则该无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示激活第三逻辑信道。那么,网络设备可以在第一信令中携带第一逻辑信道对应的bitmap、第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap和第三逻辑信道对应的bitmap,以指示这三个逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,从而终端设备可以根据3个bitmap将载波与相应的逻辑信道进行关联。当然,如果第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道中有逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系未发生改变,那么网络设备也可以不在第一信令中携 带该未发生改变的逻辑信道的bitmap,从而节省信令开销,也减少终端设备对第一信令进行处理的步骤。For example, if the logical channel of a radio bearer used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer is originally a first logical channel and a second logical channel, and then the network device instructs to activate the third logical channel, the wireless bearer The logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel. For example, the network device activates the third logical channel through the first signaling instruction. Then, the network device may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and the bitmap corresponding to the third logical channel in the first signaling to indicate the association between the three logical channels and the carrier , So that the terminal device can associate the carrier with the corresponding logical channel according to the 3 bitmaps. Of course, if there is no change in the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier in the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the network device may not carry the bitmap of the logical channel that has not changed in the first signaling, thereby The signaling overhead is saved, and the step of processing the first signaling by the terminal device is also reduced.
或者,如果一个无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,之后网络设备又指示激活第三逻辑信道,则该无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示激活第三逻辑信道,第一信令包括的指示信息可以指示按照第一方式设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,那么终端设备也可以按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,这里的第一方式例如包括如前介绍的子方式1、子方式2、子方式3、子方式4、子方式5或子方式6中的至少一种。Or, if the logical channel of a radio bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer is originally a first logical channel and a second logical channel, and then the network device instructs to activate the third logical channel, the wireless bearer uses The logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel. For example, the network device activates the third logical channel through the first signaling instruction. The included indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, then the terminal device may also set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first mode, where the first The mode includes, for example, at least one of sub-mode 1, sub-mode 2, sub-mode 3, sub-mode 4, sub-mode 5, or sub-mode 6 as described above.
或者,如果一个无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道原本为第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,之后网络设备又指示激活第一逻辑信道,则该无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道变为第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道。例如网络设备是通过第一信令指示激活第一逻辑信道,第一信令包括的指示信息可以包括一个载波的ID或多个载波的ID,指示信息所包括的载波的ID对应的载波就是需要与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系的载波,那么终端设备接收第一信令后,可以建立这些载波与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系。Or, if the logical channel of a radio bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer is originally a second logical channel and a third logical channel, and then the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel again, the radio bearer uses The logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer becomes the first logical channel, the second logical channel, and the third logical channel. For example, the network device uses the first signaling instruction to activate the first logical channel. The indication information included in the first signaling may include the ID of one carrier or the IDs of multiple carriers. The carrier corresponding to the ID of the carrier included in the indication information is required. Carriers that establish an association relationship with the first logical channel, then after receiving the first signaling, the terminal device may establish an association relationship between these carriers and the first logical channel.
本申请实施例中,无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,而指示信息可以指示按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与至少一个载波之间的关联关系,至少一个载波包括去激活的载波在去激活之前所关联的载波,也就是说,对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况,如果有逻辑信道被去激活,那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。而且第一方式可以有多种,较为灵活。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels, and the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner, at least One carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated carrier before deactivation, that is to say, for the case that the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, then The embodiment of the present application provides a method for allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels. And the first method can be various, more flexible.
在图7所示的实施例中,无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,而还有可能,无线承载会继续通过两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。在无线承载通过两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况下,如果按照现有技术,则无线承载具体跟哪两个逻辑信道对应,都是事先配置好的,在配置后一般不能发生变化,那么无论配置的逻辑信道的传输质量较好还是较差,都还是需要继续通过事先配置的逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。这样的方式很可能导致在PDCP层的被复制的数据包的传输质量较差。鉴于此,本申请实施例提供第二种配置逻辑信道的方法,在这种方法中,可以灵活改变与无线承载对应的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道,从而提高在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量。In the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through at least three logical channels, and it is also possible that the wireless bearer will continue to transmit the data copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels. package. In the case where the radio bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels, if according to the prior art, the two logical channels corresponding to the radio bearer are configured in advance, and are generally configured after the configuration No change can be made, so no matter whether the transmission quality of the configured logical channel is better or worse, it is still necessary to continue to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through the previously configured logical channel. Such a method is likely to result in poor transmission quality of the copied data packet at the PDCP layer. In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a second method for configuring a logical channel. In this method, the logical channel corresponding to the radio bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, thereby improving the PDCP The transmission quality of the data packets copied by the layer.
请参见图8,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图5或图6所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第三通信装置和第四通信装置,其中,第三通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第三通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。对于第四通信装置也是同样,第四通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第四通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。且对于第三通信装置和第四通信装置的实现方式均不做限制,例如第三通信装置可以是网络设备,第四通信装置 是终端设备,或者第三通信装置和第四通信装置都是网络设备,或者第三通信装置和第四通信装置都是终端设备,或者第三通信装置是网络设备,第四通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。其中,网络设备例如为基站。Please refer to Fig. 8 for a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example. In addition, the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a third communication device and a fourth communication device, where the third communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method The communication device or the third communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the function required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the fourth communication device. The fourth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to implement the functions required by the method, or the fourth communication device may be a terminal device or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. Of course, the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. Moreover, there are no restrictions on the implementation manners of the third communication device and the fourth communication device, for example, the third communication device may be a network device, the fourth communication device is a terminal device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both networks The device, or the third communication device and the fourth communication device are both terminal devices, or the third communication device is a network device, and the fourth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on. The network device is, for example, a base station.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第三通信装置是网络设备、第四通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者,如果将本实施例应用在图6所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中,主要以将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the third communication device is a network device and the fourth communication device is a terminal device as an example. If this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5. Terminal equipment in the network architecture shown. Or, if this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. The terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6. In the following introduction, the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
S81、网络设备确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;S81. The network device determines to configure at least three logical channels for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
S82、网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;S82. The network device sends first indication information to the terminal device. The terminal device receives the first indication information from the network device. The first indication information is used to indicate that the wireless bearer passes the at least three logical channels. The first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted, wherein the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, respectively;
S83、终端设备根据所述第一指示信息确定所述无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。S83. The terminal device determines that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, where the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied Divided into two, respectively transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能配置至少三个逻辑信道,在一个时刻,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息指示通过其中的两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,那么第一指示信息可以是网络设备最初用于选择用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道的信息,也就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道是网络设备在配置至少三个逻辑信道后最初选择的逻辑信道,或者第一指示信息也可以是网络设备后续变更逻辑信道的信息,也就是,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道是网络设备在最初选择逻辑信道之后又变更的逻辑信道,例如最初选择的逻辑信道可能是第一逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,之后通过第一指示信息变更为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道。可以看到,通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,可以灵活变更用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道,从而可以选择通信质量较好的逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,提高传输质量。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure at least three logical channels for the repetitive function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and at one moment, the network device may indicate that the two logical channels are transmitted on the PDCP layer through the first indication information The copied data packet, then the first indication information may be information that the network device originally used to select the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are network devices The logical channel initially selected after configuring at least three logical channels, or the first indication information may also be information that the network device subsequently changes the logical channel, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are the logic that the network device initially selects The logical channel that is changed after the channel, for example, the initially selected logical channel may be the first logical channel and the third logical channel, and then changed to the first logical channel and the second logical channel through the first indication information. It can be seen that, through the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, so that a logical channel with better communication quality can be selected to transmit the copy at the PDCP layer Data packets to improve transmission quality.
第一指示信息例如可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、RLC控制PDU或PDCP控制PDU等信令发送,或者也可以通过其他信令发送。The first indication information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
另外,网络设备在确定为该无线承载配置用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的至少三个逻辑信道之外,还可以向终端设备发送配置信息,该配置信息用于指示为该无线承载配置所述的至少三个逻辑信道,终端设备接收来自网络设备的该配置信息后,就可以确定为该无线承载配置了所述的至少三个逻辑信道。其中,配置信息和第一指示信息可以携带在一条信令中发送,例如该信令是用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令,也就是,该信令可以完成几个功能,一个是为该无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道,另一个是用于激活该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能,再一个是用于指示通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。或者,配置信息和第一指示信息也可以携带在不同的信令中发送,例如配置信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,而第一指示信息 携带在用于激活或去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中。其中,用于激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道是指,网络设备之前指示了去激活该逻辑信道,那么后续可以再次指示激活该逻辑信道,用于去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道是指,网络设备之前指示了激活该逻辑信道(例如可以是在激活重复传输功能时激活的,或者是在去激活之后又激活的),那么后续可以再次指示去激活该逻辑信道。In addition, the network device may send configuration information to the terminal device in addition to the at least three logical channels configured to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer for the radio bearer, and the configuration information is used to indicate the radio bearer After configuring the at least three logical channels, after receiving the configuration information from the network device, the terminal device can determine that the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer. Among them, the configuration information and the first indication information can be carried in a signaling, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling can complete several functions, one is for The radio bearer is configured with at least three logical channels, the other is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and the other is used to indicate that transmission through the first logical channel and the second logical channel is replicated at the PDCP layer data pack. Alternatively, the configuration information and the first indication information may also be carried in different signaling, for example, the configuration information is carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information is carried in the activation or deactivation. Activate signaling of a logical channel used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Wherein, a logical channel used to activate a data packet that is copied at the PDCP layer refers to that the network device previously instructed to deactivate the logical channel, then the logical channel can be instructed to be activated again for deactivation. A logical channel that transmits data packets copied at the PDCP layer means that the network device previously instructed to activate the logical channel (for example, it may be activated when the repeated transmission function is activated, or activated after deactivation), then Subsequent instructions can be made to deactivate the logical channel again.
配置信息例如可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、RLC控制PDU或PDCP控制PDU等信令发送,或者也可以通过其他信令发送。The configuration information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may be sent through other signaling.
另外,在无线承载通过两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况下,如果按照现有技术,则无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的每个逻辑信道具体与哪些载波具有关联关系,也是事先配置好的,在配置后一般不能发生变化,那么无论配置的载波的传输质量较好还是较差,都还是需要继续通过事先配置的载波来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。这样的方式也很可能导致在PDCP层被复制的数据包的传输质量较差。鉴于此,本申请实施例提出,与逻辑信道所关联的载波也可以灵活变化。In addition, in the case where the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels, if according to the prior art, each logical channel of the wireless bearer used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer is specific Which carriers are associated with it is also pre-configured and generally cannot change after configuration, so no matter whether the configured carrier has good or poor transmission quality, it still needs to continue to be transmitted through the pre-configured carrier at the PDCP layer. Copy the packet. This method is also likely to result in poor transmission quality of the data packets copied at the PDCP layer. In view of this, the embodiments of the present application propose that the carrier associated with the logical channel can also be flexibly changed.
例如,终端设备可以确定按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,这可以有不同的确定方式,其中,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之外的去激活的逻辑信道。例如,网络设备确定第二指示信息,第二指示信息用于指示终端设备按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,且网络设备向终端设备发送第二指示信息,终端设备接收第二指示信息后,就可以确定按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。例如,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道被去激活,第一逻辑信道是激活的逻辑信道,那么所述载波就包括第二逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。其中,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道,就包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道(也就是,第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,或第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道),取决于第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的激活状态。另外,至少三个逻辑信道中,除了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外的其他的逻辑信道都可以视为是去激活的逻辑信道,例如网络设备通过第一指示信息指示通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,也就可以视为是去激活了至少三个逻辑信道的除了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外的其他的逻辑信道。网络设备在配置至少三个逻辑信道时,也一并可以配置至少三个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道所关联的载波,那么,网络设备为除了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外的其他的逻辑信道所配置的相关联的载波,也就是这些逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。For example, the terminal device may determine to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, which may be determined in different ways, wherein the carrier Including a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel being a deactivated logical channel except the one or two activated logical channels among the at least three logical channels . For example, the network device determines second indication information, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, And the network device sends the second indication information to the terminal device, and after receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine to set one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel according to the first mode and the Association relationship between carriers. For example, if the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the second logical channel are deactivated and the first logical channel is the activated logical channel, then the carrier includes the carrier associated with the second logical channel before deactivation. Wherein, one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel include the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel (that is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel A logical channel and a second logical channel), depending on the activation states of the first logical channel and the second logical channel. In addition, among the at least three logical channels, all logical channels except the first logical channel and the second logical channel can be regarded as deactivated logical channels, for example, the network device indicates that the first logical channel The channel and the second logical channel transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, which can be regarded as a logical channel other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel in which at least three logical channels are deactivated. When the network device configures at least three logical channels, it can also configure the carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least three logical channels. Then, the network device is other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel. The associated carriers configured by the logical channels are the carriers associated with these logical channels before deactivation.
也就是说,通过第二指示信息可以灵活指示设置激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,为逻辑信道配置的载波不是一成不变的,网络设备可以灵活指示变更,从而可以视具体情况变更逻辑信道所关联的载波,有助于提高传输质量。That is to say, the second indication information can be used to flexibly indicate the association between the activated logical channel and the carrier. The carrier configured for the logical channel is not static, and the network device can flexibly indicate the change, so that it can be changed according to the specific situation. The carrier wave associated with the logical channel helps to improve the transmission quality.
或者,按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,这可以是协议规定的,例如协议中已经规定好了具体的第一方式,终端设备通过协议就可以确定,无需网络设备额外通知,有助于节省传输开销。Alternatively, the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first manner, which may be specified by a protocol, for example, a specific In one way, the terminal device can be determined through the protocol without additional notification from the network device, which helps to save transmission overhead.
第二指示信息例如可以通过RRC信令、MAC CE、DCI、RLC控制PDU或PDCP控 制PDU等信令发送,或者也可以通过其他信令发送。The second indication information may be sent through signaling such as RRC signaling, MAC CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, or may also be sent through other signaling.
网络设备在确定第二指示信息时,可能已经确定将要去激活第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道,例如携带了第二指示信息的信令还用于去激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,或者第一信令还用于激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,那么第二指示信息所指示的激活的逻辑信道或去激活的逻辑信道都可以是明确的,例如网络设备通过携带第二指示信息的信令还指示去激活该无线承载的第一逻辑信道,那么网络设备通过第二指示信息指示的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道就是第二逻辑信道,而去激活的逻辑信道就是第一逻辑信道。When determining the second indication information, the network device may have determined which logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel is to be deactivated, for example, signaling carrying the second indication information is also used to deactivate the first logical channel or The second logical channel, or the first signaling is also used to activate the first logical channel or the second logical channel, then the activated logical channel or the deactivated logical channel indicated by the second indication information may be explicit, such as the network The device also instructs to deactivate the first logical channel of the radio bearer through signaling carrying the second indication information, then one or two activated logical channels indicated by the network device through the second indication information is the second logical channel, and deactivates The logical channel is the first logical channel.
或者,网络设备在确定第二指示信息时,也可能尚未确定将要去激活第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道,例如,携带了第二指示信息的信令是网络设备为该无线承载配置PDCP层的重复功能的信令,也就是,网络设备发送携带了第二指示信息的信令后,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道都会被激活,此时并没有被去激活的逻辑信道。那么,第二指示信息所指示的激活的逻辑信道或去激活的逻辑信道可以是不明确的,只是泛指,是指,如果之后有被去激活的逻辑信道,那么被去激活的逻辑信道就可以作为去激活的逻辑信道,而除了被去激活的逻辑信道之外的剩余的激活的逻辑信道就可以作为激活的逻辑信道。Or, when the network device determines the second indication information, it may not yet determine which logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel is to be deactivated. For example, the signaling that carries the second indication information is that the network device is the wireless The signaling that carries the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, after the network device sends the signaling that carries the second indication information, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel will be activated, and there is no deactivated logic at this time. channel. Then, the activated logical channel or the deactivated logical channel indicated by the second indication information may be ambiguous, but it is generally referred to as, if there is a deactivated logical channel later, the deactivated logical channel is It can be used as the deactivated logical channel, and the remaining activated logical channels except the deactivated logical channel can be used as the activated logical channel.
其中,配置信息、第一指示信息和第二指示信息可以携带在一条信令中发送,例如该信令是用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令,也就是,该信令可以完成几个功能,第一个是为该无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道,第二个是用于激活该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能,第三个是用于指示通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,第四个是指示按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。或者,配置信息、第一指示信息和第二指示信息也可以携带在不同的信令中发送,其中,这三个信息可以分别携带在3个不同的信令中发送,或者这三个信息中的部分信息可以携带在一个信令中,这三个信息中剩余的信息可以携带在另一个信令中。例如配置信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,而第一指示信息和第二指示信息携带在用于激活或去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,或者,配置信息和第一指示信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,而第二指示信息携带在用于激活或去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,或者,配置信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,第一指示信息携带在用于激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,第二指示信息携带在用于去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,等等。The configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may be carried in one signaling and sent, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling may complete several Function, the first is to configure at least three logical channels for the radio bearer, the second is to repeat the PDCP layer of the radio bearer function, the third is used to indicate the first logical channel and the second logic The channel transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and the fourth is to indicate the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels and the carrier that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel in the first manner. Alternatively, the configuration information, the first indication information, and the second indication information may also be carried in different signalings, where the three pieces of information may be carried in three different signalings, or the three pieces of information, respectively. Part of the information can be carried in one signaling, and the remaining information in the three messages can be carried in another signaling. For example, the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information and the second indication information are carried in a logic used to activate or deactivate the data packet copied at the PDCP layer. In the signaling of the channel, or, the configuration information and the first indication information are carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the second indication information is carried in the PDCP layer for activation or deactivation for transmission. The signaling of a logical channel of the copied data packet, or the configuration information is carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information is carried in the signaling for activating the transmission for being replicated in the PDCP layer In signaling of a logical channel of a data packet, the second indication information is carried in signaling for deactivating a logical channel for transmitting a data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and so on.
在本申请实施例中,第一方式可以包括如下子方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合:In the embodiments of the present application, the first mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
子方式1、将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号(ID)的大小顺序,与一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-method 1. Associate the carrier with one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the carrier's identification number (ID), wherein one carrier of the carrier and the one or One logical channel of two activated logical channels establishes an association relationship; or,
子方式2、将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-method 2: Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two at a time A logical channel of an activated logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
子方式3、将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 3. Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
子方式4、当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 4. When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channel; or,
子方式5、将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 5. Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where one deactivated logical channel before deactivation All associated carriers are associated with an activated logical channel; or,
子方式6、将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 6. Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner; or,
子方式7、第二指示信息包括第一索引,第一方式为第一索引所对应的方式,第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。其中,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道对应至少两个索引,至少两个索引所对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系不同,第一索引属于至少两个索引。Sub-mode 7. The second indication information includes a first index. The first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index. The first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier. Wherein, the first logical channel and the second logical channel correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different, and the first index belongs to at least two indexes.
在子方式1下,可以将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,对应的ID最大的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,对应的ID最大的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,所述激活的逻辑信道为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,那么按照载波的ID从大到小的顺序对载波排序,应该是载波6>载波5>载波3,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是第二逻辑信道>第一逻辑信道,按照载波的ID的大小顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波5与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波6与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,也可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波5与第一逻辑信道1建立关联关系,以及将载波6与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将载波的ID最大的载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将载波的ID最小的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。In sub-mode 1, the carrier may be sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the size order of the carrier ID, or may be the carrier according to the size order of the carrier ID The sequence of the IDs of the logical channels is sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels, wherein the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the corresponding ID The largest carrier may also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID. For example, the carriers are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and the activated logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, then the carriers are sorted according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small, which should be Carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3, the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be the second logical channel>the first logical channel, according to the order of the carrier ID and the logical channel ID The order of the size is to sequentially associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels. Specifically, carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel, and carrier 5 may be associated with the second logical channel. Relationship between carrier 6 and the first logical channel, or carrier 3 can be associated with the second logical channel, carrier 5 can be associated with the first logical channel 1, and carrier 6 can be associated with the first logical channel Two logical channels establish an association relationship. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the largest carrier ID is associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID first, or the carrier with the smallest carrier ID is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID , No specific restrictions.
值得注意的是,与子方式1类似,另外一种可能的实现方式,可以包含以下步骤中的一个或者多个(例如可以包含以下步骤中的a和c,或者包含以下步骤中的b和c,或者包含以下步骤中的a、b和c):It is worth noting that, similar to sub-mode 1, another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
a、将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的载波依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的载波的ID分别为0,1,2,3等,或者分别为1,2,3等。a. Sort the carriers according to the size of the carrier ID, and assign new IDs to the sorted carriers starting from 0 or 1 again. For example, the IDs of the sorted carriers are 0, 1, 2, 3, etc. , Or 1, 2, 3, etc. respectively.
b、将所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道按照逻辑信道的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的逻辑信道依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的逻辑信道的ID分别为0,1等,或者分别为1,2等。b. Sort the one or two activated logical channels according to the size of the logical channel ID, and assign new IDs to the sorted logical channels in sequence starting from 0 or 1, such as the IDs of the sorted logical channels 0, 1, etc., or 1, 2, etc., respectively.
c、确定所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的映射关系。c. Determine the mapping relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels.
确定映射关系的方式除了子方式1中所描述的之外,还可能是下面的一种方式:The method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
模运算。具体的,确定所述一个或两个激活状态的逻辑信道的数目N(N为小于或等 于2的正整数),然后用载波新编的ID与N进行模运算,根据运算结果将载波关联到相应的逻辑信道。例如N为2,则,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为0,则将该载波与新的ID为0的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为1,则将该载波与新的ID为1的逻辑信道建立关联关系。Modular operation. Specifically, determine the number N of the one or two activated logical channels (N is a positive integer less than or equal to 2), and then perform a modular operation with the newly-programmed ID of the carrier and N, and associate the carrier to The corresponding logical channel. For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
划分子集。如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数目为2,则按照载波的ID奇偶(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID)将所述载波分成两个子集,将这两个子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或者,将按照载波的ID的大小排好顺序的载波(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID),从中间分成前后两个子集,例如称为第一子集和第二子集,其中,第一子集是指切分点前的ID的集合,第二子集是指切分点后的ID的集合,切分点这个ID例如为所述载波的ID中的取值居中的ID。将第一子集和第二子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目可能相等(所述载波的总数为偶数),或者第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目也可能不相等(所述载波的总数为奇数)。Divide the subset. If the number of the activated logical channels is 2, the carrier is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels The channel establishes an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle The first and second subsets are called the first subset and the second subset, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point, The ID of the split point is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carriers. The first subset and the second subset are associated with two logical channels, where one subset is associated with one logical channel, and the number of carriers included in the first subset and the second subset may be equal (all The total number of the carriers is an even number), or the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may not be equal (the total number of the carriers is an odd number).
在子方式2下,可以将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,信道质量最好的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,信道质量最差的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,所述载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,其中,载波3的信道质量优于载波6的信道质量,载波6的信道质量又优于载波5的信道质量,所述激活的逻辑信道为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是第二逻辑信道>第一逻辑信道。那么按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波6与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波5与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波6与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波5与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将信道质量最好载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将信道质量最差的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。如果有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较好,还有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较差,可能无法起到较好地传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包作用,那么本申请实施例提出按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序依次与逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以使得各个逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量相差不太多,各个逻辑信道的传输质量较为均衡,以较好地完成传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的功能。其中,所述载波的信道质量可以是由网络设备测量得到的,网络设备测量得到所述载波的信道质量后,可以将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,例如网络设备可以通过携带第二指示信息的信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,或者网络设备也可以通过其他信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备。另外载波的信道质量也可以由终端设备或者网络设备根据某一载波上数据传输的成功率(例如收到/发送的肯定应答(ACK)的比例)确定出来。In sub-mode 2, the carrier may be sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, which may be the preference of the carrier according to the channel quality of the carrier Inferior order, according to the order of the ID of the logical channel, establish an association with the one or two activated logical channels in sequence, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can establish an association with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or The carrier with the worst channel quality can also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID. For example, the carriers are Carrier 3, Carrier 5 and Carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of Carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of Carrier 6, and the channel quality of Carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of Carrier 5, the activated logic The channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels from large to small, which should be second logical channel>first logical channel. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel Relationship, the carrier 6 is associated with the second logical channel, and the carrier 5 is associated with the first logical channel, or the carrier 3 can be associated with the second logical channel, and the carrier 6 can be associated with the first logical channel Establish an association relationship, and establish an association relationship between the carrier 5 and the second logical channel. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions. If some logical channel-related carriers have good channel quality, and others have poor channel quality, they may not be able to transmit data packets replicated at the PDCP layer. The example proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete the transmission better The function of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer. Wherein, the channel quality of the carrier may be measured by a network device, and after measuring the channel quality of the carrier, the network device may send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, for example, the network device may carry the second The signaling of the indication information sends the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling. In addition, the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
在子方式3下,可以将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是说,所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量如果只有一个,那么就可以将所述载波的每个载波都与这一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量如果是2,那么可以将所述载波的每个载波都与这两个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。如果所述激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,也就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,那么究竟选择哪个激活的逻辑信道,本申请实施例不做限制。例如对于一个无线承载来说,一般会有一个主逻辑信道,其余的逻辑信道均为辅逻辑信道,那么可以选择将所述载波与主逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,为一个无线承载共配置了第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,第一逻辑信道为主逻辑信道,通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,这两个数据包就是在PDCP层被复制的数据包,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,例如第三逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,那么可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。当然也可以选择将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的除了主逻辑信道之外的其他的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,继续沿用上例,可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。因此可以认为,是可以将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的任意一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,如果将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在第二指示信息中指示给终端设备,例如可以在第二指示信息中包括主逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以通过协议规定,无需网络设备额外指示。而如果将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的任意一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,例如是将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的随机选择的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在第二指示信息中指示给终端设备,例如可以在第二指示信息中携带需建立关联关系的逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将所述载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。In submode 3, the carrier may be associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels, that is, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is only One, then each carrier of the carrier can be associated with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of one or two activated logical channels is 2, then each carrier of the carrier can be Each carrier is associated with one of the two activated logical channels. If the number of the activated logical channels is 2, that is, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally one primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels. Then, the carrier may be selected to establish an association relationship with the primary logical channel. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel. The first logical channel is the main logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted through the PDCP layer. The data packet, for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively. These two data packets are the data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the first Both a logical channel and a second logical channel are active logical channels. For example, the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, then carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel. Of course, you can also choose to associate the carrier with the activated logical channels of the one or two activated logical channels other than the main logical channel, and continue to use the above example. You can use carrier 3 and the second logic The channel establishes an association relationship. Therefore, it can be considered that the carrier can be associated with any one of the one or two activated logical channels. Wherein, if the carrier is associated with the main logical channel of the activated logical channel, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information, for example, the second indication information may include the main logical channel’s ID, so that the terminal device can determine to associate the carrier with the main logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels, or can also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device. If the carrier is associated with any one of the one or two activated logical channels, for example, a randomly selected one of the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels The logical channel establishes an association relationship, then the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information. For example, the second indication information may carry the ID of the logical channel to be established, so that the terminal device can determine the carrier to The logical channel establishes an association relationship.
在子方式4下,当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,可以将所述载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2时,所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不做改变,也就是对于所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道来说,保持原有的与载波之间的关联关系。例如,为一个无线承载共配置了第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,第一逻辑信道为主逻辑信道,通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,第三逻辑信道与载波4具有关联关系,如果第二逻辑信道被去激活,那么所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量就是1,则第二逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波2和载波3,以及第三逻辑信道在去激活之前所关联的载波4,都可以与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,如果第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,那么所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量是2,则第一逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不变,第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系也不变,第一逻辑信道依然只是与载波1关联,第二逻辑信道依然只是与载波2和载波3关联。这样做是为了简化实 现方式,例如,所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,则如何为所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道分配相关联的载波,需要有一定的规则,可能涉及到修改协议,因此在子方式4下,如果所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,则可以不改变所述的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,这样也无需修改协议,如果所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1,则直接将所述载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系即可,较为简单。In sub-mode 4, when the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier may be associated with the activated logical channel, and when the one or two activated logical channels When the number is 2, the association relationship between the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier does not change, that is, for the one or two activated logical channels, the original Relationship. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel. The first logical channel is the main logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted through the PDCP layer. The data packet, for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both activated logical channels, The first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 4. If the second logical channel is deactivated, then the one Or the number of two activated logical channels is 1, then the carrier 2 and carrier 3 associated with the second logical channel before deactivation and the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be the same as the first The logical channel establishes an association relationship, or, if the first logical channel or the second logical channel are both activated logical channels, then the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, then the first logical channel and the carrier The association relationship between the two is unchanged, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is also unchanged. The first logical channel is still only associated with carrier 1, and the second logical channel is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3. This is done to simplify the implementation. For example, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, how to allocate associated carriers to the one or two activated logical channels requires certain rules. It may involve modifying the protocol, so in sub-mode 4, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, the association between the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier may not be changed In this way, there is no need to modify the protocol. If the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier with this activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
在子方式5下,将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,按照激活的逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,ID最大的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,ID最小的去激活的逻辑信道对应的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系。这里的去激活的逻辑信道,可以包括至少三个逻辑信道的除了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道之外的其他的逻辑信道,以及,如果第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道被去激活,则去激活的逻辑信道还可以包括第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道中被去激活的逻辑信道。例如,为一个无线承载共配置了第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道、第三逻辑信道和第四逻辑信道,通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,第三逻辑信道与载波4具有关联关系,第四逻辑信道与载波5和载波6具有关联关系。按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道排序,应该是第二逻辑信道>第一逻辑信道,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对所述去激活的逻辑信道排序,应该是第四逻辑信道>第三逻辑信道。那么按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将与第三逻辑信道在去激活之前关联的载波4与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,将与第四逻辑信道在去激活之前关联的载波5和载波6与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,可以将与第三逻辑信道在去激活之前关联的载波4与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,将与第四逻辑信道在去激活之前关联的载波5和载波6与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。这种方式相较于将载波依次关联的子方式1、2来说,实现更为简单。In sub-mode 5, the carrier is sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels. The carrier may be correlated according to the corresponding The order of the IDs of the deactivated logical channels is, in accordance with the order of the IDs of the activated logical channels, to establish an association with the one or two activated logical channels in sequence, where the deactivated logical channel with the largest ID corresponds to The carrier of may be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier corresponding to the deactivated logical channel with the smallest ID may be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID. The deactivated logical channel here may include at least three logical channels other than the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and if the first logical channel or the second logical channel is deactivated, Then, the deactivated logical channel may further include the deactivated logical channel in the first logical channel and the second logical channel. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, a third logical channel and a fourth logical channel, and the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, for example , The data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer, respectively transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both activated logical channels, wherein the first logical The channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, the third logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 4, and the fourth logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 5 and carrier 6. Sort the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, which should be the second logical channel> the first logical channel, and sort the logical channels according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small The order of the deactivated logical channels should be fourth logical channel>third logical channel. Then, according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels, the carriers are sequentially associated with the one or two activated logical channels. Specifically, the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be associated with the first An association relationship is established between a logical channel, and the carrier 5 and carrier 6 associated with the fourth logical channel before deactivation are associated with the second logical channel, or the carrier 4 associated with the third logical channel before deactivation can be established An association relationship is established with the second logical channel, and the carrier 5 and carrier 6 associated with the fourth logical channel before deactivation are associated with the first logical channel. This method is simpler to implement than sub-methods 1 and 2 that sequentially associate carriers.
在子方式6下,可以将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是,完全随机建立所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系,这种实现方式较为简单,无需过多的规则。其中,所述载波的每个载波究竟与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道建立关联关系,网络设备可以在第二指示信息中指示给终端设备,终端设备可以确定将所述载波的每个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的相应的逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 6, each carrier of the carrier may be associated with one of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner, that is, the carrier and the one are completely randomly established Or the association relationship between two activated logical channels, this implementation is relatively simple, without too many rules. Wherein each logical carrier of the carrier is associated with which one of the one or two activated logical channels, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the second indication information, and the terminal device may determine to transfer the Each carrier of the carrier is associated with the corresponding logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels.
在子方式7下,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道可以对应至少两个索引,至少两个索引所对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系不同。例如至少两个索引中包括索引1和索引2,索引1对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,而索引2对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波3具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2具有关联 关系,可以看到,不同的索引所对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系是不同的。那么,终端设备根据第一索引就可以确定第一逻辑信道关联的载波,以及确定第二逻辑信道所关联的载波,如果第二指示信息包括了相应的索引,终端设备自然就知道应该如何设置第一逻辑信道所关联的载波以及第二逻辑信道所关联的载波。例如,在无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能被激活时,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,而后续网络设备通过第二指示信息包括了第一索引,第一索引对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,则终端设备就还可以将载波2与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 7, the first logical channel and the second logical channel may correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different. For example, at least two indexes include index 1 and index 2. The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to index 1 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 have Association relationship, and the association relationship between the logical channel and carrier corresponding to index 2 is that the first logical channel has association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel has association relationship with carrier 2, as can be seen, different indexes The corresponding relationship between the corresponding logical channel and the carrier is different. Then, the terminal device can determine the carrier associated with the first logical channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel according to the first index. If the second indication information includes the corresponding index, the terminal device naturally knows how to set the The carrier associated with a logical channel and the carrier associated with a second logical channel. For example, when the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, and subsequent network devices include the first through the second indication information. Index, the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, then the terminal device can also Carrier 2 establishes an association relationship with the first logical channel.
当然,第一方式除了可以包括如上的子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系的方式,本申请实施例不做限制。Of course, in addition to at least one of the above sub-modes, the first mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
第一方式可以是协议中规定好的,那么,如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量大于1,则还可以配合网络设备的信令来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种或哪几种子方式。例如,通过网络设备发送第二指示信息的方式向终端设备指示按照第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,则,网络设备在第二指示信息中无需携带具体的第一方式的信息,而可以只携带第一方式的标识信息,第一方式的标识信息就可以作为指示信息,例如第一方式的标识信息为第一方式的ID。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在第二指示信息中携带子方式2的ID,从而通过第二指示信息可以指示按照第一方式设置所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收第二指示信息后,根据子方式2的ID就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。这种方式有助于减小信令开销。而如果协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量等于1,也就是协议中规定的第一方式就是一种子方式,那么也可以无需配合网络设备的信令来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种子方式,终端设备根据协议就可以确定第一方式究竟是何种方式,在这种情况下,网络设备无需向终端设备发送第二指示信息,例如,携带第二指示信息的信令是用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能,或者用于激活或去激活该无线承载的一个或两个逻辑信道,那么携带第二指示信息的信令只需完成原本的任务即可,无需再携带第二指示信息,有助于节省信令开销。当然,即使协议中规定的第一方式包括的如上的子方式的数量大于1,那么也可能是规定终端设备采用这多种子方式来设置所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,在这种情况下,网络设备也可以无需向终端设备发送第二指示信息,具体的不做限制。The first method may be specified in the protocol. Then, if the number of sub-modes included in the first method specified in the protocol is greater than 1, you can also use the signaling of the network device to indicate to the terminal device which one to use. Or which sub-methods. For example, if the network device sends the second indication information to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode, the network device need not carry specific information in the second indication information. The first mode information may only carry the identification information of the first mode, and the identification information of the first mode may be used as the indication information. For example, the identification information of the first mode is the ID of the first mode. For example, the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2, the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the second indication information, so that the second indication information may indicate that the one or two activated logics are set according to the first mode The association relationship between the channel and the carrier. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine, according to the ID of sub-mode 2, that one or two activated logical channels and the carrier are set according to sub-mode 2. Relationship. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead. However, if the number of sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is equal to 1, that is, the first mode specified in the protocol is a sub-mode, then it is possible to indicate to the terminal device without the need for signaling with the network device Which sub-mode is used, the terminal device can determine which mode is the first mode according to the protocol, in this case, the network device does not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, for example, signaling carrying the second indication information Is to configure the repeat function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or to activate or deactivate one or two logical channels of the radio bearer, then the signaling carrying the second indication information only needs to complete the original task, There is no need to carry second indication information, which helps to save signaling overhead. Of course, even if the number of sub-modes included in the first mode specified in the protocol is greater than 1, it may be specified that the terminal device uses these multiple sub-modes to set the one or two activated logical channels and the carrier In this case, the network device may not need to send the second indication information to the terminal device, and there is no restriction.
或者,第一方式也可以不通过协议规定,那么网络设备也可以在第二指示信息中携带具体的第一方式的信息。例如第一方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在第二指示信息中携带子方式2的信息,从而通过第二指示信息可以指示按照第一方式设置所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收第二指示信息后,根据子方式2的信息就可以确定根据子方式2来设置所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系,以及明确子方式2究竟是何种方式。这种方式可以使得终端设备获得较为明确的信息。Alternatively, the first mode may not be specified by the protocol, then the network device may also carry the specific first mode information in the second indication information. For example, the first mode includes the above sub-mode 2, the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the second indication information, so that the second indication information may indicate that the one or two activated logics are set according to the first mode The association relationship between the channel and the carrier. After receiving the second indication information, the terminal device can determine, according to the information of sub-mode 2, that one or two activated logical channels and the carrier are set according to sub-mode 2. The relationship between them, and what kind of sub-method 2 is exactly. In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种,这种实现形式之外,还可以有其他的实现形式。或者也可以理解为,第一方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的方式。The first mode may include at least one of the foregoing several sub-modes, and other implementation forms. Or it can be understood that the first mode may include other modes in addition to at least one of the above-mentioned sub-modes.
作为第一方式的一种实施方式,第二指示信息还可以携带对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap(也就是,携带对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,或对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap),第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。其中,一个bitmap可以对应一个逻辑信道的ID,例如这种对应关系也可以携带在第二指示信息中,从而使得终端设备可以明确bitmap与逻辑信道之间的对应关系。在这种情况下,第一方式可以是根据第二指示信息包括的bitmap设置所述载波和所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者说,第一方式是根据bitmap设置所述载波和所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。As an implementation manner of the first manner, the second indication information may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel (that is, carry a bitmap or corresponding to the first logical channel Bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, or bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel), the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the second The bitmap of the logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. Among them, a bitmap may correspond to an ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the second indication information, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel. In this case, the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to the bitmap included in the second indication information, or the first method is based on bitmap sets the manner of the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels.
例如,携带第二指示信息的信令为用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能的信令。例如,在配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能时,可以通过该信令携带第二指示信息,也就是该无线承载的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap,使得终端设备明确第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道分别究竟与哪些载波具有关联关系。For example, the signaling carrying the second indication information is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer. For example, when configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, the signaling may be used to carry second indication information, that is, a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the radio bearer, It makes the terminal equipment know exactly which carriers the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively have an associated relationship with.
或者,携带第二指示信息的信令例如为用于激活或去激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道的信令。Alternatively, the signaling carrying the second indication information is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel.
例如,携带第二指示信息的信令用于指示去激活第一逻辑信道,则第二指示信息可以携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap。或者例如,携带第二指示信息的信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,则第二指示信息可以携带第一逻辑信道对应的bitmap和/或第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap。具体的,如果携带第二指示信息的信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,那么,第二指示信息可以携带第一逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系可能发生变化,也可能不发生变化,如果第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化,则第二指示信息可以携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而如果第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化,则第二指示信息可以携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,使得指示更为明确,或者也可以不携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,从而减小信令开销。For example, the signaling carrying the second indication information is used to indicate the deactivation of the first logical channel, then the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. Or for example, the signaling carrying the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the first logical channel, then the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. Specifically, if the signaling carrying the second indication information is used to indicate the activation of the first logical channel, then the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier may be It may or may not change. If the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier changes, the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and if the second logical channel and the carrier Does not change, the second indication information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel to make the indication clearer, or may not carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
或者,如果之前的信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,则第二指示信息也可以用于指示恢复第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,所谓的原有的关联关系,也就是第一逻辑信道在被去激活之前,第一逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。鉴于只是通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,第二指示信息也可以视为是指示恢复第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,以及恢复第二逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系。在这种方式下,第二指示信息可以无需包括bitmap。Or, if the previous signaling is used to indicate the activation of the first logical channel, the second indication information may also be used to indicate the restoration of the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the so-called original association relationship, That is, before the first logical channel is deactivated, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. Since only the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the second indication information can also be regarded as an indication to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and restore The original association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. In this manner, the second indication information may not include bitmap.
例如,为一个无线承载共配置了第一逻辑信道、第二逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,第三逻辑信道与载波4具有关联关系,在通过第一指示信息指示通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包之后,第一逻辑信道被指示去激活,在第一逻辑信道被去激活之后,例如将载波1与第二逻辑信道建立了关联关系。之后,网络设备通过携带第二指示信息的信令指示激活第一逻辑信道,那么第二指示信息可以指示恢复第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,终端设备接收第二指示信息后,可以将载波1重新与第一逻辑 信道建立关联关系,则关联关系恢复为,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系。例如第二指示信息可以占用1个比特(bit),如果这1比特的取值为“1”,就表明恢复原有的关联关系,如果这1比特的取值为“0”,就表明不恢复原有的关联关系。在逻辑信道被去激活又被激活之后,通过简单的第二指示信息就能恢复原有的关联关系,无需设置过多的规则,实现较为简单。For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel, a second logical channel, and a third logical channel, and the data packets copied at the PDCP layer are transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel. For example, the radio bearer The data packet is copied into two at the PDCP layer and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively, where the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and the second logical channel has association relationships with carrier 2 and carrier 3, The third logical channel has an association relationship with the carrier 4. After indicating that the data packet copied at the PDCP layer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel through the first indication information, the first logical channel is instructed to deactivate. After a logical channel is deactivated, for example, carrier 1 is associated with the second logical channel. After that, the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel through signaling carrying the second indication information, then the second indication information may indicate to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the terminal device receives the second indication information After that, the association relationship between carrier 1 and the first logical channel may be established again, and the association relationship is restored to that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, and the second logical channel has association relationships with carrier 2 and carrier 3. For example, the second indication information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this 1 bit is "1", it means that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this 1 bit is "0", it means no. Restore the original association. After the logical channel is deactivated and activated again, the original association relationship can be restored through a simple second indication information, without setting too many rules, and the implementation is relatively simple.
如上所介绍的第二指示信息通过包括bitmap的方式来指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,指示方式较为明确简单,便于终端设备根据指示信息进行设置。另外在如上介绍的方式中,是第二指示信息包括bitmap,还有一种情况,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第三指示信息,携带第三指示信息的信令可以用于指示激活或去激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,第三指示信息还可以携带对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。在这种情况下,第一方式可以是根据其他的信令携带的bitmap设置所述载波和所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者理解为,第一方式是根据bitmap设置所述载波和所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。在这种情况下,网络设备不通过第二指示信息向终端设备发送bitmap,而是通过额外的第三指示信息向终端设备发送bitmap,使得第二指示信息和bitmap能够相对独立。如果通过第三指示信息包括bitmap,则bitmap的实现方式等,均可参考前文中对于第二指示信息包括bitmap的介绍。究竟是通过第二指示信息还是第三指示信息包括bitmap,取决于网络设备的具体实现方式,或者也可以通过协议规定,具体的不做限制。The second indication information described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by including a bitmap. The indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information. In addition, in the manner described above, the second indication information includes a bitmap. In another case, the network device may also send third indication information to the terminal device. The signaling carrying the third indication information may be used to indicate activation or deactivation. The first logical channel or the second logical channel. The third indication information may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the first logical channel The association relationship with the carrier, the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. In this case, the first method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to a bitmap carried by other signaling, or it is understood that the first method is A manner of setting the association relationship between the carrier and the one or two activated logical channels according to a bitmap. In this case, the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the second indication information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through the additional third indication information, so that the second indication information and the bitmap can be relatively independent. If the third indication information includes a bitmap, the implementation of the bitmap, etc., can refer to the previous introduction to the second indication information including the bitmap. Whether the bitmap is included in the second indication information or the third indication information depends on the specific implementation of the network device, or it can also be stipulated in the protocol without specific restrictions.
其中,配置信息、第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息可以携带在一条信令中发送,例如该信令是用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令,也就是,该信令可以完成几个功能,第一个是为该无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道,第二个是用于激活该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能,第三个是用于指示通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,第四个是指示按照第一方式设置第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系。或者,配置信息、第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息也可以携带在不同的信令中发送,其中,这四个信息可以分别携带在4个不同的信令中发送,或者这四个信息中的部分信息可以携带在一个信令中,这四个信息中剩余的信息可以携带在另一个信令中。例如配置信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,而第一指示信息、第二指示信息和第三指示信息携带在用于激活或去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,或者,配置信息和第一指示信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,而第二指示信息和第三指示信息携带在用于激活或去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,或者,配置信息携带在用于激活PDCP层的重复功能的信令中,第一指示信息和第二指示信息携带在用于激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,第三指示信息携带在用于去激活用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的一个逻辑信道的信令中,等等。The configuration information, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information may be carried in one signaling, for example, the signaling is used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, that is, the signaling Several functions can be completed, the first is to configure at least three logical channels for the radio bearer, the second is to repeat the function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and the third is to indicate that the first logic is passed The channel and the second logical channel transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and the fourth is to indicate the association between one or two activated logical channels and the carrier that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel in the first manner relationship. Alternatively, the configuration information, the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information may also be carried in different signalings, where the four pieces of information may be carried in four different signalings, respectively, or Part of the four pieces of information can be carried in one signaling, and the remaining information in the four pieces of information can be carried in another signaling. For example, the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the first indication information, the second indication information, and the third indication information are carried in the activation or deactivation for transmission copied at the PDCP layer. The signaling of one logical channel of the data packet, or, the configuration information and the first indication information are carried in the signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer, and the second indication information and the third indication information are carried in the activation Or deactivate the signaling used to transmit a logical channel of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, or the configuration information is carried in the signaling used to activate the repeat function of the PDCP layer, the first indication information and the second indication The information is carried in the signaling for activating a logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer, and the third indication information is carried in the logic for deactivating the logical channel for transmitting the data packet copied at the PDCP layer Channel signaling, etc.
另外,除了以上所介绍的第一方式的实现形式之外,第一方式还可以有其他的实现形式。或者说,除了以上所介绍的方式之外,第一方式还可以包括以下的几种实施方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合。In addition, in addition to the implementation form of the first manner described above, the first manner may have other implementation forms. In other words, in addition to the modes described above, the first mode may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
作为一种实施方式,第一方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,第一逻辑信道可以是激活的逻辑信道。在这种方式下,第二指示信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID以及第一载波的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。例如,对于第一逻辑信道来说,与多个载波之间具有关联关系,而第一载波的信道质量较差,对于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包来说第一载波的作用不大,因此网络设备可以通过第二指示信息指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。As an implementation manner, the first manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be an activated logical channel. In this manner, the second indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. For example, for the first logical channel, there is an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the first carrier is poor, and the first carrier has little effect on the transmission of data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Therefore, the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the second indication information.
或者对于这种实施方式也可以理解为,第一方式可以是解除至少一个逻辑信道和相应的载波之间的关联关系的方式,至少一个逻辑信道可以是第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道(也就是,第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,或第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道),对于至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道来说,相应的载波可以是指该逻辑信道所关联的全部的载波或者部分载波。例如,第一方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和载波1之间的关联关系、以及解除第二逻辑信道和载波2之间的关联关系的方式。Or for this embodiment, it can also be understood that the first manner may be a manner of releasing the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier, and the at least one logical channel may be the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel (That is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel and the second logical channel), for each logical channel of at least one logical channel, the corresponding carrier may refer to the logical channel associated with All or part of the carrier. For example, the first method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and carrier 1, and a method of releasing the association relationship between the second logical channel and carrier 2.
作为另一种实施方式,第一方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,相当于,将第二载波从第一逻辑信道移动到第二逻辑信道。第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道可以是激活的逻辑信道。在这种方式下,第二指示信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID、第二载波的ID以及第二逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系。例如,第一逻辑信道与多个载波之间具有关联关系,且多个载波的信道质量都较好,而与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能都不是很好,那么网络设备可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,从而为第二逻辑信道关联信道质量较好的载波,以提高传输的质量。As another implementation manner, the first manner may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to the second carrier Move from the first logical channel to the second logical channel. The first logical channel and the second logical channel may be activated logical channels. In this way, the second indication information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the connection between the first logical channel and the second carrier The association relationship, and the establishment of the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel. For example, the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers is all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to disassociate the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel, thereby associating a carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve transmission the quality of.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以解除第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,以及建立多个载波的每个载波与一个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,或者可以解除第一逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系,建立与第一逻辑信道解除关联关系的载波与第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,以及,解除第二逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系,建立与第二逻辑信道解除关联关系的载波与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established. The association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between the first logical channel and the corresponding carrier can be released to establish the association relationship between the carrier disassociated from the first logical channel and the second logical channel , And, disassociate the second logical channel from the corresponding carrier, establish the association between the carrier disassociated from the second logical channel and the first logical channel, and so on.
作为再一种实施方式,第一方式也可以是建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,第三载波是未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,或者第三载波是未与该无线承载的至少三个逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。也就是,第三载波之前未与该无线承载的任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,而网络设备可以通过第二指示信息指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,与第一逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能不是很好,而第三载波的信道质量较好,则网络设备可以指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,从而提高传输质量。As still another embodiment, the first method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, and the third carrier is in a state where the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel is not established. The carrier in the activated state, or the third carrier is the carrier in the activated state that has not been associated with at least three logical channels of the radio bearer. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, or has not established an association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the network device may indicate that the third The carrier wave establishes an association relationship with the first logical channel. For example, the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving Transmission quality.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以建立第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,多个载波都是未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,或者都是未与该无线承载的至少三个逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can also be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established. The carrier in the active state where the channel is associated with the second logical channel, or all carriers in the active state that are not associated with at least three logical channels of the radio bearer, and so on.
如上介绍了第一方式的多种实现形式,至于第一方式究竟采用哪一种,可以通过协议规定,或者由网络设备事先配置。As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the first mode are introduced. As to which one is adopted in the first mode, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by a network device in advance.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以为无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能配置至少三个逻辑信道,在一个时刻,网络设备可以通过第一指示信息指示通过其中的两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过两个逻辑信道传输,那么第一指示信息可以是网络设备最初用于选择用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道的信息,也就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道是网络设备在配置至少三个逻辑信道后最初选择的逻辑信道,或者第一指示信息也可以是网络设备后续变更逻辑信道的信息,也就是,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道是网络设备在最初选择逻辑信道之后又变更的逻辑信道,例如最初选择的逻辑信道可能是第一逻辑信道和第三逻辑信道,之后通过第一指示信息变更为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道。可以看到,通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,可以灵活变更用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道,从而可以选择通信质量较好的逻辑信道来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,提高传输质量。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may configure at least three logical channels for the repetitive function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, and at a moment, the network device may indicate that the two logical channels are transmitted on the PDCP layer through the first indication information The copied data packet, for example, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two at the PDCP layer and transmitted through two logical channels respectively, then the first indication information may be that the network device was originally used to select for transmission at the PDCP layer The information of the logical channel of the copied data packet, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are the logical channels originally selected by the network device after configuring at least three logical channels, or the first indication information may also be the follow-up of the network device Information about changing logical channels, that is, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are logical channels that are changed after the network device initially selects the logical channel, for example, the initially selected logical channel may be the first logical channel and the third logical channel , And then change to the first logical channel and the second logical channel through the first indication information. It can be seen that, through the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application, the logical channel used to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer can be flexibly changed, so that a logical channel with better communication quality can be selected to transmit the copy at the PDCP layer Data packets to improve transmission quality.
在前文介绍了,在无线承载通过两个逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的情况下,如果按照现有技术,则无线承载的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道具体跟哪些载波关联,都是事先配置好的,在配置后一般不能发生变化,那么无论配置的载波的传输质量较好还是较差,都还是需要继续通过事先配置的载波来传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包。这样的方式很可能导致传输质量较差。鉴于此,本申请实施例提供第三种配置逻辑信道的方法,在这种方法中,可以灵活改变与逻辑信道关联的载波,从而提高传输质量。As mentioned above, in the case where the wireless bearer transmits the data packet copied at the PDCP layer through two logical channels, if according to the prior art, the logical channel used by the wireless bearer to transmit the data packet copied at the PDCP layer Which carriers are associated with are configured in advance, and generally cannot be changed after configuration, so no matter whether the transmission quality of the configured carrier is good or poor, it is still necessary to continue to transmit through the pre-configured carrier at the PDCP layer. Copy the packet. This way is likely to result in poor transmission quality. In view of this, the embodiments of the present application provide a third method for configuring a logical channel. In this method, the carrier associated with the logical channel can be flexibly changed, thereby improving transmission quality.
请参见图9,为该方法的流程图。在下文的介绍过程中,以该方法应用于图5或图6所示的网络架构为例。另外,该方法可由两个通信装置执行,这两个通信装置例如为第五通信装置和第六通信装置,其中,第五通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第五通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。对于第六通信装置也是同样,第六通信装置可以是网络设备或能够支持网络设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,或者第六通信装置可以是终端设备或能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,当然还可以是其他通信装置,例如芯片系统。且对于第五通信装置和第六通信装置的实现方式均不做限制,例如第五通信装置可以是网络设备,第六通信装置是终端设备,或者第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是网络设备,或者第五通信装置和第六通信装置都是终端设备,或者第五通信装置是网络设备,第六通信装置是能够支持终端设备实现该方法所需的功能的通信装置,等等。其中,网络设备例如为基站。Please refer to Fig. 9 for a flowchart of the method. In the following introduction process, the method is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 or FIG. 6 as an example. In addition, the method may be performed by two communication devices, such as a fifth communication device and a sixth communication device, where the fifth communication device may be a network device or a network device capable of supporting the functions required by the method The communication device or the fifth communication device may be a terminal device or a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and of course, may be other communication devices, such as a chip system. The same is true for the sixth communication device. The sixth communication device may be a network device or a communication device capable of supporting the network device to realize the functions required by the method, or the sixth communication device may be a terminal device or a device capable of supporting the terminal device to implement the method. Of course, the communication device with the required function can also be other communication devices, such as a chip system. And there is no restriction on the implementation manner of the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device, for example, the fifth communication device may be a network device, the sixth communication device is a terminal device, or the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both networks The device, or the fifth communication device and the sixth communication device are both terminal devices, or the fifth communication device is a network device, and the sixth communication device is a communication device capable of supporting the functions required by the method by the terminal device, and so on. The network device is, for example, a base station.
为了便于介绍,在下文中,以该方法由网络设备和终端设备执行为例,也就是,以第五通信装置是网络设备、第六通信装置是终端设备为例。如果将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图5所示的网络架构中的终端设备。或者,如果将本实施例应用在图6所示的网络架构,因此,下文中所述的网络设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的第一网络设备或第二网络设备,下文中所述的终端设备可以是图6所示的网络架构中的终端设备。在下文的介绍中,主要以将本实施例应用在图5所示的网络架构为例。For ease of introduction, in the following, the method is performed by a network device and a terminal device as an example, that is, the fifth communication device is a network device and the sixth communication device is a terminal device as an example. If this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, the network device described below may be the network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 5, and the terminal device described below may be the network device shown in FIG. 5. Terminal equipment in the network architecture shown. Or, if this embodiment is applied to the network architecture shown in FIG. 6, the network device described below may be the first network device or the second network device in the network architecture shown in FIG. The terminal device mentioned may be the terminal device in the network architecture shown in FIG. 6. In the following introduction, the application of this embodiment to the network architecture shown in FIG. 5 is mainly taken as an example.
S91、网络设备确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输;S91. The network device determines adjustment information. The adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel. The at least one logical channel is configured for a wireless bearer of the terminal device, and the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into At least one copy, respectively transmitted through the at least one logical channel;
S92、网络设备向所述终端设备发送第一信令,终端设备接收来自网络设备的所述第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;S92. The network device sends first signaling to the terminal device. The terminal device receives the first signaling from the network device. The first signaling includes the adjustment information. The first signaling is except RRC. Signalling other than signaling;
S93、终端设备根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。S93. The terminal device adjusts the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
除了RRC信令之外的其他信令,例如可以是MAC CE、DCI、RLC控制PDU或PDCP控制PDU等,具体的不做限制。Other signaling besides RRC signaling, such as MAC, CE, DCI, RLC control PDU or PDCP control PDU, etc., does not specifically limit.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过第一信令来指示调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,而第一信令不是RRC信令,从而网络设备可以动态调整逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,例如可以视情况为逻辑信道尽量关联信道质量较好的载波,提高传输质量。而且在现有技术中,如果需要变更逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,那么网络设备需要通过RRC信令指示终端设备重新建立无线承载,相当于新的无线承载的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系与原无线承载的不同,但本申请实施例中,网络设备是在维持原无线承载的情况下,变更逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,无需新建无线承载,减少因为新建无线承载而带来的处理流程。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may instruct to adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel through first signaling, and the first signaling is not RRC signaling, so that the network device may dynamically adjust the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier The association relationship can be, for example, logical channels as much as possible to associate carriers with better channel quality to improve transmission quality. Moreover, in the prior art, if the association between the logical channel and the carrier needs to be changed, the network device needs to instruct the terminal device to re-establish the radio bearer through RRC signaling, which is equivalent to the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier of the new radio bearer. The association relationship is different from the original radio bearer. However, in the embodiment of the present application, the network device changes the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier while maintaining the original radio bearer. There is no need to create a new radio bearer. Bring the processing flow.
第一信令例如是用于激活该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能的信令,或者也可以是用于激活或去激活该无线承载的第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道的信令,具体的不做限制。第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道是为该无线承载配置的用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的逻辑信道,所述的至少一个逻辑信道就属于第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,例如,至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道(也就是,第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,或第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道)。The first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, or may also be signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel of the radio bearer, specifically There are no restrictions. The first logical channel and the second logical channel are logical channels configured for the radio bearer to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the at least one logical channel belongs to the first logical channel and the second logical channel, For example, at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel (that is, a first logical channel or a second logical channel, or a first logical channel and a second logical channel).
在本申请实施例中,调整信息用于指示调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,调整信息的指示方式可以有多种。In the embodiment of the present application, the adjustment information is used to instruct adjustment of the carrier associated with at least one logical channel, and there may be multiple indication manners of the adjustment information.
作为调整信息的第一种实施方式,调整信息可以用于指示调整后与至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息。终端设备接收调整信息后,就知道调整后的结果,而终端设备根据至少一个逻辑信道的每个信道当前所关联的载波,以及调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,就可以调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。As a first implementation manner of the adjustment information, the adjustment information may be used to indicate information about the carrier associated with each logical channel of at least one logical channel after adjustment. After receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device knows the adjusted result, and the terminal device according to the carrier currently associated with each channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted and each of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information The carrier associated with the logical channel can adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel.
例如在网络设备发送调整信息之前,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,例如载波1的信道质量较差,而载波2和载波3的信道质量都较好,网络设备可能指示将载波2或载波3改为与第一逻辑信道相关联,例如调整信息指示调整后与第二逻辑信道关联的载波为载波3,那么终端设备就可以解除载波2与第二逻辑信道的关联关系,以及建立载波2与第一逻辑信道的关联关系,从而使得调整后与第二逻辑信道关联的载波是载波3。或者例如,在网络设备发送调整信息之前,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3和载波4具有关联关系,调整信息指示调整后与第一逻辑信道关联的载波为载波1和载波3,以及调整后与第二逻辑信道关联的载波为载波4,那么终端设备就可以解除载波2与第一逻辑信道的关联关系,解除载波3与第二逻辑信道的关联关系,以及建立载波3与第一逻辑信道的关联关 系,从而使得调整后与第一逻辑信道关联的载波是载波1和载波3,调整后与第二逻辑信道关联的载波是载波4。For example, before the network device sends the adjustment information, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, for example, the channel quality of carrier 1 is poor, while the carrier 2 and carrier 3 The channel quality is good. The network device may instruct to change carrier 2 or carrier 3 to be associated with the first logical channel. For example, the adjustment information indicates that the carrier associated with the second logical channel after adjustment is carrier 3. Then the terminal device can be released. The association relationship between carrier 2 and the second logical channel and the association relationship between carrier 2 and the first logical channel are established, so that the adjusted carrier associated with the second logical channel is carrier 3. Or for example, before the network device sends the adjustment information, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3 and carrier 4, and the adjustment information indicates that the adjustment is associated with the first logical channel Carrier is carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the adjusted carrier associated with the second logical channel is carrier 4, then the terminal device can disassociate carrier 2 from the first logical channel, and remove carrier 3 from the second logical channel The association relationship and the association relationship between the carrier 3 and the first logical channel are established, so that the adjusted carriers associated with the first logical channel are carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the adjusted carriers associated with the second logical channel are carrier 4.
作为调整信息的第二种实施方式,调整信息可以用于指示至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,两个逻辑信道是为无线承载配置的,两个逻辑信道用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过两个逻辑信道传输,且两个逻辑信道包括至少一个逻辑信道,两个逻辑信道就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道。终端设备接收调整信息后,根据至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及调整信息所指示的至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,就可以调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。例如,终端设备可以解除待调整的载波与原来的逻辑信道之间的关联关系,以及建立待调整的载波与两个逻辑信道的另一个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,或者,终端设备也可以只是解除待调整的载波与原来的逻辑信道之间的关联关系,而并不建立待调整的载波与两个逻辑信道的另一个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,而终端设备究竟如何处理,可以通过协议规定,或者由网络设备配置。As a second implementation manner of the adjustment information, the adjustment information may be used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is a logic of one of the two logical channels The channels have an association relationship. The two logical channels are configured for radio bearers. The two logical channels are used to transmit data packets that are copied at the PDCP layer. For example, the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two copies and pass through the two The logical channels are transmitted, and the two logical channels include at least one logical channel, and the two logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel. After receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can adjust according to the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information. Carrier associated with at least one logical channel. For example, the terminal device may release the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the original logical channel, and establish the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the other logical channel of the two logical channels, or the terminal device may also just The association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the original logical channel is released, and the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the other logical channel of the two logical channels is not established. How to deal with the terminal device can be through a protocol Specified or configured by network equipment.
例如在网络设备发送调整信息之前,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,例如载波1的信道质量较差,而载波2和载波3的信道质量都较好,网络设备可能指示将载波2或载波3改为与第一逻辑信道相关联,例如调整信息指示载波3,那么终端设备就可以解除载波3与第二逻辑信道的关联关系,以及建立载波3与第一逻辑信道的关联关系。或者例如,在网络设备发送调整信息之前,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,例如载波3的信道质量较差,则调整信息可以指示载波3,那么终端设备就可以解除载波3与第二逻辑信道的关联关系。For example, before the network device sends the adjustment information, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, for example, the channel quality of carrier 1 is poor, while the carrier 2 and carrier 3 The channel quality is good. The network device may instruct to change carrier 2 or carrier 3 to be associated with the first logical channel. For example, if the adjustment information indicates carrier 3, then the terminal device may disassociate carrier 3 from the second logical channel. And the association relationship between the carrier 3 and the first logical channel is established. Or for example, before the network device sends the adjustment information, the first logical channel is associated with carrier 1, and the second logical channel is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3. For example, if the channel quality of carrier 3 is poor, the adjustment information may indicate Carrier 3, then the terminal device can disassociate the carrier 3 from the second logical channel.
作为调整信息的第三种实施方式,调整信息可以用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置至少一个逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,两个逻辑信道是为无线承载配置的,两个逻辑信道用于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,且两个逻辑信道包括至少一个逻辑信道,两个逻辑信道就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道。终端设备接收调整信息后,就可以根据调整方式以及待调整的载波,设置至少一个逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,也就是调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。As a third implementation manner of the adjustment information, the adjustment information may be used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, where the adjustment mode is used to set at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted The relationship between the two logical channels is configured for radio bearers. The two logical channels are used to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, and the two logical channels include at least one logical channel. The two logical channels are the first One logical channel and the second logical channel. After receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can set the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode and the carrier to be adjusted, that is, adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel.
在本申请实施例中,调整方式可以包括如下子方式的一种或它们的任意组合:In the embodiment of the present application, the adjustment mode may include one of the following sub-modes or any combination thereof:
子方式1、将待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将待调整的载波的一个载波与至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-method 1. Associate the carrier to be adjusted with at least one logical channel according to the order of the carrier ID, wherein each time one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with one logical channel of at least one logical channel ;or,
子方式2、将待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将待调整的载波的一个载波与至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 2: Associate the carrier to be adjusted with at least one logical channel according to the channel quality order of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logical channel of at least one logical channel are established each time Association; or,
子方式3、将待调整的载波与至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 3: Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of at least one logical channel; or,
子方式4、当至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将待调整的载波与逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 4. When the number of at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
子方式5、将至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑 信道建立关联关系;或,Sub-mode 5. Associate each carrier of at least one carrier with one logical channel of at least one logical channel in a random manner; or,
子方式6、调整信息包括第一索引,第一方式为第一索引所对应的方式,第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。Sub-mode 6. The adjustment information includes a first index. The first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index. The first index is used to indicate the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier.
在子方式1下,可以将待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,依次与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将待调整的按照载波的ID的大小顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,对应的ID最大的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,对应的ID最大的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,待调整的载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,至少一个激活的逻辑信道为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,那么按照载波的ID从大到小的顺序对载波排序,应该是载波6>载波5>载波3,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是第二逻辑信道>第一逻辑信道,按照载波的ID的大小顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波5与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波6与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,也可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波5与第一逻辑信道1建立关联关系,以及将载波6与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将载波的ID最大的载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将载波的ID最小的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。In sub-mode 1, the carrier to be adjusted may be sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier ID, or may be to be adjusted according to the order of the carrier ID The order of the size of the IDs is sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel, where the carrier with the largest ID can be associated with the logical channel with the largest ID, or the carrier with the largest ID can also be associated with The logical channel with the smallest ID establishes an association relationship. For example, the carriers to be adjusted are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, and at least one activated logical channel is the first logical channel and the second logical channel. Then, sort the carriers according to the order of the carrier ID from large to small. Carrier 6>Carrier 5>Carrier 3, the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the logical channel ID from large to small, it should be the second logical channel>first logical channel, according to the order of the carrier ID size, and the logical channel In the order of the size of the ID, the carrier to be adjusted is sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel. Specifically, carrier 3 can be associated with the first logical channel, and carrier 5 can be associated with the second logical channel. And associating the carrier 6 with the first logical channel, or alternatively, associating the carrier 3 with the second logical channel, associating the carrier 5 with the first logical channel 1, and associating the carrier 6 with the second logical channel The channel establishes an association relationship. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the largest carrier ID is associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID first, or the carrier with the smallest carrier ID is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID , No specific restrictions.
值得注意的是,与子方式1类似,另外一种可能的实现方式,可以包含以下步骤中的一个或者多个(例如可以包含以下步骤中的a和c,或者包含以下步骤中的b和c,或者包含以下步骤中的a、b和c):It is worth noting that, similar to sub-mode 1, another possible implementation may include one or more of the following steps (for example, may include a and c in the following steps, or include b and c in the following steps , Or include the following steps a, b and c):
a、将待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的载波依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的载波的ID分别为0,1,2,3等,或者分别为1,2,3等。a. Sort the carriers to be adjusted according to the size of the carrier ID, and assign new IDs to the sorted carriers starting from 0 or 1 again. For example, the IDs of the sorted carriers are 0, 1, 2, 3, respectively. Etc., or 1, 2, 3 etc. respectively.
b、将至少一个逻辑信道按照逻辑信道的ID的大小进行排序,并重新从0或者1开始为排序后的逻辑信道依次赋予新的ID,例如排序后的逻辑信道的ID分别为0,1等,或者分别为1,2等。b. Sort at least one logical channel according to the size of the ID of the logical channel, and assign new IDs to the sorted logical channels from 0 or 1 again, for example, the IDs of the sorted logical channels are 0, 1, etc. , Or 1, 2, etc. respectively.
c、确定待调整的载波与至少一个逻辑信道的映射关系。c. Determine the mapping relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one logical channel.
确定映射关系的方式除了子方式1中所描述的之外,还可能是下面的一种方式:The method for determining the mapping relationship may be one of the following methods in addition to that described in sub-mode 1:
模运算。具体的,确定至少一个逻辑信道的数目N(N为小于或等于2的正整数),然后用载波新编的ID与N进行模运算,根据运算结果将待调整的载波关联到相应的逻辑信道。例如N为2,则,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为0,则将该载波与新的ID为0的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,如果某个载波的ID与N进行模运算的结果为1,则将该载波与新的ID为1的逻辑信道建立关联关系。Modular operation. Specifically, determine the number N of at least one logical channel (N is a positive integer less than or equal to 2), and then perform a modular operation with the newly-programmed ID of the carrier and N, and associate the carrier to be adjusted to the corresponding logical channel according to the operation result . For example, if N is 2, then if the result of a modular operation between the ID of a carrier and N is 0, then the carrier will be associated with the new logical channel with ID 0, or if the ID of a carrier is N If the result of the modulo operation is 1, the carrier is associated with the new logical channel with ID 1.
划分子集。如果至少一个逻辑信道的数目为2,则按照载波的ID奇偶(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID)将待调整的载波分成两个子集,将这两个子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或者,将按照载波的ID的大小排好顺序的载波(无须重新编号的ID,也就是载波原来的ID),从中间分成前后 两个子集,例如称为第一子集和第二子集,其中,第一子集是指切分点前的ID的集合,第二子集是指切分点后的ID的集合,切分点这个ID例如为所述载波的ID中的取值居中的ID。将第一子集和第二子集与两个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个子集与一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目可能相等(待调整的载波的总数为偶数),或者第一子集和第二子集包括的载波的数目也可能不相等(待调整的载波的总数为奇数)。Divide the subset. If the number of at least one logical channel is 2, the carrier to be adjusted is divided into two subsets according to the ID parity of the carrier (the ID that does not need to be renumbered, that is, the original ID of the carrier), and the two subsets and the two logical channels are divided Establish an association relationship, in which a subset is associated with a logical channel; or, the carriers (the IDs that do not need to be renumbered, that is, the original IDs of the carriers) arranged in order according to the size of the carrier ID are divided into the middle and back Two subsets, such as the first and second subsets, where the first subset refers to the set of IDs before the split point, and the second subset refers to the set of IDs after the split point. The ID of the dot is, for example, an ID with a center value among the IDs of the carrier waves. Associate the first and second subsets with two logical channels, where one subset is associated with one logical channel, and the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may be equal (to be The total number of adjusted carriers is even), or the number of carriers included in the first and second subsets may not be equal (the total number of carriers to be adjusted is odd).
在子方式2下,可以将待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,依次与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以是将待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,按照逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,信道质量最好的载波可以与对应的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,信道质量最差的载波也可以与对应的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,待调整的载波分别为载波3、载波5和载波6,其中,载波3的信道质量优于载波6的信道质量,载波6的信道质量又优于载波5的信道质量,至少一个激活的逻辑信道为第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,按照逻辑信道的ID从大到小的顺序对逻辑信道排序,应该是第二逻辑信道>第一逻辑信道。那么按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,以及逻辑信道的ID的大小顺序,依次将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的,可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波6与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波5与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,将载波6与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,以及将载波5与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,可以同时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,如果是分时将多个载波与对应的逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以是先将信道质量最好载波与逻辑信道的ID最大的逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以是先将信道质量最差的载波与逻辑信道的ID最小的逻辑信道建立关联关系,具体的不做限制。如果有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较好,还有的逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量较差,可能无法起到较好地传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包作用,那么本申请实施例提出按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序依次与逻辑信道建立关联关系,可以使得各个逻辑信道关联的载波的信道质量相差不太多,各个逻辑信道的传输质量较为均衡,以较好地完成传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包的功能。其中,所述载波的信道质量可以是由网络设备测量得到的,网络设备测量得到所述载波的信道质量后,可以将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,例如网络设备可以通过携带调整信息的信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备,或者网络设备也可以通过其他信令将所述载波的信道质量发送给终端设备。另外载波的信道质量也可以由终端设备或者网络设备根据某一载波上数据传输的成功率(例如收到/发送的肯定应答(ACK)的比例)确定出来。In sub-mode 2, the carrier to be adjusted may be sequentially associated with at least one activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, which may be the carrier to be adjusted according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier , According to the order of the ID of the logical channel, in order to establish an association relationship with at least one activated logical channel, wherein the carrier with the best channel quality can be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the largest ID, or the channel with the worst channel quality The carrier may also be associated with the corresponding logical channel with the smallest ID. For example, the carriers to be adjusted are carrier 3, carrier 5 and carrier 6, wherein the channel quality of carrier 3 is better than the channel quality of carrier 6, and the channel quality of carrier 6 is better than the channel quality of carrier 5, at least one activated The logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel, and the logical channels are sorted according to the order of the IDs of the logical channels from large to small, which should be the second logical channel>the first logical channel. Then, according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier and the order of the ID of the logical channel, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with at least one activated logical channel in sequence. Specifically, carrier 3 can be established with the first logical channel Association relationship, the association relationship between carrier 6 and the second logical channel, and the association relationship between carrier 5 and the first logical channel, or the association relationship between carrier 3 and the second logical channel, and the association between carrier 6 and the first logical channel The channel establishes an association relationship, and associates the carrier 5 with the second logical channel. Among them, multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels at the same time, or multiple carriers can be associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner. If multiple carriers are associated with corresponding logical channels in a time-sharing manner Relationship, it may be that the carrier with the best channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the largest logical channel ID, or the carrier with the poorest channel quality is first associated with the logical channel with the smallest logical channel ID, No specific restrictions. If some logical channel-related carriers have good channel quality, and others have poor channel quality, they may not be able to transmit data packets replicated at the PDCP layer. The example proposes to establish an association relationship with the logical channels in order of the channel quality of the carrier, so that the channel quality of the carriers associated with each logical channel does not differ much, and the transmission quality of each logical channel is more balanced to complete the transmission better The function of the data packet copied at the PDCP layer. The channel quality of the carrier may be measured by a network device, and after the network device measures the channel quality of the carrier, the channel quality of the carrier may be sent to the terminal device, for example, the network device may carry adjustment information Signaling sends the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device, or the network device may also send the channel quality of the carrier to the terminal device through other signaling. In addition, the channel quality of the carrier can also be determined by the terminal device or the network device according to the success rate of data transmission on a certain carrier (for example, the ratio of positive acknowledgement (ACK) received/sent).
在子方式3下,可以将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是说,所述至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量如果只有一个,那么就可以将待调整的中的每个载波都与这一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量如果是2,也就是激活的逻辑信道是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道,那么可以将待调整的载波的每个载波都与这两个激活的逻辑信道的一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。如果至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,也就是第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,那么究竟选择哪个激活的逻辑信道,本申请实施例不做限制。 例如对于一个无线承载来说,一般会有一个主逻辑信道,其余的逻辑信道均为辅逻辑信道,那么可以选择将所述载波与主逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,为一个无线承载配置了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,例如,该无线承载的数据包在PDCP层被复制成两份,分别通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,第一逻辑信道为主逻辑信道,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,例如载波3之前未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么可以将载波3与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。当然也可以选择将待调整的载波与所述至少一个激活的逻辑信道的除了主逻辑信道之外的其他的激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,继续沿用上例,可以将载波3与第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。因此可以认为,是可以将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的任意一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系。其中,如果将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在调整信息中指示给终端设备,例如可以在调整信息中包括主逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的主逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者也可以通过协议规定,无需网络设备额外指示。而如果将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的任意一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,例如是将待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道随机选择的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,那么网络设备可以在调整信息中指示给终端设备,例如可以在调整信息中携带需建立关联关系的逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备可以确定将待调整的载波与该逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 3, the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with one activated logical channel of at least one activated logical channel, that is, if there is only one number of the at least one activated logical channel, then Associate each carrier to be adjusted with the one activated logical channel, and if the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, that is, the activated logical channels are the first logical channel and the second logical channel , Then each of the carriers to be adjusted can be associated with one of the two activated logical channels. If the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, that is, both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated logical channels, then which activated logical channel is selected is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, for a radio bearer, there is generally one primary logical channel, and the remaining logical channels are all secondary logical channels. Then, the carrier may be selected to establish an association relationship with the primary logical channel. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer. For example, the data packets of the radio bearer are duplicated at the PDCP layer and pass through the first logical channel respectively And the second logical channel, the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and the first logical channel and the second logical channel are both active logical channels, for example, carrier 3 has not been associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel before Relationship, then the carrier 3 may be associated with the first logical channel. Of course, you can also choose to associate the carrier to be adjusted with the activated logical channels other than the main logical channel of the at least one activated logical channel. To continue using the above example, you can connect carrier 3 to the second logical channel Establish an association. Therefore, it can be considered that the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with any one of the activated logical channels of the at least one activated logical channel. Wherein, if the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the main logical channel of at least one activated logical channel, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information, for example, the adjustment information may include the ID of the main logical channel, thereby The terminal device may determine to establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the main logical channel of the at least one activated logical channel, or may also be specified by a protocol without additional instructions from the network device. If the carrier to be adjusted is associated with any one of the activated logical channels of the at least one activated logical channel, for example, the carrier to be adjusted is associated with a logical channel randomly selected from the at least one activated logical channel, then The network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information. For example, the adjustment information may carry the ID of the logical channel to which the association relationship needs to be established, so that the terminal device may determine that the carrier to be adjusted is associated with the logical channel.
在子方式4下,当至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,可以将待调整的载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,而当至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2时,至少一个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不做改变,也就是对于至少一个激活的逻辑信道来说,保持原有的与载波之间的关联关系。例如,为一个无线承载配置了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,第一逻辑信道为主逻辑信道,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,载波4与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道都不具有关联关系。如果第二逻辑信道被去激活,那么至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量就是1,则载波4可以与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,或者,如果第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,那么至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量是2,则第一逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不变,第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系也不变,第一逻辑信道依然只是与载波1关联,第二逻辑信道依然只是与载波2和载波3关联,载波4依然不与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系。这样做是为了简化实现方式,例如,至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,则如何为所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道分配相关联的载波,需要有一定的规则,可能涉及到修改协议,因此在子方式4下,如果所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量为2,则可以不改变至少一个激活的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,这样也无需修改协议,如果至少一个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1,则直接将待调整的载波与这个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系即可,较为简单。In sub-mode 4, when the number of at least one activated logical channel is equal to 1, the carrier to be adjusted can be associated with the activated logical channel, and when the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, at least The association relationship between an activated logical channel and the carrier does not change, that is, for at least one activated logical channel, the original association relationship with the carrier is maintained. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are active Logical channel, wherein the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 has no association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel. If the second logical channel is deactivated, then the number of at least one activated logical channel is 1, then the carrier 4 may be associated with the first logical channel, or, if both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are activated Logical channel, then the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier remains unchanged, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier remains unchanged, and the first logical channel remains It is only associated with carrier 1, the second logical channel is still only associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 is still not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel. This is done to simplify the implementation. For example, if the number of at least one activated logical channel is 2, then how to allocate associated carriers to the one or two activated logical channels requires certain rules, which may involve modification Protocol, so in sub-mode 4, if the number of the one or two activated logical channels is 2, the association relationship between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier may not be changed, so that there is no need to modify the protocol, if If the number of at least one activated logical channel is equal to 1, it is sufficient to directly associate the carrier to be adjusted with this activated logical channel, which is relatively simple.
在子方式5下,可以将待调整的载波的每个载波按照随机方式与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,也就是,完全随机建立待调整的载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系,这种实现方式较为简单,无需过多的规则。其中,待调整的载波的每个载波究竟与至少一个激活的逻辑信道的哪个逻辑信道建立关联关系,网络设备 可以在调整信息中指示给终端设备,终端设备可以确定将待调整的载波的每个载波与至少一个激活的逻辑信道相应的逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,为一个无线承载配置了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,第一逻辑信道为主逻辑信道,且第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道均为激活的逻辑信道,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,载波4与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道都不具有关联关系。网络设备在调整信息中指示载波4、指示调整方式为子方式5、且指示了第一逻辑信道的ID,那么终端设备就可以确定,是将载波4与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。In sub-mode 5, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted may be associated with one logical channel of at least one activated logical channel in a random manner, that is, the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one activated logic are completely randomly established The association relationship between channels is relatively simple, and does not require too many rules. Wherein each logical carrier of the carrier to be adjusted is associated with which logical channel of the at least one activated logical channel, the network device may indicate to the terminal device in the adjustment information, and the terminal device may determine each of the carrier to be adjusted The carrier establishes an association relationship with a logical channel corresponding to at least one activated logical channel. For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, the first logical channel is the main logical channel, and both the first logical channel and the second logical channel are active Logical channel, wherein the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3, and carrier 4 has no association relationship with the first logical channel and the second logical channel. The network device indicates carrier 4 in the adjustment information, indicates that the adjustment mode is sub-mode 5, and indicates the ID of the first logical channel, then the terminal device can determine that the carrier 4 is associated with the first logical channel.
在子方式7下,第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道可以对应至少两个索引,至少两个索引所对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系不同。例如至少两个索引中包括索引1和索引2,索引1对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,而索引2对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波3具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2具有关联关系,可以看到,不同的索引所对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系是不同的。那么,终端设备根据第一索引就可以确定第一逻辑信道关联的载波,以及确定第二逻辑信道所关联的载波,如果调整信息包括了相应的索引,终端设备自然就知道应该如何设置第一逻辑信道所关联的载波以及第二逻辑信道所关联的载波。例如,在无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能被激活时,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,载波2与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道都不具有关联关系。而后续网络设备通过调整信息包括了第一索引,第一索引对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系,则终端设备就还可以将载波2与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。或者,在无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能被激活时,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波2具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波3具有关联关系。而后续网络设备通过调整信息包括了第一索引,第一索引对应的逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系为,第一逻辑信道与载波1和载波3具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2具有关联关系,则终端设备可以解除载波2与第一逻辑信道的关联关系,建立载波2与第二逻辑信道的关联关系,以及解除载波3与第二逻辑信道的关联关系,建立载波3与第一逻辑信道的关联关系。In sub-mode 7, the first logical channel and the second logical channel may correspond to at least two indexes, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the at least two indexes is different. For example, at least two indexes include index 1 and index 2. The association relationship between the logical channel and carrier corresponding to index 1 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 have Association relationship, and the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to index 2 is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2, as can be seen, different indexes The corresponding relationship between the corresponding logical channel and the carrier is different. Then, the terminal device can determine the carrier associated with the first logical channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel according to the first index. If the adjustment information includes the corresponding index, the terminal device naturally knows how to set the first logic The carrier associated with the channel and the carrier associated with the second logical channel. For example, when the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3, and carrier 2 has both the first logical channel and the second logical channel There is no association. The subsequent network device includes the first index through the adjustment information. The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel and carrier 3 If there is an association relationship, the terminal device may also establish an association relationship between carrier 2 and the first logical channel. Or, when the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 2, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 3. The subsequent network device includes the first index by adjusting the information. The association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier corresponding to the first index is that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1 and carrier 3, and the second logical channel and carrier 2 If there is an association relationship, the terminal device may disassociate the carrier 2 from the first logical channel, establish the association between the carrier 2 and the second logical channel, and disassociate the carrier 3 from the second logical channel, and establish the association between the carrier 3 and the second logical channel. The association relationship of a logical channel.
当然,调整方式除了可以包括如上的子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系的方式,本申请实施例不做限制。Of course, in addition to at least one of the above sub-modes, the adjustment mode may also include other modes for associating the carrier with the activated logical channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
调整方式可以是协议中规定好的,例如协议中规定的调整方式包括的如上的子方式的数量大于1,则还可以配合网络设备的信令来向终端设备指示究竟使用哪种或哪几种子方式。例如,通过网络设备发送调整信息的方式向终端设备指示按照调整方式设置至少一个激活的逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,则,网络设备在调整信息中无需携带具体的调整方式的信息,例如调整方式的标识信息为调整方式的ID。例如调整方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在调整信息中携带子方式2的ID,从而通过调整信息可以指示按照调整方式设置至少一个激活的逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收调整信息后,根据子方式2的ID就可以确定根据子方式2来设置至少一个激活的逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系。这种方式有助于减小信令开销。或者,协议中已经规定好了调整方式,无论协议中规定的调整方式包括如上的一种还是多种子方式,调整 信息中都无需携带调整方式的信息(包括调整方式的标识信息),只要网络设备发送了调整信息,终端设备就可以根据协议所规定的调整方式以及调整信息所包括的待调整的载波的信息来调整待调整的载波和至少一个逻辑信道的关联关系,此时,调整信息也可以视为是一种触发信息。The adjustment method may be specified in the protocol. For example, the number of sub-modes included in the adjustment method specified in the protocol is greater than one. You can also use the signaling of the network device to indicate to the terminal device which type or types to use. Sub mode. For example, if the network device sends the adjustment information to indicate to the terminal device that the association relationship between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted is set according to the adjustment method, then the network device does not need to carry a specific adjustment method in the adjustment information The information, for example, the identification information of the adjustment method is the ID of the adjustment method. For example, the adjustment mode includes the above sub-mode 2, the network device may carry the ID of sub-mode 2 in the adjustment information, so that the adjustment information may indicate the association between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode. Relationship, after receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between the at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the sub-mode 2 ID according to the sub-mode 2. This approach helps reduce signaling overhead. Or, the adjustment method has been stipulated in the agreement. No matter whether the adjustment method specified in the agreement includes one or more of the above sub-modes, the adjustment information does not need to carry the adjustment method information (including the identification information of the adjustment method), as long as the network device After sending the adjustment information, the terminal device can adjust the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one logical channel according to the adjustment method specified in the protocol and the information of the carrier to be adjusted included in the adjustment information. In this case, the adjustment information can also be Treated as a trigger message.
或者,调整方式也可以不通过协议规定,那么网络设备也可以在调整信息中携带具体的调整方式的信息。例如调整方式包括如上的子方式2,则网络设备可以在调整信息中携带子方式2的信息,从而通过调整信息可以指示按照调整方式设置至少一个激活的逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,终端设备接收调整信息后,根据子方式2的信息就可以确定根据子方式2来设置至少一个激活的逻辑信道与待调整的载波之间的关联关系,以及明确子方式2究竟是何种方式。这种方式可以使得终端设备获得较为明确的信息。Or, the adjustment method may not be specified by the agreement, then the network device may also carry information about the specific adjustment method in the adjustment information. For example, the adjustment mode includes the above sub-mode 2, then the network device may carry the information of sub-mode 2 in the adjustment information, so that the adjustment information may indicate the association between at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to the adjustment mode. Relationship, after receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device can determine the association relationship between setting at least one activated logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted according to sub-mode 2 according to the information of sub-mode 2, and clarify exactly what sub-mode 2 is the way. In this way, the terminal device can obtain clearer information.
调整方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种,这种实现形式之外,还可以有其他的实现形式。或者也可以理解为,调整方式除了可以包括如上的几种子方式中的至少一种之外,还可以包括其他的方式。The adjustment method may include at least one of the above several sub-methods, and other implementation forms. Or it may be understood that the adjustment method may include other methods in addition to at least one of the foregoing sub-modes.
作为调整方式的一种实施方式,调整信息还可以包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap(也就是,携带对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,或对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap),第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。例如,至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道时,调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,当至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二逻辑信道时,调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap。其中,一个bitmap可以对应一个逻辑信道的ID,例如这种对应关系也可以携带在调整信息中,从而使得终端设备可以明确bitmap与逻辑信道之间的对应关系。在这种情况下,调整方式可以是根据调整信息包括的bitmap设置待调整的载波和至少一个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者说,调整方式是根据bitmap设置待调整的载波和至少一个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。As an implementation manner of the adjustment manner, the adjustment information may further include a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel (that is, carrying a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel or corresponding to the first logical channel A bitmap of two logical channels, or a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel), the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the The bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. For example, at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel. When the at least one logical channel includes the first logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel. When at least one logical channel When the second logical channel is included, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. Among them, a bitmap may correspond to the ID of a logical channel, for example, this correspondence may also be carried in the adjustment information, so that the terminal device can clarify the correspondence between the bitmap and the logical channel. In this case, the adjustment method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one activated logical channel according to the bitmap included in the adjustment information, or the adjustment method is to set the carrier to be adjusted and the The manner of association between at least one activated logical channel.
例如,第一信令为用于配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能的信令。例如,在配置该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能时,可以通过第一信令携带调整信息,也就是该无线承载的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的bitmap,使得终端设备明确第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道分别究竟与哪些载波具有关联关系。For example, the first signaling is signaling for configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer. For example, when configuring the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer, the first signaling may carry adjustment information, that is, a bitmap corresponding to each logical channel of the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the radio bearer, so that The terminal device clarifies which carriers the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively have an associated relationship with.
或者,第一信令例如为用于激活或去激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道的信令。Alternatively, the first signaling is, for example, signaling for activating or deactivating the first logical channel or the second logical channel.
例如,第一信令用于指示去激活第一逻辑信道,则调整信息可以包括第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap。或者例如,第一信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,则第二指示信息可以携带第一逻辑信道对应的bitmap和/或第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap。具体的,如果第一信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,那么,调整信息可以携带第一逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系可能发生变化,也可能不发生变化,如果第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系发生了变化,则调整信息可以携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,而如果第二逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系不发生变化,则调整信息可以携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,使得指示更为明确,或者也可以不携带第二逻辑信道对应的bitmap,从而减小信令开销。For example, the first signaling is used to instruct to deactivate the first logical channel, and the adjustment information may include a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. Or for example, the first signaling is used to indicate activation of the first logical channel, and the second indication information may carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. Specifically, if the first signaling is used to indicate activation of the first logical channel, the adjustment information may carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier may change or may not Changes, if the association between the second logical channel and the carrier changes, the adjustment information can carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and if the association between the second logical channel and the carrier does not change, then The adjustment information may carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel to make the indication more clear, or may not carry the bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, thereby reducing signaling overhead.
或者,如果之前的信令用于指示激活第一逻辑信道,则调整信息也可以用于指示恢复 第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,所谓的原有的关联关系,也就是第一逻辑信道在被去激活之前,第一逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系。鉴于只是通过第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,因此调整信息也可以视为是指示恢复第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,以及恢复第二逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系。在这种方式下,调整信息可以无需包括bitmap。Or, if the previous signaling is used to indicate activation of the first logical channel, the adjustment information may also be used to indicate restoration of the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. The so-called original association relationship, that is, Before the first logical channel is deactivated, the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. Since data packets copied at the PDCP layer are only transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel, the adjustment information can also be regarded as an instruction to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and restore the first The original association between the two logical channels and the carrier. In this way, the adjustment information need not include the bitmap.
例如,为一个无线承载共配置了第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包,其中第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系,在激活该无线承载的PDCP层的重复功能之后,第一逻辑信道被指示去激活,在第一逻辑信道被去激活之后,例如将载波1第二逻辑信道建立了关联关系。之后,网络设备通过第一信令指示激活第一逻辑信道,那么调整信息可以指示恢复第一逻辑信道和载波之间的原有的关联关系,终端设备接收调整信息后,可以将载波1重新与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,则关联关系恢复为,第一逻辑信道与载波1具有关联关系,第二逻辑信道与载波2和载波3具有关联关系。例如调整信息可以占用1个比特(bit),如果这1比特的取值为“1”,就表明恢复原有的关联关系,如果这1比特的取值为“0”,就表明不恢复原有的关联关系。在逻辑信道被去激活又被激活之后,通过简单的调整信息就能恢复原有的关联关系,无需设置过多的规则,实现较为简单。For example, a radio bearer is configured with a first logical channel and a second logical channel to transmit data packets copied at the PDCP layer, where the first logical channel is associated with carrier 1 and the second logical channel is associated with carrier 2 and carrier 3 There is an association relationship. After the repetition function of the PDCP layer of the radio bearer is activated, the first logical channel is instructed to be deactivated. After the first logical channel is deactivated, for example, the association relationship of carrier 1 and the second logical channel is established. After that, the network device instructs to activate the first logical channel through the first signaling, then the adjustment information may indicate to restore the original association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and after receiving the adjustment information, the terminal device may reset the carrier 1 to When the first logical channel establishes an association relationship, the association relationship returns to that the first logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 1, and the second logical channel has an association relationship with carrier 2 and carrier 3. For example, the adjustment information can occupy 1 bit. If the value of this bit is "1", it means that the original association relationship is restored. If the value of this bit is "0", it means that the original value is not restored. Some associations. After the logical channel is deactivated and activated again, the original association relationship can be restored by simply adjusting the information without setting too many rules, and the implementation is relatively simple.
如上所介绍的调整信息通过包括bitmap的方式来指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系,指示方式较为明确简单,便于终端设备根据指示信息进行设置。另外在如上介绍的方式中,是调整信息包括bitmap,还有一种情况,网络设备还可以向终端设备发送第二信令,第二信令可以用于指示激活或去激活第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,第二信令还可以携带对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。在这种情况下,调整方式可以是根据其他的信令携带的bitmap设置待调整的载波和至少一个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,或者理解为,调整方式是根据bitmap设置待调整的载波和至少一个激活的逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式。在这种情况下,网络设备不通过调整信息向终端设备发送bitmap,而是通过额外的第二信令向终端设备发送bitmap,使得调整信息和bitmap能够相对独立。如果通过第二信令包括bitmap,则bitmap的实现方式等,均可参考前文中对于调整信息包括bitmap的介绍。究竟是通过调整信息还是第二信令包括bitmap,取决于网络设备的具体实现方式,或者也可以通过协议规定,具体的不做限制。The adjustment information described above indicates the association relationship between the logical channel and the carrier by including a bitmap. The indication method is relatively clear and simple, and is convenient for the terminal device to set according to the indication information. In addition, in the manner described above, the adjustment information includes a bitmap. In another case, the network device may also send second signaling to the terminal device. The second signaling may be used to indicate activation or deactivation of the first logical channel or the first Two logical channels. The second signaling may also carry a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier. The bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier. In this case, the adjustment method may be a method of setting the association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and at least one activated logical channel according to the bitmap carried by other signaling, or it may be understood that the adjustment method is to set the adjustment to be adjusted according to the bitmap The relationship between the carrier and at least one activated logical channel. In this case, the network device does not send the bitmap to the terminal device through the adjustment information, but sends the bitmap to the terminal device through additional second signaling, so that the adjustment information and the bitmap can be relatively independent. If the bitmap is included through the second signaling, the implementation of the bitmap, etc., can refer to the previous introduction to the adjustment information including the bitmap. Whether the bitmap is included through the adjustment information or the second signaling depends on the specific implementation of the network device, or it can also be stipulated in the protocol without specific restrictions.
另外,除了以上所介绍的调整方式的实现形式之外,调整方式还可以有其他的实现形式。或者说,除了以上所介绍的方式之外,调整方式还可以包括以下的几种实施方式中的一种或者它们的任意组合。In addition, in addition to the implementation form of the adjustment manner described above, the adjustment manner may have other implementation forms. In other words, in addition to the methods described above, the adjustment method may also include one of the following several embodiments or any combination thereof.
作为一种实施方式,调整方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,第一逻辑信道可以是激活的逻辑信道。在这种方式下,调整信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID以及第一载波的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。例如,对于第一逻辑信道来说,与多个载波之间具有关联关系,而第一载波的信道质量较差,对于传输在PDCP层被复制的数据包来说第一载波的作用不大,因此网络设备可以通过调整信息指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系。As an implementation manner, the adjustment manner may be a manner of disassociating the first logical channel from the first carrier, and the first logical channel may be an activated logical channel. In this manner, the adjustment information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel and the ID of the first carrier, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. For example, for the first logical channel, there is an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the first carrier is poor, and the first carrier has little effect on the transmission of data packets copied at the PDCP layer. Therefore, the network device may instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier through the adjustment information.
或者对于这种实施方式也可以理解为,调整方式可以是解除至少一个逻辑信道和相应 的载波之间的关联关系的方式,至少一个逻辑信道可以是第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道(也就是,第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道,或第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道),对于至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道来说,相应的载波可以是指该逻辑信道所关联的全部的载波或者部分载波。例如,调整方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和载波1之间的关联关系、以及解除第二逻辑信道和载波2之间的关联关系的方式。Or for this embodiment, it can also be understood that the adjustment method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between at least one logical channel and the corresponding carrier, and the at least one logical channel may be the first logical channel and/or the second logical channel ( That is, the first logical channel or the second logical channel, or the first logical channel and the second logical channel), for each logical channel of at least one logical channel, the corresponding carrier may refer to the associated logical channel All carriers or some carriers. For example, the adjustment method may be a method of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and carrier 1 and a method of releasing the association relationship between the second logical channel and carrier 2.
作为另一种实施方式,调整方式可以是解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,相当于,将第二载波从第一逻辑信道移动到第二逻辑信道。第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道可以是激活的逻辑信道。在这种方式下,调整信息例如指示第一逻辑信道的ID、第二载波的ID以及第二逻辑信道的ID,从而终端设备就可以确定解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系。例如,第一逻辑信道与多个载波之间具有关联关系,且多个载波的信道质量都较好,而与第二逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能都不是很好,那么网络设备可以指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,从而为第二逻辑信道关联信道质量较好的载波,以提高传输质量。As another embodiment, the adjustment method may be to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, which is equivalent to removing the second carrier from The first logical channel moves to the second logical channel. The first logical channel and the second logical channel may be activated logical channels. In this manner, the adjustment information indicates, for example, the ID of the first logical channel, the ID of the second carrier, and the ID of the second logical channel, so that the terminal device can determine to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier , And establish an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel. For example, the first logical channel has an association relationship with multiple carriers, and the channel quality of the multiple carriers is all good, but the channel quality of the carrier having an association relationship with the second logical channel may not be very good, then the network device It can instruct to disassociate the first logical channel and the second carrier, and establish the association between the second carrier and the second logical channel, thereby associating a carrier with a better channel quality for the second logical channel to improve transmission quality.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以解除第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,以及建立多个载波的每个载波与一个或多个逻辑信道之间的关联关系,或者可以解除第一逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系,建立与第一逻辑信道解除关联关系的载波与第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,以及,解除第二逻辑信道和对应的载波之间的关联关系,建立与第二逻辑信道解除关联关系的载波与第一逻辑信道之间的关联关系,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be released, and each carrier and multiple carriers can be established. The association relationship between one or more logical channels, or the association relationship between the first logical channel and the corresponding carrier can be released to establish the association relationship between the carrier disassociated from the first logical channel and the second logical channel , And, disassociate the second logical channel from the corresponding carrier, establish the association between the carrier disassociated from the second logical channel and the first logical channel, and so on.
作为再一种实施方式,调整方式也可以是建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,第三载波是未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。也就是,第三载波之前未与该无线承载的任一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,而网络设备可以通过调整信息指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系。例如,与第一逻辑信道具有关联关系的载波的信道质量可能不是很好,而第三载波的信道质量较好,则网络设备可以指示将第三载波与第一逻辑信道建立关联关系,从而提高传输质量。As yet another embodiment, the adjustment method may also be a method of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel and the third carrier, and the third carrier is in an active state that has not established an association relationship between the first logical channel and the second logical channel State carrier. That is, the third carrier has not previously established an association relationship with any logical channel of the radio bearer, and the network device may indicate that the third carrier is associated with the first logical channel through adjustment information. For example, the channel quality of the carrier that has an association relationship with the first logical channel may not be very good, and the channel quality of the third carrier is good, then the network device may instruct to associate the third carrier with the first logical channel, thereby improving Transmission quality.
当然在这种实施方式下也不限于只是移动一个载波,也可以对载波进行批量处理,例如可以建立第一逻辑信道和多个载波之间的关联关系,多个载波都是未与第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,等等。Of course, in this embodiment, it is not limited to moving only one carrier, and the carriers can also be processed in batches. For example, the association relationship between the first logical channel and multiple carriers can be established. The carrier in the active state where the channel is associated with the second logical channel, and so on.
如上介绍了调整方式的多种实现形式,至于调整方式究竟采用哪一种,可以通过协议规定,或者由网络设备事先配置。As mentioned above, various implementation forms of the adjustment method are introduced. As for which adjustment method is adopted, it can be specified by a protocol or configured by the network device in advance.
在本申请实施例中,网络设备可以通过第一信令来指示调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,而第一信令不是RRC信令,从而网络设备可以动态调整逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,例如可以视情况为逻辑信道尽量关联信道质量较好的载波,提高传输质量。In the embodiment of the present application, the network device may instruct to adjust the carrier associated with at least one logical channel through first signaling, and the first signaling is not RRC signaling, so that the network device may dynamically adjust the relationship between the logical channel and the carrier The association relationship can be, for example, logical channels as much as possible to associate carriers with better channel quality to improve transmission quality.
下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例中用来实现上述方法的装置。因此,上文中的内容均可以用于后续实施例中,重复的内容不再赘述。The apparatus for implementing the above method in the embodiments of the present application is described below with reference to the drawings. Therefore, the above contents can be used in subsequent embodiments, and the repeated contents will not be repeated.
图10为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1000的示意性框图,通信设备1000例如为网络设备1000,网络设备1000包括:10 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1000 is, for example, a network device 1000, and the network device 1000 includes:
处理模块1020,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关 系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;The processing module 1020 is configured to determine indication information used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, where the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes a deactivated logical channel The associated carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
收发模块1010,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述指示信息。The transceiver module 1010 is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
本申请实施例中,无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道传输被复制的数据包,而指示信息可以指示按照第一方式来设置激活的逻辑信道与至少一个载波之间的关联关系,至少一个载波包括去激活的载波在去激活之前所关联的载波,也就是说,对于无线承载通过多个逻辑信道来传输复制的数据包的情况,如果有逻辑信道被去激活,那么本申请实施例提供了将去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波在剩余的激活的逻辑信道间进行分配的方法。In the embodiment of the present application, the wireless bearer transmits the copied data packet through at least three logical channels, and the indication information may indicate that the association relationship between the activated logical channel and at least one carrier is set according to the first manner. The at least one carrier includes The carrier that the deactivated carrier is associated with before deactivation, that is, for the case where the wireless bearer transmits duplicate data packets through multiple logical channels, if a logical channel is deactivated, the embodiments of the present application provide A method of allocating the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel among the remaining activated logical channels.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time; or ,
将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ;or,
将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。As an optional implementation manner, the first signaling further carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps Is the activated logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1010:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1010:
向所述终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。Send second signaling to the terminal device, the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, of which A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier. The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is to deactivate the Activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels carried by radio.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier and establishing an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。As an optional implementation manner, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1020可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1010可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1020 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1010 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图11所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1100,通信设备1100例如为网络设备1100,该网络设备1100包括处理器1110,存储器1120与收发器1130,其中,存储器1120中存储指令或程序,处理器1110用于执行存储器1120中存储的指令或程序。存储器1120中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器1110用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1020执行的操作,收发器1130用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1010执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 11, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1100. The communication device 1100 is, for example, a network device 1100. The network device 1100 includes a processor 1110, a memory 1120, and a transceiver 1130. The memory 1120 stores instructions. Or a program, the processor 1110 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1120. When the instruction or program stored in the memory 1120 is executed, the processor 1110 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1020 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 1130 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1010 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的网络设备1000或网络设备1100可对应于图7所示的实施例中的网络设备,并且网络设备1000或网络设备1100中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图7所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device 1000 or the network device 1100 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and the operations and/or functions of the respective modules in the network device 1000 or the network device 1100 are respectively In order to implement the corresponding process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, for the sake of brevity, no further description is provided here.
图12为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1200的示意性框图,通信设备1200例如为终端设备1200,终端设备1200包括:12 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1200 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1200 is, for example, a terminal device 1200, and the terminal device 1200 includes:
收发模块1220,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;The transceiver module 1220 is configured to receive indication information from a network device, and the indication information is used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner. The association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes The carrier associated with the activated logical channel, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, each passing at least three logical Channel transmission
处理模块1210,用于按照所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。The processing module 1210 is configured to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time; or ,
将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系; 或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ; Or,
将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信令还携带个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。As an optional implementation manner, the first signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, and the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps Is the activated logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1220还用于:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1220 is also used to:
接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。Receiving second signaling from the network device, the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, wherein A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier. The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer. The remaining activated logical channel is used for deactivation. The activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一信令为RRC信令,或MAC CE,或DCI,或RLC控制PDU,或PDCP控制PDU。As an optional implementation manner, the first signaling is RRC signaling, or MAC CE, or DCI, or RLC control PDU, or PDCP control PDU.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1210可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1220可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1210 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1220 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图13所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1300的示意性框图,通信设备1300例如为终端设备1300,该终端设备1300包括处理器1310,存储器1320与收发器1330,其中,存储器1320中存储指令或程序,处理器1310用于执行存储器1320中存储的指令或程序。存储器1320中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器1310用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1210执行的操作,收发器1330用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1220执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 13, an embodiment of the present application further provides a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1300. The communication device 1300 is, for example, a terminal device 1300. The terminal device 1300 includes a processor 1310, a memory 1320, and a transceiver 1330, where the memory The instructions or programs are stored in 1320, and the processor 1310 is used to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1320. When the instruction or program stored in the memory 1320 is executed, the processor 1310 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 1330 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1220 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的终端设备1200或终端设备1300可对应于本申请实施例的图8所示的实施例中的终端设备,并且终端设备1200或终端设备1300中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the terminal device 1200 or the terminal device 1300 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and for the sake of brevity, they will not be repeated here.
图14为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1400的示意性框图,通信设备1400例如为网络设备1400,网络设备1400包括:FIG. 14 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1400 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1400 is, for example, a network device 1400. The network device 1400 includes:
处理模块1410,用于确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;The processing module 1410 is configured to determine that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
收发模块1420,用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道传输,其中,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The transceiver module 1420 is configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to indicate that the radio bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, Wherein, the wirelessly carried data packet is copied into two, and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1420还用于:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示为所述无线承载配置所述至少三个逻辑信道。Sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1420还用于:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道。Sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to set one or two activated logics of the first logical channel and the second logical channel in a first manner An association relationship between a channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes a carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and the deactivated logical channel is in addition to the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels Logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1420用于通过如下方式向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息:As an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1420 is configured to send second indication information to the terminal device in the following manner:
向所述终端设备发送RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or,
向所述终端设备发送MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending a MAC to the terminal device, the MAC including the second indication information; or,
向所述终端设备发送DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending DCI to the terminal device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
向所述终端设备发送RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending an RLC control PDU to the terminal device, where the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or,
向所述终端设备发送PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Sending a PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, where the PDCP control PDU includes the second indication information.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第二指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。As an optional implementation manner, the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. The bitmap of the first logical channel is used In order to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1420还用于:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1420 is also used to:
向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。Sending third indication information to the terminal device, the third indication information further carrying a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the The bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1410可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1420可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1410 in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1420 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图15所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1500,通信设备1500例如为网络设备1500,该网络设备1500包括处理器1510,存储器1520与收发器1530,其中,存储器1520中存储指令或程序,处理器1510用于执行存储器1520中存储的指令或程序。存储器1520中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器1510用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1410执行的操作,收发器1530用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1420执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 15, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1500. The communication device 1500 is, for example, a network device 1500. The network device 1500 includes a processor 1510, a memory 1520, and a transceiver 1530. The memory 1520 stores instructions. Or a program, the processor 1510 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1520. When the instruction or program stored in the memory 1520 is executed, the processor 1510 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1410 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 1530 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1420 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的网络设备1400或网络设备1500可对应于本申请实施例的图8所示的实施例中的网络设备,并且网络设备1400或网络设备1500中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device 1400 or the network device 1500 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the network device 1400 or the network device 1500 And/or functions are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG.
图16为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1600的示意性框图,通信设备1600例如为终端设备1600,终端设备1600包括:16 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1600 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1600 is, for example, a terminal device 1600, and the terminal device 1600 includes:
收发模块1620,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息;The transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive the first indication information from the network device;
处理模块1610,用于根据所述第一指示信息确定无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The processing module 1610 is configured to determine that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first indication information, and the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two , Respectively, transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
收发模块1620,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息;The transceiver module 1620 is also used to receive configuration information from the network device;
处理模块1610,还用于根据所述配置信息确定为所述无线承载配置的所述至少三个逻辑信道。The processing module 1610 is further configured to determine the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
收发模块1620,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息;The transceiver module 1620 is also used to receive second indication information from the network device;
处理模块1610,还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道,所述至少三个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的。The processing module 1610 is further configured to determine, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, The carrier includes a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation, the deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels, the at least three The logical channel is configured for the radio bearer.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1620用于通过如下方式接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息:As an optional implementation manner, the transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive second indication information from the network device in the following manner:
接收来自所述网络设备的RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving RRC signaling from the network device, the RRC signaling including the second indication information; or,
接收来自所述网络设备的MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving a MAC CE from the network device, the MAC CE including the second indication information; or,
接收来自所述网络设备的DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving DCI from the network device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
接收来自所述网络设备的RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving an RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or,
接收来自所述网络设备的PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Receiving a PDCP control PDU from the network device, the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,处理模块1610用于按照如下方式根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系:As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 1610 is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that one or two activated ones of the first logical channel and the second logical channel are set according to the first manner according to the following manner Correlation between logical channel and carrier:
根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap included in the second indication information corresponding to the first logical channel, and/or according to the bitmap corresponding to the second indication information Bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel to set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
收发模块1620,用于接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息;The transceiver module 1620 is configured to receive third indication information from the network device;
处理模块1610,用于根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap, 设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processing module 1610 is configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the third indication information The included bitmap bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional embodiment, the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1610可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1620可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1610 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1620 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图17所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1700,通信设备1700例如为终端设备1700,该终端设备1700包括处理器1710,存储器1720与收发器1730,其中,存储器1720中存储指令或程序,处理器1710用于执行存储器1720中存储的指令或程序。存储器1720中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器1710用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1610执行的操作,收发器1730用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1620执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 17, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1700. The communication device 1700 is, for example, a terminal device 1700. The terminal device 1700 includes a processor 1710, a memory 1720, and a transceiver 1730, where the memory 1720 stores instructions Or a program, the processor 1710 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1720. When the instruction or program stored in the memory 1720 is executed, the processor 1710 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 1730 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 1620 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的终端设备1600或终端设备1700可对应于本申请实施例的图8所示的实施例中的终端设备,并且终端设备1600或终端设备1700中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图8所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operation of each module in the terminal device 1600 or the terminal device 1700 And/or functions are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG.
图18为本申请实施例提供的通信设备1800的示意性框图,通信设备1800例如为网络设备1800,网络设备1800包括:FIG. 18 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 1800 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 1800 is, for example, a network device 1800, and the network device 1800 includes:
处理模块1810,用于确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输;The processing module 1810 is configured to determine adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of the terminal device, and the data packet of the radio bearer is Copy into at least one copy and transmit through the at least one logical channel respectively;
收发模块1820,用于向所述终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令。The transceiver module 1820 is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is signaling other than RRC signaling.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
所述调整信息用于指示调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or,
所述调整信息用于指示所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one Logical channel; or,
所述调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。The adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, and the adjustment mode is used to set an association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted , The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least A logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional implementation manner, the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第一逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。As an optional implementation manner, the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the first logical channel, the adjustment information includes a corresponding In the bitmap of the first logical channel, when the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the The association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,收发模块1820还用于:As an optional implementation, the transceiver module 1820 is also used to:
向终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活或去激活两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还包括对应于所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道的bitmap,所述激活的逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述激活的逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输。Sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate one logical channel of the two logical channels, and the second signaling further includes logic corresponding to the activation of the two logical channels A bitmap of the channel, the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer It is copied into two copies and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional implementation manner, the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the activated carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块1810可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块1820可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 1810 in the embodiment of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 1820 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图19所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备1900,通信设备1900例如为网络设 备1900,该网络设备1900包括处理器1910,存储器1920与收发器1930,其中,存储器1920中存储指令或程序,处理器1910用于执行存储器1920中存储的指令或程序。存储器1920中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器1910用于执行上述实施例中处理模块1810执行的操作,收发器1930用于执行上述实施例中收发模块1820执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 19, an embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 1900. The communication device 1900 is, for example, a network device 1900. The network device 1900 includes a processor 1910, a memory 1920, and a transceiver 1930. The memory 1920 stores instructions Or a program, the processor 1910 is used to execute instructions or programs stored in the memory 1920. When the instructions or programs stored in the memory 1920 are executed, the processor 1910 is used to perform the operations performed by the processing module 1810 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 1930 is used to perform the operations performed by the transceiver module 1820 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的网络设备1800或网络设备1900可对应于本申请实施例的图9所示的实施例中的网络设备,并且网络设备1800或网络设备1900中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图9所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operations of each module in the network device 1800 or the network device 1900 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
图20为本申请实施例提供的通信设备2000的示意性框图,通信设备2000例如为终端设备2000,终端设备2000包括:20 is a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2000 provided by an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 2000 is, for example, a terminal device 2000, and the terminal device 2000 includes:
收发模块2020,用于接收来自网络设备的第一信令,所述第一信令包括调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;The transceiver module 2020 is configured to receive first signaling from a network device, where the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel. The at least one logical channel is The radio bearer of the terminal device is configured, and the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece, which is transmitted through the at least one logical channel, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling ;
处理模块2010,用于根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。The processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
作为一种可选的实施方式,处理模块2010用于通过如下方式根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波:As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波;或,Adjusting the at least one logic according to the currently associated carrier of each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel The carrier associated with the channel; or,
根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,Adjust the at least one according to the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information A carrier associated with one logical channel, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the radio bearer The data packet of is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or,
根据所述调整信息指示的与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。Adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the carrier to be adjusted indicated by the adjustment information and having no association with the two logical channels and the adjustment mode, the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel Association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively And the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional implementation manner, the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
作为一种可选的实施方式,处理模块2010用于通过如下方式根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波:As an optional implementation manner, the processing module 2010 is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, and/or according to the corresponding A bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and setting an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,As an optional implementation,
收发模块2020,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令;The transceiver module 2020 is also used to receive second signaling from the network device;
处理模块2010,还用于根据所述第二信令携带的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processing module 2010 is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried by the second signaling, and/or The third indication information includes a bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel, and sets an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
作为一种可选的实施方式,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:As an optional implementation manner, the adjustment manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the activated carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
应理解,本申请实施例中的处理模块2010可以由处理器或处理器相关电路组件实现,收发模块2020可以由收发器或收发器相关电路组件实现。It should be understood that the processing module 2010 in the embodiments of the present application may be implemented by a processor or a processor-related circuit component, and the transceiver module 2020 may be implemented by a transceiver or a transceiver-related circuit component.
如图21所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备2100的示意性框图,通信设备2100例如为终端设备2100,该终端设备2100包括处理器2110,存储器2120与收发器2130,其中,存储器2120中存储指令或程序,处理器2110用于执行存储器2120中存储的指令或程序。存储器2120中存储的指令或程序被执行时,该处理器2110用于执行上述实施例中处理模块2010执行的操作,收发器2130用于执行上述实施例中收发模块2020执行的操作。As shown in FIG. 21, an embodiment of the present application further provides a schematic block diagram of a communication device 2100. The communication device 2100 is, for example, a terminal device 2100. The terminal device 2100 includes a processor 2110, a memory 2120, and a transceiver 2130. The memory The instructions or programs are stored in 2120, and the processor 2110 is used to execute the instructions or programs stored in the memory 2120. When the instruction or program stored in the memory 2120 is executed, the processor 2110 is used to perform the operation performed by the processing module 2010 in the foregoing embodiment, and the transceiver 2130 is used to perform the operation performed by the transceiver module 2020 in the foregoing embodiment.
应理解,根据本申请实施例的终端设备2000或终端设备2100可对应于本申请实施例的图9所示的实施例中的终端设备,并且终端设备2000或终端设备2100中的各个模块的操作和/或功能分别为了实现图9所示的实施例中的相应流程,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that the terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 according to the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 of the embodiment of the present application, and the operation of each module in the terminal device 2000 or the terminal device 2100 And/or functions are respectively for realizing the corresponding processes in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and for the sake of brevity, they are not repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备也可以是电路。该通 信装置可以用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例、图8所示的方法实施例、或图9所示的方法实施例中由终端设备所执行的动作。An embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device or a circuit. The communication device may be used to perform the actions performed by the terminal device in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG.
当该通信装置为终端设备时,图22示出了一种简化的终端设备的结构示意图。便于理解和图示方便,图22中,终端设备以手机作为例子。如图22所示,终端设备包括处理器、存储器、射频电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据等。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。需要说明的是,有些种类的终端设备可以不具有输入输出装置。When the communication device is a terminal device, FIG. 22 shows a simplified structural diagram of the terminal device. It is easy to understand and convenient to illustrate. In FIG. 22, the terminal device uses a mobile phone as an example. As shown in FIG. 22, the terminal device includes a processor, a memory, a radio frequency circuit, an antenna, and input and output devices. The processor is mainly used for processing communication protocols and communication data, as well as controlling terminal devices, executing software programs, and processing software program data. The memory is mainly used to store software programs and data. The radio frequency circuit is mainly used for the conversion of the baseband signal and the radio frequency signal and the processing of the radio frequency signal. The antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves. Input and output devices, such as touch screens, display screens, and keyboards, are mainly used to receive user input data and output data to the user. It should be noted that some types of terminal devices may not have input/output devices.
当需要发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行射频处理后将射频信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,将射频信号转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。为便于说明,图22中仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备产品中,可以存在一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等。存储器可以是独立于处理器设置,也可以是与处理器集成在一起,本申请实施例对此不做限制。When data needs to be sent, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal after radio frequency processing, and then sends the radio frequency signal to the outside in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal device, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, converts the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal, and outputs the baseband signal to the processor. The processor converts the baseband signal into data and processes the data. For ease of explanation, only one memory and processor are shown in FIG. 22. In actual terminal equipment products, there may be one or more processors and one or more memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium, storage device, or the like. The memory may be set independently of the processor, or may be integrated with the processor, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在本申请实施例中,可以将具有收发功能的天线和射频电路视为终端设备的收发单元,将具有处理功能的处理器视为终端设备的处理单元。如图22所示,终端设备包括收发单元2210和处理单元2220。收发单元也可以称为收发器、收发机、收发装置等。处理单元也可以称为处理器,处理单板,处理模块、处理装置等。可选的,可以将收发单元2210中用于实现接收功能的器件视为接收单元,将收发单元2210中用于实现发送功能的器件视为发送单元,即收发单元2210包括接收单元和发送单元。收发单元有时也可以称为收发机、收发器、或收发电路等。接收单元有时也可以称为接收机、接收器、或接收电路等。发送单元有时也可以称为发射机、发射器或者发射电路等。In the embodiments of the present application, an antenna and a radio frequency circuit with a transceiver function can be regarded as a transceiver unit of a terminal device, and a processor with a processing function can be regarded as a processing unit of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 22, the terminal device includes a transceiver unit 2210 and a processing unit 2220. The transceiver unit may also be called a transceiver, a transceiver, a transceiver device, or the like. The processing unit may also be called a processor, a processing board, a processing module, a processing device, and the like. Optionally, the device used to implement the receiving function in the transceiver unit 2210 may be regarded as a receiving unit, and the device used to implement the sending function in the transceiver unit 2210 may be regarded as a sending unit, that is, the transceiver unit 2210 includes a receiving unit and a sending unit. The transceiver unit may sometimes be called a transceiver, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit. The receiving unit may sometimes be called a receiver, a receiver, or a receiving circuit. The sending unit may sometimes be called a transmitter, a transmitter, or a transmitting circuit.
应理解,收发单元2210用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例、图8所示的方法实施例、或图9所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的发送操作和接收操作,处理单元2220用于执行上述图7所示的方法实施例、图8所示的方法实施例或图9所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧除了收发操作之外的其他操作。It should be understood that the transceiving unit 2210 is used to perform the above-described method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9. 2220 is used to perform operations other than the transceiver operation on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8, or the method embodiment shown in FIG.
例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元2210用于执行图7所示的实施例中的终端设备侧的收发步骤。处理单元2220,用于执行图7所示的实施例中的S72和S73,和/或处理单元2220还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。For example, in one implementation, the transceiving unit 2210 is used to perform the transceiving steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7. The processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S72 and S73 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
或者例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元2210用于执行图8所示的实施例中的S82中终端设备侧的接收操作,和/或收发单元2210还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。处理单元2220,用于执行图8所示的实施例中的S83,和/或处理单元2220还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。Or for example, in one implementation, the transceiver unit 2210 is used to perform the receiving operation on the terminal device side in S82 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or the transceiver unit 2210 is also used to execute the terminal in the embodiment of the present application Other sending and receiving steps on the device side. The processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S83 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
或者例如,在一种实现方式中,收发单元2210用于执行图9所示的实施例中的S92中终端设备侧的接收操作,和/或收发单元2410还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他收发步骤。处理单元2220,用于执行图9所示的实施例中的S93,和/或处理单元2220 还用于执行本申请实施例中终端设备侧的其他处理步骤。Or for example, in an implementation, the transceiver unit 2210 is used to perform the receiving operation on the terminal device side in S92 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and/or the transceiver unit 2410 is also used to execute the terminal in the embodiment of the present application Other sending and receiving steps on the device side. The processing unit 2220 is configured to execute S93 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9, and/or the processing unit 2220 is further configured to execute other processing steps on the terminal device side in the embodiment of the present application.
当该通信装置为芯片时,该芯片包括收发单元和处理单元。其中,收发单元可以是输入输出电路、通信接口;处理单元为该芯片上集成的处理器或者微处理器或者集成电路。When the communication device is a chip, the chip includes a transceiver unit and a processing unit. The transceiver unit may be an input-output circuit and a communication interface; the processing unit is a processor or microprocessor or integrated circuit integrated on the chip.
本申请实施例中的通信装置为终端设备时,可以参照图23所示的设备。作为第一个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图13中处理器1310的功能。在图23中,该设备包括处理器2310,发送数据处理器2320,接收数据处理器2330。上述实施例中的处理模块1210可以是图23中的该处理器2310,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块1220可以是图23中的发送数据处理器2320,和/或接收数据处理器2330。作为第二个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图17中处理器1710的功能。上述实施例中的处理模块1610可以是图23中的该处理器2310,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块1620可以是图23中的发送数据处理器2320,和/或接收数据处理器2330。作为第三个例子,该设备可以完成类似于图21中处理器2110的功能。上述实施例中的处理模块2010可以是图23中的该处理器2310,并完成相应的功能。上述实施例中的收发模块2020可以是图23中的发送数据处理器2320,和/或接收数据处理器2330。When the communication device in the embodiment of the present application is a terminal device, reference may be made to the device shown in FIG. 23. As a first example, the device can perform functions similar to the processor 1310 in FIG. 13. In FIG. 23, the device includes a processor 2310, a transmission data processor 2320, and a reception data processor 2330. The processing module 1210 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions. The transceiver module 1220 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23. As a second example, the device can perform functions similar to the processor 1710 in FIG. 17. The processing module 1610 in the foregoing embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions. The transceiver module 1620 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23. As a third example, the device can perform functions similar to the processor 2110 in FIG. 21. The processing module 2010 in the above embodiment may be the processor 2310 in FIG. 23 and complete the corresponding functions. The transceiver module 2020 in the above embodiment may be the sending data processor 2320 and/or the receiving data processor 2330 in FIG. 23.
虽然图23中示出了信道编码器、信道解码器,但是可以理解这些模块并不对本实施例构成限制性说明,仅是示意性的。Although a channel encoder and a channel decoder are shown in FIG. 23, it can be understood that these modules do not constitute a restrictive description of this embodiment, but are only schematic.
图24示出本实施例的另一种形式。处理装置2400中包括调制子系统、中央处理子系统、周边子系统等模块。本实施例中的通信装置可以作为其中的调制子系统。具体的,该调制子系统可以包括处理器2403,接口2404。其中处理器2403完成上述处理模块1210的功能,接口2404完成上述收发模块1220的功能。或者,处理器2403完成上述处理模块1610的功能,接口2404完成上述收发模块1620的功能。或者,处理器2403完成上述处理模块2010的功能,接口2404完成上述收发模块2020的功能。作为另一种变形,该调制子系统包括存储器2406、处理器2403及存储在存储器2406上并可在处理器上运行的程序,该处理器2403执行该程序时实现上述图7所示的方法实施例、图8所示的方法实施例或图9所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。需要注意的是,所述存储器2406可以是非易失性的,也可以是易失性的,其位置可以位于调制子系统内部,也可以位于处理装置2400中,只要该存储器2406可以连接到所述处理器2403即可。FIG. 24 shows another form of this embodiment. The processing device 2400 includes modules such as a modulation subsystem, a central processing subsystem, and peripheral subsystems. The communication device in this embodiment can serve as a modulation subsystem therein. Specifically, the modulation subsystem may include a processor 2403 and an interface 2404. The processor 2403 performs the function of the processing module 1210, and the interface 2404 performs the function of the transceiver module 1220. Alternatively, the processor 2403 completes the functions of the processing module 1610, and the interface 2404 completes the functions of the transceiver module 1620. Alternatively, the processor 2403 completes the functions of the processing module 2010, and the interface 2404 completes the functions of the transceiver module 2020. As another variation, the modulation subsystem includes a memory 2406, a processor 2403, and a program stored on the memory 2406 and executable on the processor. When the processor 2403 executes the program, the method shown in FIG. 7 is implemented. Example, the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 or the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9. It should be noted that the memory 2406 may be non-volatile or volatile, and its location may be located inside the modulation subsystem or in the processing device 2400, as long as the memory 2406 can be connected to the The processor 2403 is sufficient.
本申请实施例还提供计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图7所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 7 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
本申请实施例还提供计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图8所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 8 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
本申请实施例还提供计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与网络设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a network device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented.
本申请实施例还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该程序被处理器执行时可以实现上述方法实施例提供的图9所示的实施例中与终端设备相关的流程。An embodiment of the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the program is executed by a processor, a process related to a terminal device in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 provided by the foregoing method embodiment can be implemented .
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被执行时执行上述图7 所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing an instruction, which executes the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 7 when the instruction is executed.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被执行时执行上述图8所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing an instruction, which executes the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 8 when the instruction is executed.
本申请实施例还提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,该指令被执行时执行上述图9所示的方法实施例中终端设备侧的方法。An embodiment of the present application further provides a computer program product containing instructions, which execute the method on the terminal device side in the method embodiment shown in FIG. 9 when the instructions are executed.
应理解,本申请实施例中提及的处理器可以是中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that the processor mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a central processing unit (CPU), and may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and special-purpose integrated circuits (DSPs) application, specific, integrated circuit (ASIC), ready-made programmable gate array (field programmable gate array, FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general-purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor may be any conventional processor or the like.
还应理解,本申请实施例中提及的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的RAM可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(dynamic RAM,DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory mentioned in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. Among them, the non-volatile memory may be read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM), programmable read-only memory (programmable ROM, PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), electronically Erasable programmable read only memory (electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory may be a random access memory (random access memory, RAM), which is used as an external cache. By way of example but not limitation, many forms of RAM are available, such as static random access memory (static RAM, SRAM), dynamic random access memory (dynamic RAM, DRAM), synchronous dynamic random access memory (synchronous RAM, SDRAM), double data rate synchronous dynamic random access memory (double data SDRAM, DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (enhanced SDRAM, ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) ) And direct memory bus random access memory (direct RAMbus RAM, DR RAM).
需要说明的是,当处理器为通用处理器、DSP、ASIC、FPGA或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件时,存储器(存储模块)集成在处理器中。It should be noted that when the processor is a general-purpose processor, DSP, ASIC, FPGA or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, or discrete hardware component, the memory (storage module) is integrated in the processor.
应注意,本文描述的存储器旨在包括但不限于这些和任意其它适合类型的存储器。It should be noted that the memories described herein are intended to include, but are not limited to these and any other suitable types of memories.
应理解,在本申请的各种实施例中,上述各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should be understood that in various embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence numbers of the above processes does not mean that the execution order is sequential, and the execution order of each process should be determined by its function and inherent logic, and should not be applied to the embodiments of the present application The implementation process constitutes no limitation.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in conjunction with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware, or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are executed in hardware or software depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and conciseness of the description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其它的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其它的形式。In the several embodiments provided in this application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, device, and method may be implemented in other ways. For example, the device embodiments described above are only schematic. For example, the division of the units is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be other divisions, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored, or not implemented. In addition, the displayed or discussed mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection may be indirect coupling or communication connection through some interfaces, devices or units, and may be in electrical, mechanical or other forms.
所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, they may be located in one place, or may be distributed on multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of this embodiment.
另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist alone physically, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。If the functions are implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products, they can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application essentially or part of the contribution to the existing technology or part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, and the computer software product is stored in a storage medium, including Several instructions are used to enable a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in the embodiments of the present application. The aforementioned storage media include: U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM), random access memory (random access memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk and other media that can store program codes .
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请实施例的保护范围应所述以权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of the present application, but the scope of protection of the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes within the technical scope disclosed in the embodiments of the present application Or replacement, should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application shall be subject to the protection scope of the claims.

Claims (86)

  1. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a logical channel, characterized in that it includes:
    确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;Determining instruction information, the instruction information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to the first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel. The activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
    向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述指示信息。Send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 1, wherein:
    所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number ID, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time Relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ;or,
    将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
    当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
  4. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个比特映射bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first signaling further carries one or more bitmap bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association between a logical channel and a carrier, the one The logical channel corresponding to the multiple bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  5. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。Send second signaling to the terminal device, the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, of which A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier. The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated logical channel is to deactivate the Activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels carried by radio.
  6. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
    解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier and establishing an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
    建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  7. 根据权利要求1~6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令为无线资源控制RRC信令,或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,或下行控制信息DCI,或无线链路控制RLC控制协议数据单元PDU,或分组数据汇聚协议PDCP控制PDU。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the first signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling, or media access control control element MAC CE, or downlink control information DCI, or wireless Link control RLC control protocol data unit PDU, or packet data aggregation protocol PDCP control PDU.
  8. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a logical channel, characterized in that it includes:
    接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;Receiving instruction information from a network device, the instruction information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes association with a deactivated logical channel Carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
    按照所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。The association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier is set according to the first mode.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 8, wherein:
    所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  10. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number ID, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time Relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ;or,
    将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
    当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
  11. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个比特映射bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first signaling further carries one or more bitmap bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association between a logical channel and a carrier, the one The logical channel corresponding to the multiple bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  12. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。Receiving second signaling from the network device, the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, the second signaling also carries one or more bitmaps, wherein A bitmap is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier. The logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer. The remaining activated logical channel is used for deactivation. The activated logical channel remaining after one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  13. 根据权利要求8或9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
    建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  14. 根据权利要求8~13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信令为无线资源控制RRC信令,或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,或下行控制信息DCI,或无线链路控制RLC控制协议数据单元PDU,或分组数据汇聚协议PDCP控制PDU。The method according to any one of claims 8 to 13, wherein the first signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling, or media access control element MAC, CE, or downlink control information DCI, or wireless Link control RLC control protocol data unit PDU, or packet data aggregation protocol PDCP control PDU.
  15. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器,用于确定指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;A processor, configured to determine indication information used to indicate that an association relationship is set according to a first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes a deactivated logical channel. The associated carrier, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which are respectively transmitted through at least three logical channels;
    收发器,用于向终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述指示信息。The transceiver is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the indication information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 15, wherein
    所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述终端设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device, and all carriers in the activated state of the terminal device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述终端设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes the carrier in the activated state other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the terminal device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  17. 根据权利要求15或16所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联 关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number ID, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time Relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ;or,
    将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
    当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
  18. 根据权利要求15或16所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个比特映射bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。The communication device according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the first signaling further carries one or more bitmap bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  19. 根据权利要求15或16所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 15 or 16, wherein
    所述收发器还用于向所述终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。The transceiver is also used to send second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to indicate one or more logical channels to deactivate the radio bearer, and the second signaling also carries a Or multiple bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activated The logical channel is an activated logical channel remaining after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  20. 根据权利要求15或16所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 15 or 16, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
    解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier and establishing an association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
    建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  21. 根据权利要求15~20任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令为无线资源控制RRC信令,或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,或下行控制信息DCI,或无线链路控制RLC控制协议数据单元PDU,或分组数据汇聚协议PDCP控制PDU。The communication device according to any one of claims 15 to 20, wherein the first signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling, or media access control control element MAC CE, or downlink control information DCI, or The radio link control RLC control protocol data unit PDU, or the packet data aggregation protocol PDCP control PDU.
  22. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示按照第一方式设置关联关系,所述关联关系为激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述激活的逻辑信道和所述去激活的逻辑信道属于同一个无线承载,且所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少三份,分别通过至少三个逻辑信道传输;The transceiver is used to receive indication information from the network device, the indication information is used to instruct to set an association relationship according to a first manner, the association relationship is a relationship between an activated logical channel and a carrier, and the carrier includes deactivation Carriers associated with the logical channel of, the activated logical channel and the deactivated logical channel belong to the same radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into at least three copies, which respectively pass through at least three logical channels transmission;
    处理器,用于按照所述第一方式设置所述激活的逻辑信道与所述载波之间的关联关系。The processor is configured to set the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 22, wherein
    所述载波仅包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes only the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述通信设备的处于激活状态的全部载波,所述通信设备的处于激活状态的全部载波包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波;或,The carrier includes all carriers in the activated state of the communication device, and all carriers in the activated state of the communication device include carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation; or,
    所述载波包括所述通信设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,所述通信设备的除了所述激活的逻辑信道所关联的载波之外的其他的处于激活状态的载波,包括所述去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波。The carrier includes an active carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the communication device, and the carrier other than the carrier associated with the activated logical channel of the communication device Other carriers in the activated state include the carriers associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation.
  24. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的身份标识号ID的大小顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the carrier's identification number ID, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time Relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the activated logical channel according to the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with one logical channel of the activated logical channel at a time ;or,
    将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel; or,
    当所述激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of activated logical channels is equal to 1, the carrier is associated with the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,The carrier is associated with the activated logical channel in the order of the ID of the corresponding deactivated logical channel, wherein all carriers associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation are associated with an activated The logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the activated logical channel in a random manner.
  25. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令还携带一个或多个比特映射bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述激活的逻辑信道。The communication device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the first signaling further carries one or more bitmap bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the The logical channel corresponding to one or more bitmaps is the activated logical channel.
  26. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 22 or 23, characterized in that
    所述收发器还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令,所述第二信令用于指示去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还携带一个或多个bitmap,其中的一个bitmap用于指示一个逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述一个或多个bitmap对应的逻辑信道是所述无线承载剩余的激活的逻辑信道,所述剩余的激活的逻辑信道为去激活所述无线承载的一个或多个逻辑信道后剩余的激活的逻辑信道。The transceiver is also used to receive second signaling from the network device, the second signaling is used to instruct to deactivate one or more logical channels of the radio bearer, and the second signaling also carries One or more bitmaps, one of which is used to indicate the association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier, the logical channel corresponding to the one or more bitmaps is the remaining activated logical channel of the radio bearer, and the remaining activation The logical channel is the activated logical channel remaining after deactivating one or more logical channels of the radio bearer.
  27. 根据权利要求22或23所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 22 or 23, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel being one of the activated logical channels; or,
    解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的两个;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing the association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are Two of the activated logical channels; or,
    建立第一逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述无线承载的所有逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道为所述激活的逻辑信道的一个。A manner of establishing an association relationship between a first logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is an active carrier that has not established an association relationship with all logical channels of the radio bearer, and the first logical channel is One of the activated logical channels.
  28. 根据权利要求22~27任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一信令为无线资源控制RRC信令,或媒体接入控制控制元素MAC CE,或下行控制信息DCI,或无线链路控制RLC控制协议数据单元PDU,或分组数据汇聚协议PDCP控制PDU。The communication device according to any one of claims 22 to 27, wherein the first signaling is radio resource control RRC signaling, or media access control control element MAC CE, or downlink control information DCI, or The radio link control RLC control protocol data unit PDU, or the packet data aggregation protocol PDCP control PDU.
  29. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a logical channel, characterized in that it includes:
    确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;Determine to configure at least three logical channels for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
    向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。Sending first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the wireless bearer to transmit through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, wherein the wireless The carried data packet is copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示为所述无线承载配置所述至少三个逻辑信道。The method according to claim 29, wherein the method further comprises: sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  31. 根据权利要求29或30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the method further comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道。Sending second indication information to the terminal device, where the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to set one or two activated logics of the first logical channel and the second logical channel in a first manner An association relationship between a channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes a carrier associated with a deactivated logical channel before deactivation, and the deactivated logical channel is in addition to the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels Logical channel.
  32. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 31, wherein sending the second indication information to the terminal device comprises:
    向所述终端设备发送RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending a MAC to the terminal device, the MAC including the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending DCI to the terminal device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending an RLC control PDU to the terminal device, where the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Sending a PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, where the PDCP control PDU includes the second indication information.
  33. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
    当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
    所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
  34. 根据权利要求31~33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 31 to 33, wherein the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  35. 根据权利要求31或32所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 31 or 32, wherein the method further comprises:
    向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。Sending third indication information to the terminal device, the third indication information also carrying a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used In order to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  36. 根据权利要求31、32或35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 31, 32 or 35, wherein the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
    建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
  37. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a logical channel, characterized in that it includes:
    接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息;Receiving the first instruction information from the network device;
    根据所述第一指示信息确定无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。According to the first indication information, it is determined that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels, wherein the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two, and passes through the first The logical channel and the second logical channel are transmitted.
  38. 根据权利要求37所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 37, further comprising:
    接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息;Receiving configuration information from the network device;
    根据所述配置信息确定为所述无线承载配置的所述至少三个逻辑信道。Determining the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
  39. 根据权利要求37或38所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 37 or 38, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息;Receiving second indication information from the network device;
    根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括至少三个逻辑信道,除了所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之外的去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述至少三个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的。Determining, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels that set the first logical channel and the second logical channel and the carrier according to the first manner, where the carrier includes at least three A logical channel, a carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel except the one or two activated logical channels before deactivation, the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  40. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息,包括:The method according to claim 39, wherein receiving the second indication information from the network device includes:
    接收来自所述网络设备的RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving RRC signaling from the network device, the RRC signaling including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving a MAC CE from the network device, the MAC CE including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving DCI from the network device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving an RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Receiving a PDCP control PDU from the network device, the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
  41. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
    当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
    所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
  42. 根据权利要求39~41任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,包括:The method according to any one of claims 39 to 41, characterized in that, according to the second indication information, it is determined that one or two activations of the first logical channel and the second logical channel are set according to the first mode The relationship between the logical channel and the carrier includes:
    根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap included in the second indication information corresponding to the first logical channel, and/or according to the bitmap corresponding to the second indication information Bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel to set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  43. 根据权利要求39或40所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息;Receiving third indication information from the network device;
    根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the corresponding The bitmap of the second logical channel sets the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  44. 根据权利要求39、40或43所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 39, 40 or 43, wherein the first manner includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第 二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
    建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
  45. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,A method of configuring logical channels, characterized in that
    确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输;Determining adjustment information, the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device, and a data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one copy, Respectively transmitted through the at least one logical channel;
    向所述终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令。Send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is signaling other than RRC signaling.
  46. 根据权利要求45所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 45, wherein
    所述调整信息用于指示调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one Logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。The adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, and the adjustment mode is used to set an association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted , The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least A logical channel.
  47. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 46, wherein the adjustment method comprises one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
    当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
  48. 根据权利要求45~47任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第一逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二 逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。The method according to any one of claims 45 to 47, wherein the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the first logical channel For channels, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel. When the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. A bitmap of a logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and a bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  49. 根据权利要求46所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 46, further comprising:
    向终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活或去激活两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还包括对应于所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道的bitmap,所述激活的逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述激活的逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输。Sending second signaling to the terminal device, where the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate one logical channel of the two logical channels, and the second signaling further includes logic corresponding to the activation of the two logical channels A bitmap of the channel, the bitmap of the activated logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the activated logical channel and the carrier, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are Copy into two, and transmit through the two logical channels respectively.
  50. 根据权利要求46或49所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 46 or 49, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the activated carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  51. 一种配置逻辑信道的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for configuring a logical channel, characterized in that it includes:
    接收来自网络设备的第一信令,所述第一信令包括调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为第六通信装置的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;Receiving first signaling from a network device, the first signaling including adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is a wireless communication for the sixth communication device In the bearer configuration, the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into at least one piece and transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling;
    根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。Adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
  52. 根据权利要求51所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,包括:The method according to claim 51, wherein adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes:
    根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波;或,Adjusting the at least one logic according to the currently associated carrier of each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel The carrier associated with the channel; or,
    根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,Adjust the at least one according to the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information A carrier associated with one logical channel, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the radio bearer The data packet of is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or,
    根据所述调整信息指示的与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整 方式,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。Adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the carrier to be adjusted indicated by the adjustment information and having no association with the two logical channels and the adjustment mode, the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel Association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted, the two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, and the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively And the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
  53. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 52, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
    当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
  54. 根据权利要求51~53任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,包括:The method according to any one of claims 51 to 53, wherein adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information includes:
    根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, and/or according to the corresponding A bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and setting an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
  55. 根据权利要求52所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 52, wherein the method further comprises:
    接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令;Receiving second signaling from the network device;
    根据所述第二信令携带的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried in the second signaling, and/or according to the third indication information including A bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel, setting the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  56. 根据权利要求52或55所述的方法,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The method according to claim 52 or 55, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the activated carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  57. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器,用于确定为终端设备的无线承载配置至少三个逻辑信道;A processor, configured to determine that at least three logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer of the terminal device;
    收发器,用于向所述终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述无线承载通过所述至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。A transceiver, configured to send first indication information to the terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the radio bearer to transmit through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of the at least three logical channels, Wherein, the data packet carried by the radio is copied into two and transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel respectively.
  58. 根据权利要求57所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:向所述终端设备发送配置信息,所述配置信息用于指示为所述无线承载配置所述至少三个逻辑信道。The communication device according to claim 57, wherein the method further comprises: sending configuration information to the terminal device, where the configuration information is used to indicate that the at least three logical channels are configured for the radio bearer.
  59. 根据权利要求57或58所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述收发器,还用于向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息,所述第二指示信息用于指示所述终端设备按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述去激活的逻辑信道是所述至少三个逻辑信道中除了激活的逻辑信道之外的逻辑信道。The communication device according to claim 57 or 58, wherein the transceiver is further configured to send second indication information to the terminal device, and the second indication information is used to instruct the terminal device to One way is to set the association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the first logical channel and the second logical channel and a carrier, where the carrier includes the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel before deactivation The deactivated logical channel is a logical channel other than the activated logical channel among the at least three logical channels.
  60. 根据权利要求59所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述收发器用于通过如下方式向所述终端设备发送第二指示信息:The communication device according to claim 59, wherein the transceiver is used to send second indication information to the terminal device in the following manner:
    向所述终端设备发送RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending RRC signaling to the terminal device, where the RRC signaling includes the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending a MAC to the terminal device, the MAC including the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending DCI to the terminal device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Sending an RLC control PDU to the terminal device, where the RLC control PDU includes the second indication information; or,
    向所述终端设备发送PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Sending a PDCP control PDU to the terminal device, where the PDCP control PDU includes the second indication information.
  61. 根据权利要求59或60所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 59 or 60, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
    当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
    所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
  62. 根据权利要求59~61任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第二指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。The communication device according to any one of claims 59 to 61, wherein the second indication information further carries a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  63. 根据权利要求59或60所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述收发器,还用于向终端设备发送第三指示信息,所述第三指示信息还携带对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap和/或对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。The communication device according to claim 59 or 60, wherein the transceiver is further configured to send third indication information to a terminal device, and the third indication information further carries the corresponding to the first logical channel bitmap and/or a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, the bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the The association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier is described.
  64. 根据权利要求59、60或63所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 59, 60 or 63, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
    建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
  65. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的第一指示信息;The transceiver is used to receive the first indication information from the network device;
    处理器,用于根据所述第一指示信息确定无线承载通过至少三个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道和第二逻辑信道进行传输,其中,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。A processor, configured to determine that the wireless bearer is transmitted through the first logical channel and the second logical channel of at least three logical channels according to the first instruction information, wherein the data packet of the wireless bearer is copied into two, respectively Transmission through the first logical channel and the second logical channel.
  66. 根据权利要求65所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 65, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的配置信息;The transceiver is also used to receive configuration information from the network device;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述配置信息确定为所述无线承载配置的所述至少三个逻辑信道。The processor is further configured to determine the at least three logical channels configured for the radio bearer according to the configuration information.
  67. 根据权利要求65或66所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 65 or 66, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息;The transceiver is also used to receive second indication information from the network device;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系,所述载波包括至少三个逻辑信道,除了所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道之外的去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的载波,所述至少三个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的。The processor is further configured to determine, according to the second indication information, an association relationship between one or two activated logical channels and a carrier set in the first manner to set the first logical channel and the second logical channel , The carrier includes at least three logical channels, and the carrier associated with the deactivated logical channel except the one or two activated logical channels before deactivation, the at least three logical channels are Wireless bearer configuration.
  68. 根据权利要求67所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述收发器用于通过如下方式接收来自所述网络设备的第二指示信息:The communication device according to claim 67, wherein the transceiver is configured to receive second indication information from the network device in the following manner:
    接收来自所述网络设备的RRC信令,所述RRC信令包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving RRC signaling from the network device, the RRC signaling including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的MAC CE,所述MAC CE包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving a MAC CE from the network device, the MAC CE including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的DCI,所述DCI包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving DCI from the network device, the DCI including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的RLC控制PDU,所述RLC控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息;或,Receiving an RLC control PDU from the network device, the RLC control PDU including the second indication information; or,
    接收来自所述网络设备的PDCP控制PDU,所述PDCP控制PDU包括所述第二指示信息。Receiving a PDCP control PDU from the network device, the PDCP control PDU including the second indication information.
  69. 根据权利要求67或68所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 67 or 68, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier is associated with the one or two activated logical channels at a time A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述至少一个载波的一个载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels according to the order of channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the at least one carrier and the one or two are activated at a time Logical channel of a logical channel to establish an association relationship; or,
    将所述载波与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with one of the one or two activated logical channels; or,
    当所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述载波与所述激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the one or two activated logical channels is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier and the activated logical channels; or,
    将所述载波按照所对应的去激活的逻辑信道的ID的顺序,与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,一个去激活的逻辑信道在去激活前所关联的所有载波与一个激活的逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier with the one or two activated logical channels in the order of the IDs of the corresponding deactivated logical channels, where all carriers associated with one deactivated logical channel before deactivation Establish an association with an activated logical channel; or,
    所述第二指示信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The second indication information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述一个或两个激活的逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the carrier with a logical channel of the one or two activated logical channels in a random manner.
  70. 根据权利要求67~69任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过如下方式,根据所述第二指示信息确定按照第一方式设置所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道的一个或两个激活的逻辑信道与载波之间的关联关系:The communication device according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the processor is configured to determine, according to the second indication information, that the first logical channel and the Association relationship between one or two activated logical channels of the second logical channel and the carrier:
    根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第二指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap included in the second indication information corresponding to the first logical channel, and/or according to the bitmap corresponding to the second indication information Bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel to set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  71. 根据权利要求67或68所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 67 or 68, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第三指示信息;The transceiver is also used to receive third indication information from the network device;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第一逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processor is further configured to set an association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to a bitmap bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel included in the third indication information, and/or according to the The third indication information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel, and sets an association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  72. 根据权利要求67、68或71所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述第一方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 67, 68, or 71, wherein the first mode includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道;或,A manner of releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier, the first logical channel is an activated logical channel; or,
    解除所述第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第一载波和所述第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系的方式,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑 信道;或,A method for releasing the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier and establishing an association relationship between the first carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the second The logical channel is the activated logical channel; or,
    建立所述第一逻辑信道或所述第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系的方式,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波。A manner of establishing an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and a third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel Of the active carrier.
  73. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    处理器,用于确定调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为终端设备的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输;A processor, configured to determine adjustment information for adjusting a carrier associated with at least one logical channel, the at least one logical channel is configured for a radio bearer of a terminal device, and a data packet of the radio bearer is copied Into at least one part, which is transmitted through the at least one logical channel respectively
    收发器,用于向所述终端设备发送第一信令,所述第一信令包括所述调整信息,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令。The transceiver is configured to send first signaling to the terminal device, where the first signaling includes the adjustment information, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling.
  74. 根据权利要求73所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 73, characterized in that
    所述调整信息用于指示调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波的信息;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information about a carrier associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel after adjustment; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,The adjustment information is used to indicate information of a carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one Logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。The adjustment information is used to indicate a carrier to be adjusted that does not have an association relationship with two logical channels and an adjustment mode, and the adjustment mode is used to set an association relationship between the at least one logical channel and the carrier to be adjusted , The two logical channels are configured for the wireless bearer, the data packets of the wireless bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least A logical channel.
  75. 根据权利要求74所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 74, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
    当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
  76. 根据权利要求73~75任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述至少一个逻辑信道包括第一逻辑信道和/或第二逻辑信道,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第一逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第一逻辑信道的bitmap,当所述至少一个逻辑信道包括所述第二逻辑信道时,所述调整信息包括对应于第二逻辑信道的bitmap,所述第一逻辑信道的 bitmap用于指示所述第一逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述第二逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述第二逻辑信道和载波的关联关系。The communication device according to any one of claims 73 to 75, wherein the at least one logical channel includes a first logical channel and/or a second logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the first For logical channels, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the first logical channel, and when the at least one logical channel includes the second logical channel, the adjustment information includes a bitmap corresponding to the second logical channel. The bitmap of the first logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier, and the bitmap of the second logical channel is used to indicate the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  77. 根据权利要求74所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述收发器,还用于向终端设备发送第二信令,所述第二信令用于激活或去激活两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道,所述第二信令还包括对应于所述两个逻辑信道的激活的逻辑信道的bitmap,所述激活的逻辑信道的bitmap用于指示所述激活的逻辑信道和载波的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输。The communication device according to claim 74, wherein the transceiver is further configured to send second signaling to the terminal device, and the second signaling is used to activate or deactivate one of the two logical channels. Channel, the second signaling further includes a bitmap of the activated logical channels corresponding to the two logical channels. The bitmap of the activated logical channels is used to indicate the association relationship between the activated logical channels and the carrier. The two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively.
  78. 根据权利要求74或77所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 74 or 77, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the activated carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  79. 一种通信设备,其特征在于,包括:A communication device, characterized in that it includes:
    收发器,用于接收来自网络设备的第一信令,所述第一信令包括调整信息,所述调整信息用于调整至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述至少一个逻辑信道是为第六通信装置的无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成至少一份,分别通过所述至少一个逻辑信道传输,所述第一信令为除了RRC信令之外的其他信令;The transceiver is configured to receive first signaling from a network device, where the first signaling includes adjustment information, and the adjustment information is used to adjust a carrier associated with at least one logical channel. The at least one logical channel is a 6. In the configuration of the radio bearer of the communication device, the data packet of the radio bearer is copied into at least one piece and respectively transmitted through the at least one logical channel, and the first signaling is other signaling than RRC signaling ;
    处理器,用于根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波。The processor is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information.
  80. 根据权利要求79所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波:The communication device according to claim 79, wherein the processor is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
    根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的调整后与所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道关联的载波,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波;或,Adjusting the at least one logic according to the currently associated carrier of each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the adjusted carrier indicated by the adjustment information and associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel The carrier associated with the channel; or,
    根据所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道当前所关联的载波,以及所述调整信息所指示的所述至少一个逻辑信道的每个逻辑信道对应的待调整的载波的信息,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述待调整的载波的每个载波与两个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道具有关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道;或,Adjust the at least one according to the carrier currently associated with each logical channel of the at least one logical channel and the information of the carrier to be adjusted corresponding to each logical channel of the at least one logical channel indicated by the adjustment information A carrier associated with one logical channel, each carrier of the carrier to be adjusted has an association relationship with one logical channel of two logical channels, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, and the radio bearer The data packet of is copied into two and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively, and the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel; or,
    根据所述调整信息指示的与两个逻辑信道不具有关联关系的待调整的载波以及调整方式,调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波,所述调整方式用于设置所述至少一个逻辑信道与所述待调整的载波之间的关联关系,所述两个逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的, 所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述两个逻辑信道传输,且所述两个逻辑信道包括所述至少一个逻辑信道。Adjusting the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the carrier to be adjusted indicated by the adjustment information and having no association relationship with the two logical channels and the adjustment mode, the adjustment mode is used to set the at least one logical channel The association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted, the two logical channels are configured for the radio bearer, the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and transmitted through the two logical channels respectively And the two logical channels include the at least one logical channel.
  81. 根据权利要求80所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 80, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的ID的大小顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the ID of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and one logic of the at least one logical channel are The channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波按照载波的信道质量的优劣顺序,与所述至少一个逻辑信道建立关联关系,其中,每次将所述待调整的载波的一个载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associating the carrier to be adjusted with the at least one logical channel in the order of the channel quality of the carrier, wherein one carrier of the carrier to be adjusted and the at least one logical channel are A logical channel establishes an association relationship; or,
    将所述待调整的载波与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,Associate the carrier to be adjusted with one logical channel of the at least one logical channel; or,
    当所述至少一个逻辑信道的数量等于1时,将所述待调整的载波与所述逻辑信道建立关联关系;或,When the number of the at least one logical channel is equal to 1, establish an association relationship between the carrier to be adjusted and the logical channel; or,
    所述调整信息包括第一索引,所述第一方式为所述第一索引所对应的方式,所述第一索引用于指示逻辑信道和载波之间的关联关系;或,The adjustment information includes a first index, and the first mode is a mode corresponding to the first index, and the first index is used to indicate an association relationship between a logical channel and a carrier; or,
    将所述至少一个载波的每个载波按照随机方式与所述至少一个逻辑信道的一个逻辑信道建立关联关系。Associate each carrier of the at least one carrier with a logical channel of the at least one logical channel in a random manner.
  82. 根据权利要求79~81任一项所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述处理器用于通过如下方式根据所述调整信息调整所述至少一个逻辑信道所关联的载波:The communication device according to any one of claims 79 to 81, wherein the processor is configured to adjust the carrier associated with the at least one logical channel according to the adjustment information in the following manner:
    根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述调整信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。Setting the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the adjustment information, and/or according to the corresponding A bitmap bitmap of a second logical channel of the at least one logical channel, and setting an association relationship between the second logical channel and a carrier.
  83. 根据权利要求80所述的通信设备,其特征在于,The communication device according to claim 80, characterized in that
    所述收发器,还用于接收来自所述网络设备的第二信令;The transceiver is also used to receive second signaling from the network device;
    所述处理器,还用于根据所述第二信令携带的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第一逻辑信道的bitmap,设置所述第一逻辑信道与载波的关联关系,和/或,根据所述第三指示信息包括的对应于所述至少一个逻辑信道的第二逻辑信道的比特映射bitmap,设置所述第二逻辑信道与载波的关联关系。The processor is further configured to set the association relationship between the first logical channel and the carrier according to the bitmap of the first logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel carried in the second signaling, and/or, According to the bitmap bitmap of the second logical channel corresponding to the at least one logical channel included in the third indication information, set the association relationship between the second logical channel and the carrier.
  84. 根据权利要求80或83所述的通信设备,其特征在于,所述调整方式包括如下一种或它们的任意组合:The communication device according to claim 80 or 83, wherein the adjustment method includes one of the following or any combination thereof:
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第一载波之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述第一逻辑信道用于传输被复制的数据包;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the first carrier. The first logical channel is an activated logical channel, and the first logical channel is configured for the radio bearer. The first logical channel is used to transmit the copied data packet; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示解除第一逻辑信道和第二载波之间的关联关系,以及建立所述第二载波和第二逻辑信道之间的关联关系,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道为激活的逻辑信道,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输;或,The adjustment information is used to instruct to release the association relationship between the first logical channel and the second carrier, and to establish the association relationship between the second carrier and the second logical channel, the first logical channel and the first Two logical channels are activated logical channels, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two, and pass through the first Logical channel and the second logical channel transmission; or,
    所述调整信息用于指示建立第一逻辑信道或第二逻辑信道和第三载波之间的关联关系,所述第三载波是未与所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道建立关联关系的处于激活 状态的载波,所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道是为所述无线承载配置的,所述无线承载的数据包被复制成两份,分别通过所述第一逻辑信道和所述第二逻辑信道传输。The adjustment information is used to indicate the establishment of an association relationship between the first logical channel or the second logical channel and the third carrier, where the third carrier is not associated with the first logical channel and the second logical channel In relation to the active carrier, the first logical channel and the second logical channel are configured for the radio bearer, and the data packets of the radio bearer are copied into two parts, which respectively pass through the first logic Channel and the second logical channel transmission.
  85. 一种通信系统,其特征在于,A communication system characterized by,
    所述通信系统包括如权利要求15~21任一项所述的通信设备,以及包括如权利要求22~28任一项所述的通信设备;或者,The communication system includes the communication device according to any one of claims 15 to 21, and includes the communication device according to any one of claims 22 to 28; or,
    所述通信系统包括如权利要求57~64任一项所述的通信设备,以及包括如权利要求65~72任一项所述的通信设备;或者,The communication system includes the communication device according to any one of claims 57 to 64, and includes the communication device according to any one of claims 65 to 72; or,
    所述通信系统包括如权利要求73~78任一项所述的通信设备,以及包括如权利要求79~84任一项所述的通信设备。The communication system includes the communication device according to any one of claims 73 to 78, and includes the communication device according to any one of claims 79 to 84.
  86. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~7中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求8~14中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求29~36中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求37~44中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求45~50中任意一项所述的方法,或者使得所述计算机执行如权利要求51~56中任意一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium stores a computer program, and when the computer program runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute any one of claims 1-7 The method described above, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 8 to 14, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 29 to 36, or causes all The computer executes the method according to any one of claims 37 to 44, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 45 to 50, or causes the computer to execute the method according to any one of claims 51 to The method of any one of 56.
PCT/CN2019/121359 2018-12-10 2019-11-27 Method and apparatus for configuring logical channel WO2020119461A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201811504295.0 2018-12-10
CN201811504295.0A CN111294171B (en) 2018-12-10 2018-12-10 Method and equipment for configuring logical channel

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020119461A1 true WO2020119461A1 (en) 2020-06-18

Family

ID=71030620

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2019/121359 WO2020119461A1 (en) 2018-12-10 2019-11-27 Method and apparatus for configuring logical channel

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111294171B (en)
WO (1) WO2020119461A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2019442572B2 (en) * 2019-04-22 2023-08-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device
WO2023186162A1 (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-05 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used for wireless communication

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN112188621B (en) * 2019-07-02 2023-09-29 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Information determination method, device, equipment and computer readable storage medium
CN114666416A (en) * 2020-12-08 2022-06-24 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and equipment used for wireless communication
CN113784388B (en) * 2021-09-09 2023-06-27 中国联合网络通信集团有限公司 Method, device, equipment and storage medium for data transmission

Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108370304A (en) * 2017-06-20 2018-08-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 It closes, the method and device of turn-on data packet convergence protocol packet replication function

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2888906B1 (en) * 2012-08-23 2021-03-31 Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. Operating with multiple schedulers in a wireless system
US10397855B2 (en) * 2017-01-12 2019-08-27 Lg Electronics Inc. Access attempt method and user equipment, and access control method and base station
CN108633093B (en) * 2017-03-24 2019-08-02 电信科学技术研究院 A kind of buffer region state reporting method, UE, the processing method of Buffer Status Report and network side equipment
CN108631980B (en) * 2017-03-24 2021-03-05 电信科学技术研究院 Data transmission method, terminal, network side device and computer readable storage medium
WO2018176231A1 (en) * 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Data transmission method and apparatus, data receiving method and apparatus, and electronic device
CN107241164B (en) * 2017-05-05 2021-10-22 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for processing repeated transmission of radio bearer

Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108370304A (en) * 2017-06-20 2018-08-03 北京小米移动软件有限公司 It closes, the method and device of turn-on data packet convergence protocol packet replication function

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
SAMSUNG: "Clarification on Deactivation of CA Duplication", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1808677, 25 May 2018 (2018-05-25), Busan, Korea, pages 1 - 3, XP051520064 *
ZTE: "Discussion on PDCP Packet Duplication in LTE", 3GPP DRAFT; R2-1801964, 2 March 2018 (2018-03-02), Athens, Greece, pages 1 - 4, XP051399056 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2019442572B2 (en) * 2019-04-22 2023-08-03 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device
US11991785B2 (en) 2019-04-22 2024-05-21 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Communication method and device for use with a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) duplicate transmission function
WO2023186162A1 (en) * 2022-04-01 2023-10-05 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used for wireless communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111294171B (en) 2021-05-18
CN111294171A (en) 2020-06-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020119461A1 (en) Method and apparatus for configuring logical channel
JP2020524936A (en) Copy transmission configuration, copy transmission method and apparatus
CN112889258B (en) Communication method and device
US11991785B2 (en) Communication method and device for use with a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) duplicate transmission function
WO2021023044A1 (en) Communication method and device
US11006478B2 (en) Enhanced procedure transaction ID handling
WO2021258766A1 (en) Method and device for configuring terminal device
WO2019068328A1 (en) Communication devices and methods thereof
WO2021097689A1 (en) Communication method, apparatus and device
WO2020029838A1 (en) Carrier configuration method and device
WO2020140844A1 (en) Method and device for selecting transmission mode
WO2023246746A1 (en) Communication method and related device
WO2022141298A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
WO2021004234A1 (en) Data transmission method and communication apparatus
CN113259959A (en) Communication method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19896961

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19896961

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1